高考英语阅读理解真题汇编180篇无答案

高考英语阅读理解真题汇编180篇无答案

高考英语阅读理解真题汇编（180篇）‎ ‎（2019-2019）‎ ‎1‎ ‎(2019年北京卷)‎ It was a cold March day in High Point, North Carolina. The girls on the Wesleyan Academy softball were waiting for their next turns at bat during practice, stamping their feet to stay warm, Eighth-grader Taylor Bisbee shivered(发抖) a little as she watched her teammate Paris White play. The two didn’t know each other well — Taylor had just moved to town a month or so before.‎ ‎ Suddenly, Paris fell to the ground,“Paris’s eye rolled back,” Taylor says. “She started shaking. I knew it was an emergency.”‎ ‎ It certainly was, Paris had suffered a sudden heart failure. Without immediate medical care, Paris would die. At first no one moved. The girls were in shock. Then the softball coach shouted out, “Does anyone know CPR?”‎ ‎ CPR is a life-saving technique. To do CPR, you press on the sick person’s chest so that blood moves through the body and takes oxygen to organs. Without oxygen the brain is damaging quickly.‎ Amazingly, Taylor had just taken a CPR course the day before. Still, she hesitated. She didn’t think she knew it well enough. But when no one else came forward, Taylor ran to Paris and began doing CPR, “It was scary. I knew it was the difference between life and death,” says Taylor.‎ Taylor’s swift action helped her teammates calm down. One girl called 911. Two more ran to get the school nurse, who brought a defibrillator, an electronic devices(器械) that can shock the heart back into work. Luck stayed with them: Paris’ heartbeat returned.‎ ‎“I know I was really lucky,” Paris says now. “Most people don’t survive this. My team saved my life.”‎ Experts say Paris is right: For a sudden heart failure, the single best chance for survival is having someone nearby step in and do CPR quickly.‎ Today, Paris is back on the softball team. Taylor will apply to college soon. She wants to be a nurse. “I feel more confident in my actions now,” Taylor says. “I know I can act under pressure in a scary situation.”‎ ‎56.What happened to Paris on a March day?‎ A.She caught a bad cold.‎ B. She had a sudden heart problem.‎ C.She was knocked down by a ball.‎ D.She shivered terribly during practice ‎57.Why does Paris say she was lucky?‎ A.She made a worthy friend.‎ B. She recovered from shock.‎ C. She received immediate CPR.‎ D.She came back on the softball team.‎ ‎58.Which of the following words can best describe Taylor?‎ A.Enthusiastic and kind.‎ B.Courageous and calm.‎ C.Cooperative and generous.‎ D.Ambitious and professional.‎ ‎2‎ Inspiring young minds!‎ ‎(2019年北京卷)‎ TOKNOW Magazine is a big hit in the world of children’s publishing, bringing a unique combination of challenging ideas and good fun to young fans every month.‎ Sounds too good to be true?‎ ‎ Take a look online—evidence shows that thousands of teachers and parents know a good thing when they see it and recommend TOKNOW to their friends.‎ Happy Birthday All Year!‎ ‎ What could be more fun than a gift that keeps coming through the letterbox every month? The first magazine with your gift message will arrive in time for the special day.‎ SUBSCRIBE NOW ‎□Annual Subscription ‎ Europe £55 Rest of World £65‎ ‎□Annual Subscription with Gift Pack ‎ Includes a Mammoth Map, a passport Puzzle Booklet, and Subscription ‎ Europe £60 Rest of World £70‎ Refund Policy—the subscription can be cancelled within 28 days and you can get your money back.‎ ‎59. Why is TOKNOW a special magazine?‎ A. It entertains young parents.‎ B. It provides serious advertisements.‎ C. It publishes popular science fictions.‎ D. It combines fun with complex concepts.‎ ‎60. What does TOKNOW offer its readers?‎ A. Online courses.‎ B. Articles on new topics.‎ C. Lectures on a balanced life.‎ D. Reports on scientific discoveries.‎ ‎61. How much should you pay if you make a 12-mouth subscription to TOKNOW with gift pack from China?‎ A. £55. B. £60. C. £65. D. £70.‎ ‎62. Subscribers of TOKNOW would get .‎ A. free birthday presents B. full refund within 28 days C. membership of the TOKNOW club D. chances to meet the experts in person ‎3‎ ‎(2019年北京卷)‎ Measles(麻疹), which once killed 450 children each year and disabled even more, was nearly wiped out in the United States 14 years ago by the universal use of the MMR vaccine(疫苗). But the disease is making a comeback, caused by a growing anti-vaccine movement and misinformation that is spreading quickly. Already this year, 115 measles cases have been reported in the USA, compared with 189 for all of last year.‎ The numbers might sound small, but they are the leading edge of a dangerous trend. When vaccination rates are very high, as they still are in the nation as a whole, everyone is protected. This is called “herd immunity”, which protects the people who get hurt easily, including those who can’t be vaccinated for medical reasons, babies too young to get vaccinated and people on whom the vaccine doesn’t work.‎ But herd immunity works only when nearly the whole herd joins in. When some refuse vaccination and seek a free ride, immunity breaks down and everyone is in even bigger danger.‎ That’s exactly what is happening in small neighborhoods around the country from Orange County, California, where 22 measles cases were reported this month, to Brooklyn, N.Y., where a 17-year-old caused an outbreak last year.‎ The resistance to vaccine has continued for decades, and it is driven by a real but very small risk. Those who refuse to take that risk selfishly make others suffer.‎ Making things worse are state laws that make it too easy to opt out(决定不参加) of what are supposed to be required vaccines for all children entering kindergarten. Seventeen states allow parents to get an ‎ exemption（豁免), sometimes just by signing a paper saying they personally object to a vaccine.‎ Now, several states are moving to tighten laws by adding new regulations for opting out. But no one does enough to limit exemptions.‎ Parents ought to be able to opt out only for limited medical or religious reasons. But personal opinions? Not good enough. Everyone enjoys the life-saving benefits vaccines provide, but they’ll exist only as long as everyone shares in the risks.‎ ‎63．The first two paragraphs suggest that ____________.‎ A．a small number of measles cases can start a dangerous trend B．the outbreak of measles attracts the public attention ‎ C．anti-vaccine movement has its medical reasons D．information about measles spreads quickly ‎64．Herd immunity works well when ____________.‎ A．exemptions are allowed B．several vaccines are used together C．the whole neighborhood is involved in ‎ D．new regulations are added to the state laws ‎65．What is the main reason for the comeback of measles?‎ A．The overuse of vaccine.‎ B．The lack of medical care.‎ C．The features of measles itself.‎ D．The vaccine opt-outs of some people.‎ ‎66．What is the purpose of the passage?‎ A．To introduce the idea of exemption.‎ B．To discuss methods to cure measles.‎ C．To stress the importance of vaccination.‎ D．To appeal for equal rights in medical treatment.‎ ‎4‎ ‎(2019年北京卷)‎ Hollywood’s theory that machines with evil(邪恶) minds will drive armies of killer robots is just silly. The real problem relates to the possibility that artificial intelligence(AI) may become extremely good at achieving something other than what we really want. In 1960 a well-known mathematician Norbert Wiener, who founded the field of cybernetics（控制论）, put it this way: “If we use, to achieve our purposes, a mechanical agency with whose operation we cannot effectively interfere(干预), we had better be quite sure that the purpose put into the machine is the purpose which we really desire.”‎ ‎ A machine with a specific purpose has another quality, one that we usually associate with living things: a wish to preserve its own existence. For the machine, this quality is not in-born, nor is it something introduced by humans; it is a logical consequence of the simple fact that the machine cannot achieve its original purpose if it is dead. So if we send out a robot with the single instruction of fetching coffee, it will have a strong desire to secure success by disabling its own off switch or even killing anyone who might interfere with its task. If we are not careful, then, we could face a kind of global chess match against very determined, super intelligent machines whose objectives conflict with our own, with the real world as the chessboard. ‎ ‎ The possibility of entering into and losing such a match should concentrate the minds of computer scientists. Some researchers argue that we can seal the machines inside a kind of firewall, using them to answer difficult questions but never allowing them to affect the real world. Unfortunately, that plan seems unlikely to work: we have yet to invent a firewall that is secure against ordinary humans, let alone super intelligent machines.‎ ‎ Solving the safety problem well enough to move forward in AI seems to be possible but not easy. There are probably decades in which to plan for the arrival of super intelligent machines. But the problem should not be dismissed out of hand, as it has been by some AI researchers. Some argue that humans and machines can coexist as long as they work in teams—yet that is not possible unless machines share the goals of humans. Others say we can just “switch them off” as if super intelligent machines are too stupid to think of that possibility. Still others think that super intelligent AI will never happen. On September 11, 1933,‎ ‎ famous physicist Ernest Rutherford stated, with confidence, “Anyone who expects a source of power in the transformation of these atoms is talking moonshine.” However, on September 12, 1933, physicist Leo Szilard invented the neutron-induced(中子诱导) nuclear chain reaction.‎ ‎67. Paragraph 1 mainly tells us that artificial intelligence may .‎ A. run out of human control B. satisfy human’s real desires C. command armies of killer robots D. work faster than a mathematician ‎68. Machines with specific purposes are associated with living things partly because they might be able to .‎ A. prevent themselves from being destroyed B achieve their original goals independently C. do anything successfully with given orders D. beat humans in international chess matches ‎69. According to some researchers, we can use firewalls to .‎ A. help super intelligent machines work better B. be secure against evil human beings C. keep machines from being harmed D. avoid robots’ affecting the world ‎70. What does the author think of the safety problem of super intelligent machines?‎ A. It will disappear with the development of AI.‎ B. It will get worse with human interference.‎ C. It will be solved but with difficulty.‎ D. It will stay for a decade. ‎ ‎5‎ ‎(2019年江苏卷) ‎ CHRONOLOGICA ‎——The Unbelievable Years that Defined History DID YOU KNOW…‎ In 105 AD paper was invented in China? ‎ When Columbus discovered the New World?‎ The British Museum opened in 1759?‎ CHRONOLOGICA is a fascinating journey through time, from the foundation of Rome to the creation of the internet. Along the way are tales of kings and queens, hot air balloons…and monkeys in space.‎ Travel through 100 of the most unbelievable years in world history and learn why being a Roman Emperor wasn’t always as good as it sounds, how the Hundred Years’ War didn’t actually last for 100 years and why Spencer Perceval holds a rather unfortunate record. ‎ CHRONOLOGICA is an informative and entertaining tour into history, beautifully illustrated and full of unbelievable facts. While CHRONOLOGICA tells the stories of famous people in history such as Thomas Edison and Alexander the Great, this book also gives an account of the lives of lesser-known individuals including the explorer Mungo Park and sculptor Gutzon Borglum.‎ This complete but brief historical collection is certain to entertain readers young and old, and guaranteed to present even the biggest history lover with something new!‎ ‎56.What is CHRONOLOGICA according to the next?‎ A．A biography.  B．A travel guide.‎ C．A history book.   D．A science fiction. ‎ ‎57.How does the writer recommend CHRONOLOGICA to readers?‎ A．By giving details of its collection.‎ B．By introducing some of its contents. ‎ C．By telling stories at the beginning. ‎ D．By comparing it with other books. ‎ ‎6‎ ‎(2019年江苏卷) ‎ Before birth, babies can tell the difference between loud sounds and voices. They can even distinguish their mother’s voice from that of a female stranger. But when it comes to embryonic learning (胎 教), birds could rule the roost. As recently reported in The Auk: Ornithological Advances, some mother birds may teach their young to sing even before they hatch (孵化). New-born chicks can then imitate their mom’s call within a few days of entering the world. ‎ This educational method was first observed in 2019 by Sonia Kleindorfer, a biologist at Flinders University in South Australia, and her colleagues. Female Australian superb fairy wrens were found to repeat one sound over and over again while hatching their eggs. When the eggs were hatched, the baby birds made the similar chirp to their mothers—a sound that served as their regular “feed me!” call.‎ To find out if the special quality was more widespread in birds, the researchers sought the red-backed fairy wren, another species of Australian songbird. First they collected sound data from 67 nests in four sites in Queensland before and after hatching. Then they identified begging calls by analyzing the order and number of notes. A computer analysis blindly compared calls produced by mothers and chicks, ranking them by similarity.‎ It turns out that baby red-backed fairy wrens also emerge chirping like their moms. And the more frequently mothers had called to their eggs, the more similar were the babies’ begging calls. In addition, the team set up a separate experiment that suggested that the baby birds that most closely imitated their mom’s ‎ voice were rewarded with the most food.‎ This observation hints that effective embryonic learning could signal neurological (神经系统的) strengths of children to parents. An evolutionary inference can then be drawn. “As a parent, do you invest in quality children, or do you invest in children that are in need?” Kleindorfer asks. “Our results suggest that they might be going for quality.”‎ ‎58.The underlined phrase in Paragraph 1 means“ ”.‎ ‎ A.be the worst B.be the best ‎ C.be the as bad D.be just as good ‎59.What are Kleindorfer’s findings based on?‎ ‎ A.Similarities between the calls of moms and chicks.‎ ‎ B.The observation of fairy wrens across Australia.‎ ‎ C.The data collected from Queensland’s locals.‎ ‎ D.Controlled experiments on wrens and other birds.‎ ‎60.Embryonic learning helps mother birds to identify the baby birds which .‎ ‎ A.can receive quality signals B.are in need of training ‎ C.fit the environment better D.make the loudest call ‎7‎ ‎(2019年江苏卷) ‎ A new commodity brings about a highly profitable, fast-growing industry,urging antitrust（反垄断）regulators to step in to check those who control its flow. A century ago, the resource in question was oil. Now similar concerns ares being raised by the giants（巨头）that deal in data, the oil of the digital age. The most valuable firms are Google, Amazon, Facebook and Microsoft. All look unstoppable.‎ Such situations have led to calls for the tech giants to be broken up. But size alone is not a crime. The giants’ success has benefited consumers. Few want to live without search engines or a quick delivery. Far from charging consumers high prices, many of these services are free (users pay, in effect, by handing over ‎ yet more data). And the appearance of new-born giants suggests that newcomers can make waves, too.‎ ‎ But there is cause for concern. The internet has made data abundant, all-present and far more valuable, changing the nature of data and competition. Google initially used the data collected from users to target advertising better. But recently it has discovered that data can be turned into new services: translation and visual recognition, to be sold to other companies. Internet companies’ control of data gives them enormous power. So they have a “God’s eye view” of activities in their own markets and beyond.‎ This nature of data makes the antitrust measures of the past less useful. Breaking up firms like Google into five small ones would not stop remaking themselves: in time, one of them would become great again. A rethink is required — and as a new approach starts to become apparent, two ideas stand out.‎ The first is that antitrust authorities need to move form the industrial age into the 21st century. When considering a merger(兼并), for example, they have traditionally used size to determine when to step in. They now need to take into account the extent of firms’ data assets(资产) when assessing the impact of deals. The purchase price could also be a signal that an established company is buying a new-born threat. When this takes place, especially when a new-born company has no revenue to speak of, the regulators should raise red flags.‎ The second principle is to loosen the control that providers of on-line services have over data and give more to those who supply them. Companies could be forced to consumers what information they hold and how many money they make form it. Govemments could order the sharing of certain kinds of data, with users’ consent.‎ Restarting antitrust for the information age will not be easy But if govemments don’t wants a data oconomy by a few giants, they must act soon. ‎ ‎61.Why is there a call to break up giants?‎ A. They have controlled the data market B. They collect enormous private data C. They no longer provide free services D. They dismissed some new-born giants ‎62.What does the technological innovation in Paragraph 3 indicate?‎ A. Data giants’ technology is very expensive B. Google’s idea is popular among data firms C. Data can strengthen giants’ controlling position D. Data can be turned into new services or products ‎ ‎63.By paying attention to firms’ data assets, antitrust regulators could .‎ A. kill a new threat B. avoid the size trap C. favour bigger firms D. charge higher prices ‎64.What is the purpose of loosening the giants’ control of data?‎ A. Big companies could relieve data security pressure.‎ B. Governments could relieve their financial pressure.‎ C. Consumers could better protect their privacy.‎ D. Small companies could get more opportunities.‎ ‎8‎ ‎(2019年江苏卷) ‎ Old Problem, New Approaches ‎ While clean energy is increasingly used in our daily life, global warning will continue for some decades after CO2 emissions（排放）peak. So even if emissions were to begin to decrease today, we would still face the challenge of adapting to climate change. Here I will stress some smarter and more creative examples of climate adaptation.‎ ‎ When it comes to adaptation, it is important to understand that climate change is a process. We are therefore not talking about adapting to a new standard, but to a constantly shifting set of conditions. This is why, in part at least, the US National Climate Assessment says that: “There is no ‘one-size fits all’ adaptation.” Nevertheless, there are some actions that offer much and carry little risk or cost.‎ ‎ Around the world, people are adapting in surprising ways, especially in some poor countries. Floods have become more damaging in Bangladesh in recent decades. Mohammed Rezwan saw opportunity where others saw only disaster. His not-for-profit organization runs 100 river boats that serve as floating libraries,‎ ‎ schools, and health clinics, and are equipped with solar panels and other communicating facilities. Rezwan is creating floating connectivity（连体） to replace flooded roads and highways. But he is also working at a far more fundamental level: his staff show people how to make floating gardens and fish ponds prevent starvation during the wet season.‎ Elsewhere in Asia even more astonishing actions are being taken. Chewang Norphel lives in a mountainous region in India, where he is known as the Ice Man. The loss of glaciers(冰川) there due to global warming represents an enormous threat to agriculture. Without the glaciers, water will arrive in the rivers at times when it can damage crops. Norphel’s inspiration came from seeing the waste of water over winter, when it was not needed. He directed the wasted water into shallow basins where it froze, and was stored until the spring. His fields of ice supply perfectly timed irrigation(灌溉) water. Having created nine such ice reserves, Norphel calculates that he has stored about 200, 000m3 of water. Climate change is a continuing process, so Norphel’s ice reserves will not last forever. Warming will overtake them. But he is providing a few years during which the farmers will, perhaps, be able to find other means of adapting.‎ Increasing Earth’s reflectiveness can cool the planet. In southern Spain the sudden increase of greenhouses (which reflect light back to space) has changed the warming trend locally, and actually cooled the region. While Spain as a whole is heating up quickly, temperatures near the greenhouses have decreased. This example should act as an inspiration for all cities. By painting buildings white, cities may slow down the warming process.‎ In Peru, local farmers around a mountain with a glacier that has already fallen victim to climate change have begun painting the entire mountain peak white in the hope that the added reflectiveness will restore the life-giving ice. The outcome is still far from clear. But the World Bank has included the project on its of "100 ideas to save the planet”.‎ More ordinary forms of adaptation are happening everywhere. A friend of mine owns an area of land in western Victoria. Over five generations the land has been too wet for cropping. But during the past decade declining rainfall has allowed him to plant highly profitable crops. Farmers in many countries are also adapting like this—either by growing new produce, or by growing the same things differently. This is common sense. But some suggestions for adapting are not. When the polluting industries argue that we’ve lost the battle to control carbon pollution and have no choice but to adapt, it’s a nonsense designed to make the case for business as usual.‎ Human beings will continue to adapt to the changing climate in both ordinary and astonishing ways. But the most sensible form of adaptation is surely to adapt our energy systems to emit less carbon pollution. After all, if we adapt in that way, we may avoid the need to change in so many others.‎ ‎65. The underlined part in Paragraph 2 implies .‎ A. adaptation is an ever-changing process B. the cost of adaptation varies with time C. global warming affects adaptation forms D. adaptation to climate change is challenging ‎66. What is special with regard to Rezwan’s project?‎ A. The project receives government support.‎ B. Different organizations work with each other.‎ C. His organization makes the best of a bad situation.‎ D. The project connects flooded roads and highways.‎ ‎67. What did the Ice Man do to reduce the effect of global warming?‎ A. Storing ice for future use.‎ B. Protecting the glaciers from melting.‎ C. Changing the irrigation time.‎ D. Postponing the melting of the glaciers.‎ ‎68. What do we learn from the Peru example?‎ A. White paint is usually safe for buildings.‎ B. The global warming tread cannot be stopped.‎ C. This country is heating up too quickly.‎ D. Sunlight reflection may relieve global warming.‎ ‎69. According to the author, polluting industries should .‎ A. adapt to carbon pollution B. plant highly profitable crops C. leave carbon emission alone D. fight against carbon pollution ‎70. What’s the author’s preferred solution to global warming?‎ A. Setting up a new standard.‎ B. Reducing carbon emission.‎ C. Adapting to climate change. ‎ D. Monitoring polluting industries.‎ ‎9‎ ‎(2019年天津卷) ‎ Suppose you’re in a rush, felling tired, not paying attention to your screen, and you send an email that could get you in trouble.‎ Realisation will probably set in seconds after you’ve clicked “send”. You freeze in horrors and burn with shame.‎ What to do? Here are four common email accidents, and how to recover.‎ Clicking “send” too soon Don’t waste your time trying to find out if the receivers has read it yet. Write another email as swiftly as you can and send it with a brief explaining that this is the correct version and the previous version should be ignored.‎ Writing the wrong time The sooner you notice, the better. Respond quickly and briefly, apologizing for your mistake. Keep the tone measured: don’t handle it too lightly, as people can be offered, zx@xk especially if your error suggests a misunderstanding of their culture(i.e. incorrect ordering of Chinese names).‎ Clicking “reply all” unintentionally You accidentally reveal(透露)to entire company what menu choices you would prefer at the staff Christmas dinner, or what holiday you’d like to take. In this instance, the best solution is to send a quick, light-hearted apology to explain your awkwardness. But it can quickly rise to something worse, when everyone starts hitting “reply all” to join in a long and unpleasant conversation. In this instance, step away from your keyboard to allow everyone to calm down.‎ Sending an offensive message to its subject The most awkward email mistake is usually committed in anger. You write an unkind message about someone, intending to send it to a friend, but accidentally send it to the person you’re discussing. In that case, ask to speak in person as soon as possible and say sorry. Explain your frustrations calmly and sensibly—see it as an opportunity toclear up any difficulties you may have with this person.‎ ‎36. After realising an email accident, you are likely to feel _______.‎ ‎ A. curious B. tired C. awful D. funny ‎ ‎37. If you have written the wrong name in an email, it is best to ________.‎ A. apologise in a serious manner B. tell the receiver to ignore the error C. learn to write the name correctly D. send a short notice to everyone ‎38. What should you do when an unpleasant conversation is started by your “reply all” email?‎ A. Try offering other choices.‎ B. Avoid further involvement.‎ C. Meet other staff members.‎ D. Make a light-hearted apology.‎ ‎39. How should you deal with the problem caused by an offensive email?‎ A. By promising not to offend the receiver again.‎ B. By seeking support from the receiver’s friends.‎ C. By asking the receiver to control his anger.‎ D. By talking to the receiver face to face.‎ ‎40. What is the passage mainly about?‎ A. Defining email errors.‎ B. Reducing email mistakes.‎ C. Handling email accidents.‎ D. Improving email writing.‎ ‎10‎ ‎(2019年天津卷) ‎ Fifteen years ago, I took a summer vacation in Lecce in southern Italy. After climbing up a hill for a panoramic(全景的) view of the blue sea, white buildings and green olive trees, I paused to catch my breath and then positioned myself to take the best photo of this panorama.‎ ‎ Unfortunately, just as I took out my camera, a woman approached from behind, and planted herself right in front of my view. Like me, this woman was here to stop, sigh and appreciate the view.‎ ‎ Patient as I was, after about 15 minutes, my camera scanning the sun and reviewing the shot I would eventually take, I grew frustrated. Was it too much to ask her to move so I could take just one picture of the landscape? Sure, I could have asked her, but something prevented me from doing so. She seemed so content in her observation. I didn’t want to mess with that.‎ ‎ Another 15 minutes passed and I grew bored. The woman was still there. I decided to take the photo anyway. And now when I look at it, I think her presence in the photo is what makes the image interesting. The landscape, beautiful on its own, somehow comes to life and breathes because this woman is engaging with it. zxx|k ‎ This photo, with the unique beauty that unfolded before me and that woman who “ruined” it, now hangs on a wall in my bedroom. What would she think if she knew that her figure is captured(捕捉) and frozen on some stranger’s bedroom wall? A bedroom, after all, is a very private space, in which some woman I don’t ‎ even know has been immortalized(使……永存). In some ways, she lives in my house.‎ ‎ Perhaps we all live in each others’ spaces. Perhaps this is what photos are for: to remind us that we all appreciate beauty, that we all share a common desire for pleasure, for connection, for something that is greater than us.‎ ‎ That photo is a reminder, a captured moment, an unspoken conversation between two women, separated only by a thin square of glass.‎ ‎41. What happened when the author was about to take a photo?‎ ‎ A. Her camera stopped working.‎ ‎ B. A woman blocked her view.‎ ‎ C. Someone asked her to leave.‎ ‎ D. A friend approached from behind.‎ ‎42. According to the author, the woman was probably_______.‎ ‎ A. enjoying herself ‎ B. losing her patience ‎ C. waiting for the sunset ‎ D. thinking about her past ‎43. In the author’s opinion, what makes the photo so alive?‎ ‎ A. The rich color of the landscape.‎ ‎ B. The perfect positioning of the camera.‎ ‎ C. The woman’s existence in the photo.‎ ‎ D. The soft sunlight that summer day.‎ ‎44. The photo on the bedroom wall enables the author to better understand ________.‎ ‎ A. the need to be close to nature ‎ B. the importance of private space ‎ C. the joy of the vacation in Italy ‎ D. the shared passion for beauty ‎45. The passage can be seen as the author’s reflections upon _______.‎ ‎ A. a particular life experience ‎ B. the pleasure of traveling ‎ C. the art of photography ‎ D. a lost friendship ‎11‎ ‎(2019年天津卷) ‎ This month, Germany’s transport minister, Alexander Dobrindt, proposed the first set of rules for autonomous vehicles(自主驾驶车辆). They would define the driver’s role in such cars and govern how such cars perform in crashes where lives might be lost. ‎ The proposal attempts to deal with what some call the “death valley” of autonomous vehicles: the grey area between semi-autonomous and fully driverless cars that could delay the driverless future.‎ Dobrindt wants three things: that a car always chooses property(财产) damage over personal injury; that it never distinguishes between humans based on age or race; and that if a human removes his or her hands from the driving wheel — to check email, say — the car’s maker is responsible if there is a crash.‎ ‎“The change to the road traffic law will permit fully automatic driving,” says Dobrindt. It will put fully driverless cars on an equal legal footing to human drivers, he says.‎ Who is responsible for the operation of such vehicles is not clear among car makers, consumers and lawyers. “The liability(法律责任) issue is the biggest one of them all,” says Natasha Merat at the University of Leeds, UK.‎ An assumption behind UK insurance for driverless cars, z&xxk introduced earlier this year, insists that a human “ be watchful and monitoring the road” at every moment.‎ But that is not what many people have in mind when thinking of driverless cars. “When you say ‎ ‘driverless cars’, people expect driverless cars.”Merat says. “You know — no driver.”‎ Because of the confusion, Merat thinks some car makers will wait until vehicles can be fully automated without operation.‎ Driverless cars may end up being a form of public transport rather than vehicles you own, says Ryan Calo at Stanford University, California. That is happening in the UK and Singapore, where government-provided driverless vehicles are being launched.‎ That would go down poorly in the US, however. “The idea that the government would take over driverless cars and treat them as a public good would get absolutely nowhere here,” says Calo.‎ ‎46. What does the phrase “death valley” in Paragraph 2 refer to?‎ A. A place where cars often break down.‎ B. A case where passing a law is impossible.‎ C. An area where no driving is permitted. ‎ D. A situation where drivers’ role is not clear.‎ ‎47. The proposal put forward by Dobrindt aims to __________.‎ A. stop people from breaking traffic rules B. help promote fully automatic driving C. protect drivers of all ages and races D. prevent serious property damage ‎48. What do consumers think of the operation of driverless cars?‎ A. It should get the attention of insurance companies.‎ B. It should be the main concern of law makers.‎ C. It should not cause deadly traffic accidents.‎ D. It should involve no human responsibility.‎ ‎49. Driverless vehicles in public transport see no bright future in __________.‎ A. Singapore B. the UK C. the US D. Germany ‎50. What could be the best title for passage?‎ A. Autonomous Driving: Whose Liability?‎ B. Fully Automatic Cars: A New Breakthrough C. Autonomous Vehicles: Driver Removed!‎ D. Driverless Cars: Root of Road Accidents ‎12‎ ‎(2019年天津卷) ‎ I read somewhere that we spend a full third of our lives waiting. But where are we doing all of this waiting, and what does it mean to an impatient society like ours? To understand the issue, let’s take a look at three types of “waits”.‎ ‎ The very purest form of waiting is the Watched-Pot Wait. It is without doubt the most annoying of all. Take filling up the kitchen sink(洗碗池) as an example. There is absolutely nothing you can do while this is going on but keep both eyes fixed on the sink until it’s full. During these waits, the brain slips away from the body and wanders about until the water runs over the edge of the counter and onto your socks. This kind of wait makes the waiter helpless and mindless. ‎ ‎ A cousin to the Watched-Pot Wait is the Forced Wait. This one requires a bit of discipline. Properly preparing packaged noodle soup requires a Forced Wait. Directions are very specific. “Bring three cups of water to boil, add mix, simmer three minutes, remove from heat, let stand five minutes.”I have my doubts that anyone has actually followed the procedures strictly. After all, Forced Waiting requires patience. ‎ ‎ Perhaps the most powerful type of waiting is the Lucky-Break Wait. This type of wait is unusual in that it is for the most part voluntary. Unlike the Forced Wait, which is also voluntary, waiting for your lucky break does not necessarily mean that it will happen. ‎ ‎ Turning one’s life into a waiting game requires faith and hope, and is strictly for the optimists among us. On the surface it seems as ridiculous as following the directions on soup mixes, but the Lucky-Break Wait well serves those who are willing to do it. As long as one doesn’t come to rely on it, wishing for a few good things to happen never hurts anybody. ‎ ‎ We certainly do spend a good deal of our time waiting. The next time you’re standing at the sink waiting for it to fill while cooking noodle soup that you’ll have to eat until a large bag of cash falls out of the sky, don’t be desperate. You’re probably just as busy as the next guy.‎ ‎51. While doing a Watched-Pot Wait, we tend to ___________.‎ A. keep ourselves busy B. get absent-minded C. grow anxious D. stay focused ‎52. What is the difference between the Forced Wait and the Watched-Pot Wait?‎ A. The Forced Wait requires some self-control.‎ B. The Forced Wait makes people passive.‎ C. The Watched-Pot Wait needs directions.‎ D. The Watched-Pot Wait engages body and brain. ‎ ‎53. What can we learn about the Lucky-Break Wait?‎ A. It is less voluntary than the Forced Wait.‎ B. It doesn’t always bring the desired result. ‎ C. It is more fruitful than the Forced Wait.‎ D. It doesn’t give people faith and hope.‎ ‎54. What does the author advise us to do the next time we are waiting?‎ A. Take it seriously.‎ B. Don’t rely on others.‎ C. Do something else.‎ D. Don’t lose heart.‎ ‎55. The author supports his view by _________.‎ A. exploring various causes of “waits”.‎ B. describing detailed processes of “waits”.‎ C. analyzing different categories of “waits”‎ D. revealing frustrating consequences of “waits”‎ ‎13‎ ‎(2019年全国I卷) ‎ Pacific Science Center Guide ‎◆Visit Pacific Science Center’s Store Don’t forget to stop by Pacific Science Center’s Store while you are here to pick up a wonderful science activity or remember your visit. The store is located(位于) upstairs in Building 3 right next to the Laster Dome.‎ ‎◆Hungry ‎ ‎ Our exhibits will feed your mind but what about your body? Our café offers a complete menu of lunch and snack options, in addition to seasonal specials. The café is located upstairs in Building 1 and is open daily until one hour before Pacific Science Center closes.‎ ‎◆Rental Information Lockers are available to store any belongings during your visit. The lockers are located in Building 1 near the Information Desk and in Building 3. Pushchairs and wheelchairs are available to rent at the Information Desk and Denny Way entrance. ID required.‎ ‎◆Support Pacific Science Center ‎ Since 1962 Pacific Science Center has been inspiring a passion(热情) for discovery and lifelong learning in science, math and technology. Today Pacific Science Center serves more than 1.3 million people a year and beings inquiry-based science education to classrooms and community events all over Washington State. It’s an amazing accomplishment and one we connot achive without generous support from individuals, corporations, and other social organizations. Wish pacificorganzier.org to find various ways you can support Pacific Science Center.‎ ‎21.Where can you buy a souvenir at Pacific Science Center?‎ A.In Building 1.‎ B. In Building 3.‎ C.At the last Dome.‎ D.At the Denny Way entrance.‎ ‎22.What does Pacific Science Center do for schools?‎ A.Train Science teachers.‎ B.Disncie scicnce books.‎ C. Distribute scientific research.‎ D.Take science to the classroom.‎ ‎23.What is the purpose of the last part of the text?‎ A.To encourage donations.‎ B.To advertise coming events.‎ C.To introduce special exhibits.‎ D.To tell about the Center’s history.‎ ‎14‎ ‎(2019年全国I卷) ‎ I work with Volunteers for Wildlife, a rescue and education organization at Bailey Arboretum in Locust ‎ Valley. Trying to help injured, displaced or sick creatures can be heartbreaking; survival is never certain. However, when it works, it is simply beautiful.‎ ‎ I got a rescue call from a woman in Muttontown. She had found a young owl(猫头鹰) on the ground. When I arrived, I saw a 2-to 3-week-old owl. It had already been placed in a carrier for safety.‎ ‎ I examined the chick(雏鸟) and it seemed fine. If I could locate the nest, I might have been able to put it back, but no luck. My next work was to construct a nest and anchor it in a tree.‎ ‎ The homeowner was very helpful. A wire basket was found. I put some pine branches into the basket to make this nest safe and comfortable. I placed the chick in the nest, and it quickly calmed down.‎ ‎ Now all that was needed were the parents, but they were absent. I gave the homeowner a recording of the hunger screams of owl chicks. These advertise the presence of chicks to adults; they might also encourage our chick to start calling as well. I gave the owner as much information as possible and headed home to see what news the night might bring.‎ ‎ A nervous night to be sure,but sometimes the spirits of nature smile on us all! The homeowner called to say that the parents had responded to the recordings. I drove over and saw the chick in the nest looking healthy and active. And it was accompanied in the nest by the greatest sight of all — LUNCH! The parents had done their duty and would probably continue to do so.‎ ‎24.What is unavoidable in the author’s rescue work according to paragraph 1?‎ A.Efforts made in vain. B.Getting injured in his work. C.Feeling uncertain about his future. D.Creatures forced out of their homes. 25.Why was the author called to Muttontown? A.To rescue a woman.‎ B.To take care of a woman. C.To look at a baby owl.‎ D.To cure a young owl. 26.What made the chick calm down? A.A new nest.‎ B.Some food. C.A recording.‎ D.Its parents. 27.How would the author feel about the outcome of the event? A.It’s unexpected.‎ B. It’s beautiful. C. It’s humorous.‎ D. It’s discouraging.‎ ‎15‎ ‎(2019年全国I卷) ‎ Some of the world’s most famous musicians recently gathered in Paris and New Orleans to celebrate the first annual International Jazz Day. UNESCO( United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization) recently set April 30 as a day to raise awareness of jazz music, its significance, and its potential as a unifying(联合) voice across cultures.‎ Despite the celebrations, though, in the U.S. the jazz audience continues to shrink and grow older, and the music has failed to connect with younger generations.‎ It’s Jason Moran’s job to help change that. As the Kennedy Center’s artistic adviser for jazz, Moran hopes to widen the audience for jazz, make the music more accessible, and preserve its history and culture.‎ ‎“Jazz seems like it’s not really a part of the American appetite,” Moran tells National Public Radio’s reporter Neal Conan. “What I’m hoping to accomplish is that my generation and younger start to reconsider and understand that jazz is not black and write anymore. It’s actually color, and it’s actually digital.”‎ Moran says one of the problems with jazz today is that the entertainment aspect of the music has been lost. “The music can’t be presented today the way it was in 1908 or 1958. It has to continue to move, because the way the world works is not the same,” says Moran.‎ Last year, Moran worked on a project that arranged Fats Waller’s music for a dance party, “Just to kind of put it back in the mind that Waller is dance music as much as it is concert music,” says Moran. “For me, it’s the recontextualization. In music, where does the emotion(情感) lie? Are we, as humans, gaining any ‎ insight(感悟) on how to talk about ourselves and how something as abstract as a Charlie Parker record gets us into a dialogue about our emotions and our thoughts? Sometimes we lose sight that the music has a wider context,” says Moran, “so I want to continue those dialogues. Those are the things I want to foster.”‎ ‎28．Why did UNESCO set April 30 as International Jazz Day?‎ A．To remember the birth of jazz.‎ B．To protect cultural diversity.‎ C．To encourage people to study music.‎ D．To recognize the value of jazz.‎ ‎29．What does the underlined word “that” in paragraph 3 refer to?‎ A．Jazz becoming more accessible.‎ B．The production of jazz growing faster.‎ C．Jazz being less popular with the young.‎ D．The jazz audience becoming larger. ‎ ‎30．What can we infer about Moran’s opinion on jazz?‎ A．It will disappear gradually.‎ B．It remains black and white.‎ C．It should keep up with the times.‎ D．It changes every 50 years.‎ ‎31．Which of the following can be the best title for the text?‎ A．Exploring the Future of Jazz.‎ B．The Rise and Fall of Jazz.‎ C．The Story of a Jazz Musician.‎ D．Celebrating the Jazz Day.‎ ‎16‎ ‎(2019年全国I卷) ‎ A buld-it-yourself solar still（蒸馏器） is one of the best ways to obtain drinking water in areas where the liquid is not readily available. Developed by two doctors in the U.S. Department of Agriculture, it’s an excellent water collector. Unfortunately, you must carry the necessary equipment with you, since it’s all but impossible to find natural substitutes. The only components required, though, are a 5＇ 5＇ sheet of clear or slightly milky plastic, six feet of plastic tube, and a container— perhaps just a drinking cup — to catch the water. These pieces can be folded into a neat little pack and fastened on your belt.‎ ‎ To construct a working still, use a sharp stick or rock to dig a hole four feet across and three feet deep. Try to make the hole in a damp area to increase the water catcher’s productivity. Place your cup in the deepest part of the hole. Then lay the tube in place so that one end rests all the way in the cup and the rest of the line runs up — and out — the side of the hole.‎ ‎ Next, cover the hole with the plastic sheet, securing the edges of the plastic with dirt and weighting the sheet’s center down with a rock. The plastic should now form a cone(圆锥体) with 45-degree-angled sides. The low point of the sheet must be centered directly over, and no more than three inches above, the cup. ‎ ‎ The solar still works by creating a greenhouse under the plastic. Ground water evaporates (蒸发) and collects on the sheet until small drops of water form, run down the material and fall off into the cup. When the container is full, you can suck the refreshment out through the tube, and won’t have to break down the still every time you need a drink. ‎ ‎32. What do we know about the solar still equipment from the first paragraph?‎ A. It’s delicate. B. It’s expensive.‎ C. It’s complex. D. It’s portable.‎ ‎33. What does the underlined phrase “the water catcher” in paragraph 2 refer to?‎ A. The tube. B. The still.‎ C. The hole. D. The cup.‎ ‎34. What’s the last step of constructing a working solar still?‎ A. Dig a hole of a certain size. B. Put the cup in place.‎ C. Weight the sheet’s center down. D. Cover the hole with the plastic sheet.‎ ‎35. When a solar still works, drops of water come into the cup form .‎ A. the plastic tube B. outside the hole C. the open air D. beneath the sheet ‎17‎ ‎(2019年全国II卷) ‎ In the coming months, we are bringing together artists form all over the globe, to enjoy speaking Shakespeare’s plays in their own language, in our Globe, within the architecture Shakespeare wrote for. Please come and join us.‎ National Theatre of China Beijing|Chinese This great occasion(盛会) will be the National Theatre of China’s first visit to the UK. The company’s productions show the new face of 21st century Chinese theatre. This production of Shakespeare’s Richard III will be directed by the National’s Associate Director，Wang Xiaoying.‎ Date & Time : Saturday 28 April,2.30pm & Sunday 29 April,1.30pm & 6.30pm Marjanishvili Theatre Tbilisi | Georgian ‎ One of the most famous theatres in Georgia,the Marjanishvili,founded in 1928,appears regularly at theatre festivals all over the world. This new production of It is helmed（指导）by the company’s Artistic Director Levan Tsuladze.‎ Date & Time :Friday 18May,2.30pm & Saturday 19May,7.30pm Deafinitely Theatre London | British Sign Language （BSL）‎ By translating the rich and humourous text of Love’s Labour’s Lost into the physical language of BSL,Deafinitely Theatre creates a new interpretation of Shakespeare’s comedy and aims to build a bridge between deaf and hearing worlds by performing to both groups as one audience.‎ Date & Time : Tuesday 22 May,2.30pm & Wednesday 23 May,7.30pm Habima National Theatre Tel Aviv | Hebrew The Habima is the centre of Hebrew-language theatre worldwide ,Founded in Moscow after the 1905 revolution, the company eventually settled in Tel Aviv in the late 1920s,Since 1958, z&xxk they have been recognised as the national theatre of Israel .This production of Shakespeare’s The Merchant of Venice marks their first visit to the UK.‎ Date & Time :Monday 28May,7.30 & Tuesday 29 May,7.30pm ‎21.which play will be performed by the National Theatre of China?‎ A.Richard Ⅲ. B.Lover’s Labour’s Lost C.As You Like It D.The Merchant of Venice ‎22.What is special about Deafinitely Theatre?‎ A.It has two groups of actors B.It is the leading theatre in London C.It performs plays in BSL D.It is good at producing comedies ‎23.When can you see a play in Hebrew?‎ A.On Saturday 28 April. B.On Sunday 29 April C.On Tuesday 22 May. D. On Tuesday 29 May ‎18‎ ‎(2019年全国II卷) ‎ I first met Paul Newman in 1968, when George Roy Hill, the director of Butch Cassidy and the Sundance Kid, introduced us in New York City. When the studio didn’t want me for the film - it wanted somebody as well known as Paul - he stood up for me. I don’t know how many people would have done that; they would have listened to their agents or the studio powers.‎ The friendship that grew out of the experience of making that film and The Sting four years later had its root in the fact that although there was an age difference, we both came from a tradition of theater and live TV. We were respectful of craft（技艺）and focused on digging into the characters we were going to play. Both of us had the qualities and virtues that are typical of American actors: humorous, aggressive, and ‎ making fun of each other - but always with an underlying affection. Those were also at the core（核心）of our relationship off the screen.‎ We shared the brief that if you’re fortunate enough to have success, you should put something back - he with his Newman’s Own food and his Hole in the Wall camps for kids who are seriously ill, and me with Sundance and the institute and the festival. Paul and I didn’t see each other all that regularly, but sharing that brought us together. We supported each other financially and by showing up at events.‎ I last saw him a few months ago. He’d been in and out of the hospital.He and I both knew what the deal was,and we didn’t talk about it.Ours was a relationship that didn’t need a lot of words.‎ ‎24.Why was the studio unwilling to give the role to author at first?‎ A.Paul Newman wanted it. B.The studio powers didn’t like his agent.‎ C.He wasn’t famous enough. D.The director recommended someone else.‎ ‎25.Why did Paul and the author have a lasting friendship?‎ A.They were of the same age. B.They worked in the same theater.‎ C.They were both good actors. D.They has similar characteristics.‎ ‎26.What does the underlined word “that” in paragraph 3 refer to?‎ A.Their belief. B.Their care for children.‎ C.Their success. D.Their support for each other.‎ ‎27.What is the author’s purpose in writing the test?‎ A.To show his love of films. B.To remember a friend.‎ C.To introduce a new movie. D.To share his acting experience.‎ ‎19‎ ‎(2019年全国II卷) ‎ ‎ Terrafugia Inc. said Monday that its new flying car has completed its first flight, bringing the company closer to its goal of selling the flying car within the next year. The vehicle-named the Transition – has two ‎ seats， four wheels and wings that fold up so it can be driven like a car. The Transition, which flew at 1,400 feet for eight minutes last month, can reach around 70 miles per hour on the road and 115 in the air. It flies using a 23-gallon tank of gas and bums 5 gallons per hour in the air. On the ground, it gets 35 miles per gallon.‎ Around 100 people have already put down a $10,000 deposit to get a Transition when they go on sale, and those numbers will likely rise after Terrafugia introduces the Transition to the public later this week at the New York Auto Show. But don’t expect it to show up in too many driveways. It’s expected to cost $279,000.And it won’t help if you’re stuck in traffic. The car needs a runway.‎ Inventors have been trying to make flying cars since the 1930s, according to Robert Mann, an airline industry expert. But Mann thinks Terrafugia has come closer than anyone to making the flying car a reality. The government has already permitted the company to use special materials to make it easier for the vehicle to fly. The Transition is now going through crash tests to make sure it meets federal safety standards.‎ Mann said Terrafugia was helped by the Federal Aviation Administration’s decision five years ago to create a separate set of standards for light sport aircraft, which are lower than those pilots of larger planes Terrafugia says an owner would need to pass a test and complete 20 hours of flying time to be able to fly the Transition, a requirement pilots would find relatively easy to meet.‎ ‎28. What is the first paragraph mainly about?‎ A. The basic data of the Transition. B. The advantages of flying cars.‎ C. The potential market for flying cars. C. The designers of the Transition.‎ ‎29. Why is the Transition unlikely to show up in too many driveways?‎ A. It causes traffic jams. B. It is difficult to operate.‎ C. It is very expensive. D. It bums too much fuel.‎ ‎30. What is the government’s attitude to the development of the flying car?‎ A. Cautious B. Favorable.‎ C. Ambiguous. D. Disapproving.‎ ‎31. What is the best title for the text?‎ A. Flying Car at Auto Show B. The Transition’s Fist Flight C.Pilots’ Dream Coming True D. Flying Car Closer to Reality ‎20‎ ‎(2019年全国II卷) ‎ When a leafy plant is under attack, it doesn’t sit quietly. Back in 1983,two scientists,Jack Schultz and Ian Baldwin,reported that young maple trees getting bitten by insects send out a particular smell that neighboring plants can get. These chemicals come from the injured parts of the plant and seem to be an alarm.What the plants pump through the air is a mixture of chemicals known as volatile organic compounds, VOCs for short.‎ ‎ Scientists have found that all kinds of plants give out VOCs when being attacked .It’s a plant’s way of crying out.But is anyone listening?Apparently.Because we can watch the neighbours react.‎ ‎ Some plants pump out smelly chemicals to keep insects away.But others do double duty .They pump out perfumes designed to attract different insects who are natural enemies to the attackers.Once they arrive,the tables are turned .The attacker who was lunching now becomes lunch.‎ ‎ In study after study,it appears that these chemical conversations help the neighbors .The damage is usually more serious on the first plant,but the neighbors ,relatively speaking ,stay safer because they heard the alarm and knew what to do.‎ ‎ Does this mean that plants talk to each other? Scientists don’t know. Maybe the first plant just made a cry of pain or was sending a message to its own branches, and so, in effect, was talking to itself. Perhaps the neighbors just happened to “overhear” the cry. So information was exchanged, but it wasn’t a true, intentional back and forth.‎ Charles Darwin, over 150 years ago, imagined a world far busier, noisier and more intimate(亲密的) than the world we can see and hear. Our senses are weak. There’s a whole lot going on.‎ ‎32. What does a plant do when it is under attack?‎ A. It makes noises. B. It gets help from other plants.‎ C. It stands quietly D. It sends out certain chemicals.‎ ‎33. What does the author mean by “the tables are turned” in paragraph 3?‎ A. The attackers get attacked.‎ B. The insects gather under the table.‎ C. The plants get ready to fight back.‎ D. The perfumes attract natural enemies.‎ ‎34.Scientists find from their studies that plants can .‎ A.predict natural disasters B.protect themselves against insects C.talk to one another intentionally D.help their neighbors when necessary ‎35.what can we infer from the last paragraph?‎ A.The word is changing faster than ever.‎ B.People have stronger senses than before C.The world is more complex than it seems D.People in Darwin’s time were more imaginative.‎ ‎21‎ ‎(2019年全国卷III) ‎ San Francisco Fire Engine Tours San Francisco Winery Tour ‎ Running: February 1st through April 30th ‎ This delicious tour goes through the city on its way to Treasure Island where we will stop at the famous Winery SF. Here you can enjoy 4 pours of some of the best wine San Francisco has to offer.(Included in tickets price)‎ ‎ Departing from the Cannery: Tell time upon request.‎ ‎ Duration(时长)：2 hours ‎ Price: $90‎ Back to the Fifties Tour ‎ Running: August 16th through August 31st ‎ This tour transports you back in time to one of San Francisco’s most fantastic periods, the 1950s! Enjoy fun history as we take you through San Francisco for a free taste of ice cream.‎ ‎ Departing form the Cannery 5:00 pm and 7:00 pm ‎ ‎ Duration:2 hours ‎ Price:$90‎ Spooky Halloween Tour Running: October 10th through October 31st ‎ Join us for a ride through the historical Presidio district .Authentic fire gear （服装）is provided for your warmth as our entertainers take you to some of the most thrilling parts of San Francisco ‎ Departing from the Cannery:6:30 pm and 8:30 pm ‎ Duration :1 hour and 30 minutes ‎ Price: Available upon request Holiday Lights Tour ‎ Running: December 6th through December 23nd ‎ This tractive four takes you to some of San Francis’s most cheerful holiday scenes. Authentic fire gear is provided for your warmth as you get into the holiday spirit.‎ ‎ Departing from the Cannery 7:00 pm and 9:00 pm ‎ Duration: I hour and 30 minutes ‎ Advance reservations required.‎ ‎21.Which of the tours is available in March?‎ A.San Francisco Winery Tour.‎ B.Back to the Fifties Tour.‎ C.Spooky Hallowen Tour.‎ D.Holiday Lights Tour.‎ ‎22.What can tourists do on Back to the Fifties Tours?‎ A.Go to Treasure Island.‎ B.Enjoy the holiday scenes.‎ C.Have free ice cream.‎ D.Visit the Presidio district.‎ ‎23.What are tourists required to do to go on Holiday Lights Tour?‎ A.Take some drinks.‎ B.Set off early in the morning.‎ C.Wear warm clothes.‎ D.Make reservations in advance.‎ ‎22‎ ‎(2019年全国卷III) ‎ Minutes after the last movie ended yesterday at the Plaza Theater, employees were busy sweeping up popcorns and gathering coke cups. It was a scene that had been repeated many times in the theater’s 75-year history. This time, however, the cleanup was a little different. As one group of workers carried out the rubbish, another group began removing seats and other theater equipment in preparation for the building’s end.‎ ‎ The film classic The Last Picture Show was the last movie shown in the old theater. Though the movie is 30 years old, most of the 250 seats were filled with teary-eyed audience wanting to say good-be to the old building. Theater owner Ed Bradford said he chose the movie because it seemed appropriate. The movie is set in a small town where the only movie theater is preparing to close down.‎ Bradford said that large modern theaters in the city made it impossible for the Plaza to compete. He added that the theater’s location(位置) was also a reason. “This used to be the center of town,” he said.‎ ‎ “Now the area is mostly office buildings and warehouses.”‎ Last week some city officials suggested the city might be interested in turning the old theater into a museum and public meeting place. However, these plans were abandoned because of financial problems. Bradford sold the building and land to a local development firm, which plans to build a shopping complex on the land where the theater is located.‎ The theater audience said good-by as Bradford locked the doors for the last time. After 75 years the Plaza Theater has shown its last movie. The theater will be missed.‎ ‎24. In what way was yesterday’s cleanup at the Plaza special?‎ ‎ A. It made room for new equipment.‎ ‎ B. It signaled the closedown of the theater.‎ ‎ C. It was done with the help of the audience.‎ ‎ D. It marked the 75th anniversary of the theater.‎ ‎25. Why was The Last Picture Show put on?‎ ‎ A. It was an all-time classic. B. It was about the history of the town.‎ ‎ C. The audience requested it. D. The theater owner found it suitable.‎ ‎26. What will probably happen to the building?‎ ‎ A. It will be repaired. B. It will be turned into a museum.‎ ‎ C. It will be knocked down. D. It will be sold to the city government. ‎ ‎27. What can we infer about the audience?‎ A. They are disappointed with Bradford. B. They are sad to part with the old theater. ‎ C. They are supportive of the city officials. D. They are eager to have a shopping center. ‎ ‎23‎ ‎(2019年全国卷III) ‎ After years of heated debate, gray wolves were reintroduced to Yellowstone National Park. Fourteen wolves were caught in Canada and transported to the park. By last year, the Yellowstone wolf population had grown to more than 170 wolves.‎ Gray wolves once were seen here and there in the Yellowstone area and much of the continental United States, but they were gradually displaced by human development. By the 1920s, wolves had practically disappeared from the Yellowstone area. They went farther north into the deep forests of Canada, where there were fewer humans around.‎ The disappearance of the wolves had many unexpected results. Deer and elk populations — major food sources (来源) for the wolf – grew rapidly. These animals consumed large amounts of vegetation (植被), which reduced plant diversity in the park. In the absence of wolves, coyote populations also grew quickly. The coyotes killed a large percentage of the park’ s red foxes, and completely drove away the park’ s beavers.‎ As early as 1966,biologists asked the government to consider reintroducing wolves to Yellowstone Park.They hoped that wolves would be able to control the elk and coyote problems.Many farmers opposed the plan because they feared that wolves would kill their farm animals or pets.‎ ‎ The government spent nearly 30 years coming up with a plan to reintroduce the wolvers. The U.S.Fish and Wildlife Service carefully monitors and manages the wolf packs in Yellowstone.Today,the debate continues over how well the gray wolf is fitting in at Yellowstone.Elk,deer,and coyote populations are down,while beavers and red fores have made a comeback.The Yellowstone wolf project has been a valuable experiment to help biologists decide whether to reintroduce wolves to other parts of the country as well.‎ ‎28.What is the text mainly about?‎ A.Wildlife research in the United States.‎ B.Plant diversity in the Yellowstone area.‎ C.The conflict between farmers and gray wolves.‎ D.The reintroduction of wolves to Yellowstone Park.‎ ‎29.What does the underlined word “displaced” in paragraph 2 mean?‎ A.Tested. B.Separated. C.Forced out. D.Tracked down.‎ ‎30.What did the disappearance of gray wolves bring about？‎ A.Damage to local ecology. B.A decline in the park’s income.‎ C.Preservation of vegetation. D.An increase in the variety of animals.‎ ‎31.What is the author’s attitude towards the Yellowstone wolf project？‎ A.Doubtful. B.Positive. C.Disapproving. D.Uncaring.‎ ‎24‎ ‎(2019年全国卷III) ‎ The Intelligent Transport team at Newcastle University have turned an electric car into a mobile laboratory named “DriveLAB” in order to understand the challenges faced by older drivers and to discover where the key stress points are.‎ ‎ Research shows that giving up driving is one of the key reasons for a fall in health and well-being among older people, leading to them becoming more isolated(隔绝) and inactive.‎ ‎ Led by Professor Phil Blythe, the Newcastle team are developing in-vehicle technologies for older drivers which they hope could help them to continue driving into later life.‎ ‎ These include custom-made navigation(导航) tools, night vision systems and intelligent speed adaptations. Phil Blythe explains: “For many older people, particularly those living alone or in the country, driving is important for preserving their independence, giving them the freedom to get out and about without having to rely on others.”‎ ‎ “But we all have to accept that as we get older our reactions slow down and this often results in people avoiding any potentially challenging driving conditions and losing confidence in their driving skills. The result is that people stop driving before they really need to.”‎ Dr Amy Guo, the leading researcher on the older driver study, explains, “The DriveLAB is helping us to understand what the key points and difficulties are for older drivers and how we might use technology to address these problems. “For example, most of us would expect older drivers always go slower than everyone else but surprisingly, we found that in 30mph zones they struggled to keep at a constant speed and so were more ‎ likely to break the speed limit and be at risk of getting fined. We’re looking at the benefits of systems which control their speed as a way of preventing that.‎ ‎ “We hope that our work will help with technological solutions(解决方案) to ensure that older drivers stay safer behind the wheel.”‎ ‎32.What is the purpose of the Drivel AB?‎ A.To explore new means of transport.‎ B.To design new types of cars.‎ C.To find out older driver`s problems.‎ D.To teach people traffic rules.‎ ‎33.Why is driving important for older people according to Phil Blythe?‎ A.It keeps them independent.‎ B.It helps them save time.‎ C.It builds up their strength.‎ D.It cures their mental illnesses.‎ ‎34.What do researchers hope to do for older drivers?‎ A.Improve their driving skills.‎ B.Develop driver-assist technologies.‎ C.Provide tips on repairing their cars.‎ D.Organize regular physical checkups.‎ ‎35.What is the best title for the text?‎ A.A new Model Electric Car B.A Solution to Traffic Problem C.Driving Service for elders D.Keeping Older Drivers on the Road ‎25‎ ‎(2019年浙江卷) ‎ Benjamin West, the father of American painting, showed his talent for art when he was only six years of age. But he did not know about brushes before a visitor told him he needed one. In those days , a brush was made from camel’s hair. There were no camels nearby. Benjamin decided that cat hair would work instead. He cut some fur from the family cat to make a brush.‎ The brush did not last long. Soon Benjamin needed more fur. Before long, the catbegan to look ragged （蓬乱）. His father said that the cat must be sick. Benjamin was forced to admit what he had been doing.‎ The cat’s lot was about to improve. That year, one of Benjamin’s cousins, Mr.Pennington, came to visit. He was impressed with Benjamin’s drawings. When he went home, he sent Benjamin a box of paint and some brushes. He also sent six engravings （版画）by an artist. These were the first pictures and first real paint and brushes Benjamin had ever seen. In 1747，when Benjamin was nine years old，Mr.Pennington retured for another visit .He was amazed at what Benjamin had done with his gift.He asked Benjamin’s parents if he might take the boy to Philadelphia for a visit.‎ ‎ In the city, Mr.Pennington gave Benjamin materials for creating oil paintings.The boy began a landscape (风景) painting.Wiliams ,a well-known painter,came to see him work . Wiliams was impressed with Benjamin and gave him two classic books on painting to take home .The books were long and dull. Benjamin could read only a little,having been a poor student.But he later said,”Those two books were my companions by day,and under my pillow at night.”While it is likely that he understood very little of the books,they were his introduction to classical paintings.The nine-year-old boy decided then that he would be an artist.‎ ‎21. What is the text mainly about? A. Benjamin’s visit to Philadelphia. B. Williams’ influence on Benjamin. C. The beginning of Benjamin’s life as an artist. D. The friendship between Benjamin and Pennington.‎ ‎22. What does the underlined sentence in paragraph 3 suggest?‎ A. The cat would be closely watched.‎ B. The cat would get some medical care.‎ C. Benjamin would leave his home shortly.‎ D. Benjamin would have real brushes soon.‎ ‎23. What did Pennington do to help Benjamin develop his talent?‎ A. He took him to see painting exhibitions.‎ B. He provided him with painting materials.‎ C. He sent him to a school in Philadelphia.‎ D. He taught him how to make engravings.‎ ‎24. Williams’ two books helped Benjamin to ________.‎ A. master the use of paints B. appreciate landscape paintings C. get to know other painters D. make up his mind to be a painter ‎26‎ ‎(2019年浙江卷) ‎ Getting less sleep has become a bad habit for most American kids. According to a new survey(调查) by the National Sleep Foundation, 51% of kids aged 10 to 18 go to bed at 10 pm or later on school nights, even though they have to get up early. Last year the Foundation reported that nearly 60% of 7- to 12-year-olds said they felt tired during the day, and 15% said they had fallen asleep at school.‎ How much sleep you need depends a lot on your age. Babies need a lot of rest: most of them sleep about 18 hours a day! Adults need about eight hours. For most school-age children, ten hours is ideal(理想的). But the new National Sleep Foundation survey found that 35% of 10- to 12-year-olds get only seven or eight hours. And guess what almost half of the surveyed kids said they do before bedtime? Watch TV.‎ ‎“More children are going to bed with TVs on, and there are more opportunities(机会) to stay awake,‎ ‎ with more homework, the Internet and the phone,” says Dr. Mary Carskadon, a sleep researcher at Brown University Medical School. She says these activities at bedtime can get kids all excited and make it hard for them to calm down and sleep. Other experts say part of the problem is chemical. Changing levels of body chemicals called hormones not only make teenagers’ bodies develop adult characteristics, but also make it hard for teenagers to fall asleep before 11 pm.‎ Because sleepiness is such a problem for teenagers, some school districts have decided to start high school classes later than they used to. Three years ago, schools in Edina, Minnesota, changed the start time from 7:25 am to 8:30 am. Students, parents and teachers are pleased with the results.‎ ‎25. What is the new National Sleep Foundation survey on?‎ A. American kids’ sleeping habits. B. Teenagers’ sleep-related diseases.‎ C. Activities to prevent sleeplessness. D. Learning problems and lack of sleep.‎ ‎26. How many hours of sleep do 11-year-olds need every day?‎ A. 7 hours. B. 8 hours. C. 10 hours. D. 18 hours.‎ ‎27. Why do teenagers go to sleep late according to Carskadon?‎ A. They are affected by certain body chemicals.‎ B. They tend to do things that excite them.‎ C. They follow their parents’ examples.‎ D. They don’t need to go to school early.‎ ‎27‎ ‎(2019年浙江卷) ‎ FLORENCE, Italy—Svetlana Cojochru feels hurt. The Moldovan has lived here seven years as a caregiver to Italian kids and the elderly, but in order to stay she’s had to prove her language skills by taking a test which requires her to write a postcard to an imaginary friend and answer a fictional job ad.‎ Italy is the latest Western European country trying to control a growing immigrant(移民) population by demanding language skills in exchange for work permits, or in some cases, citizenship.‎ Some immigrant advocates worry that as hard financial times make it more difficult for natives to keep jobs, such measures will become more a vehicle for intolerance than integration(融合). Others say it’s only natural that newcomers learn the language of their host nation, seeing it as a condition to ensure they can contribute to society.‎ Other European countries laid down a similar requirement for immigrants, and some terms are even tougher. The governments argue that this will help foreigners better join the society and promote understanding across cultures.‎ Italy, which has a much weaker tradition of immigration, has witnessed a sharp increase in immigration in recent years. In 1990, immigrants numbered some 1.14 million out of Italy’s then 56.7 million people, or about 2 percent. At the start of this year, foreigners living in Italy amounted to 4.56 million of a total population of 60.6 million, or 7.5 percent, with immigrants’ children accounting for an even larger percentage of births in Italy.‎ Cojochru, the Moldovan caregiver, hoped obtaining permanent residence(居住权) would help her bring her two children to Italy; they live with her sister in Moldova, where salaries are among the lowest in Europe. She was skeptical that the language requirement would encourage integration.‎ Italians always “see me as a foreigner,” an outsider, even though she’s stayed in the country for years and can speak the local language fluently, she said.‎ ‎28. Why does Cojochru have to take a language test?‎ A. To continue to stay in Italy. B. To teach her children Italian.‎ C. To find a better job in Italy. D. To better mix with the Italians.‎ ‎29. Some people worry that the new language requirement may ________.‎ A. reduce Italy’s population quickly B. cause conflicts among people C. lead to financial difficulties D. put pressure on schools ‎30. What do we know about Cojochru?‎ A. She lives with her sister now in Italy.‎ B. She enjoys learning the Italian language.‎ C. She speaks Italian well enough for her job.‎ D. She wishes to go back to her home country.‎ ‎28‎ ‎(2019年北京卷) ‎ December 15, 2019‎ Dear Alfred，‎ ‎ I want to tell you how important your help is to my life.‎ ‎ Growing up, I had people telling me I was too slow, though, with an IQ of 150+ at 17, I’m anything but stupid. The fact was that I was found to have ADHD(注意力缺陷多动障碍). Anxious all the time, I was unable to keep focused for more than an hour at a time.‎ ‎ However, when something did interest me, I could become absorbed. In high school, I became curious about the computer, and built my first website. Moreover, I completed the senior course of Computer Basics, plus five relevant pre-college courses.‎ While I was exploring my curiosity, my disease got worse. I wanted to go to college after high school, but couldn’t . So, I was killing my time at home until June 2019 when I discovered the online computer courses of your training center.‎ ‎ Since then, I have taken courses like Data Science and Advanced Mathematics. Currently, I’m learning your Probability course. I have hundreds of printer paper, covered in self-written notes from your video. This has given me a purpose.‎ ‎ Last year, I spent all my time looking for a job where, without dealing with the public , I could work alone, but still have a team to talk to. Luckily, I discovered the job—Data Analyst—this month and have been going full steam ahead. I want to prove that I can teach myself a respectful profession, without going to college, and be just as good as, if not better than, my competitors. 学科&网 ‎ Thank you. You’ve given me hope that I can follow my heart. For the first time, I feel good about myself because I’m doing something, not because someone told me I was doing good. I feel whole.‎ This is why you’re saving my life.‎ Yours,‎ Tanis ‎56. why did’t Tanis go to college after high school?‎ A.She had learned enough about computer science B. She had more difficulty keeping foucesed C.She preferred taking online courses D.She was too slow to learn ‎57. As for the working environment,Tains prefers____.‎ A .working by herself B.dealing with the public Cpeting against others D.staying with ADHD students ‎58.Tanis wrote this letter in order to_____.‎ A.explain why she was interested in the computer B.share the ideas she had for her profession ‎ C .show how grateful she was to the center D.describe the courses she had taken so far ‎29‎ ‎(2019年北京卷) ‎ Surviving Hurricane Sandy(飓风桑迪)‎ Natalie Doan,14, has always felt lucky to live in Rockaway, New York. Living just a few blocks from the beach, Natalie can see the ocean and hear the wave from her house. “It’s the ocean that makes Rockaway so special,” she says.‎ On October 29, 2019, that ocean turned fierce. That night, Hurricane Sandy attacked the East Coast,‎ ‎ and Rockaway was hit especially hard. Fortunately, Natalie’s family escaped to Brooklyn shortly before the city’s bridge closed.‎ When they returned to Rockaway the next day, they found their neighborhood in ruins. Many of Natalie’s friends had lost their homes and were living far away. All around her, people were suffering, especially the elderly. Natalie’s school was so damaged that she had to temporarily attend a school in Brooklyn. 学科&网 In the following few days, the men and women helping Rockaway recover inspired Natalie. Volunteers came with carloads of donated clothing and toys. Neighbors devoted their spare time to helping others rebuild. Teenagers climbed dozens of flights of stairs to deliver water and food to elderly people trapped in powerless high-rise buildings.‎ ‎“My mom tells me that I can’t control what happens to me,” Natalie says. “but I can always choose how I deal with it.”‎ Natalie’s choice was to help.‎ She created a website page, matching survivors in need with donors who wanted to halp. Natalie posted information about a boy named Patrick, who lost his baseball card collecting when his house burned down. Within days, Patrick’s collection was replaced.‎ In the coming months, her website page helped lots of kids: Christopher, who received a new basketball; Charlie, who got a new keyboard. Natalie also worked with other organizations to bring much-needed supplies to Rockaway. Her efforts made her a famous person. Last April, she was invited to the White House and honored as a Hurricane Sandy Champion of Change.‎ Today, the scars(创痕)of destruction are still seen in Rockaway, but hope is in the air. The streets are clear, and many homes have been rebuilt. “I can’t imagine living anywhere but Rockaway,” Natalie declares. “My neighborhood will be back, even stronger than before.”‎ ‎59.When Natalie returned to Rockaway after the hurricane ,she found______.‎ A.some friends had lost their lives B.her neighborhood was destroyed C.her school had moved to Brooklyn D.the elderly were free from suffering ‎60.According to paragraph 4,who inspired Natalie most?‎ A.The people helping Rockaway rebuild B.The people trapped in high-rise building C.The volunteers donating money to survivors D.Local teenagers bringing clothing to elderly people ‎61.How did Natalie help the survivors?‎ A.She gave her toys to the kids B.She took care of younger children C.She called on the White House to help D.She built an information sharing platform ‎62.What does the story intend to tell us?‎ A.Little people can make a big difference B.A friend in need is a friend indeed C.East or West,home is best D.Technology is power ‎30‎ ‎(2019年北京卷) ‎ California Condor’s Shocking Recovery California condors are North America’s largest birds, with wind-length of up to 3 meters. In the 1980s, electrical lines and lead poisoning(铅中毒) nearly drove them to dying out. Now, electric shock training and medical treatment are helping to rescue these big birds.‎ In the late 1980s, the last few condors were taken from the wild to be bred（繁殖）. Since 1992, there have been multiple reintroductions to the wild, and there are now more than 150 flying over California and nearby Arizona, Utah and Baja in Mexico.‎ Electrical lines have been killing them off. “As they go in to rest for the night, they just don’t see the power lines,” says Bruce Rideout of San Diego Zoo. Their wings can bridge the gap between lines, resulting in electrocution(电死) if they touch two lines at once.‎ So scientists have come up with a shocking idea. Tall poles, placed in large training areas, teach the birds to stay clear of electrical lines by giving them a painful but undeadly electric shock. Before the training was introduced, 66% of set-free birds died of electrocution. This has now dropped to 18%.‎ ‎ Lead poisoning has proved more difficult to deal with. When condors eat dead bodies of other animals containing lead, they absorb large quantities of lead. This affects their nervous systems and ability to produce baby birds, and can lead to kidney(肾) failures and death. So condors with high levels of lead are sent to Los Angeles Zoo, where they are treated with calcium EDTA, a chemical that removes lead from the blood over several days. This work is starting to pay off. The annual death rate for adult condors has dropped from 38% in 2019 to 5.4% in 2019. ‎ ‎ Rideout’s team thinks that the California condors’ average survival time in the wild is now just under eight years. “Although these measures are not effective forever, they are vital for now,” he says. “They are truly good birds that are worth every effort we put into recovering them. ”‎ ‎63.California condors attract researchers’ interest because they .‎ A.are active at night B.had to be bred in the wild C.are found on in California D.almost died out in the 1980s ‎64. Researchers have found electrical lines are .‎ A.blocking condors’ journey home ‎ B. big killers of Califorbnia condors C. rest places for condors at night D. used to keep condors away ‎65.According to Paragraph 5 ,lead poisoning .‎ A.makes condors too nervous to fly ‎ B. has little effect on condors’ kidneys C. can hardly be gotten rid of from condors’ blood D. makes it difficult for condors to produce baby birds ‎66.The passage shows that .‎ A.the average survival time of condors is satisfactory B.Rideout’s research interest lies in electric engineering C.the efforts to protect condors have brought good results D.researchers have found the final answers to the problem ‎31‎ ‎(2019年北京卷) ‎ Why College Is Not Home ‎ The college years are supposed to be a time for important growth in autonomy(自主性) and the development of adult identity. However, now they are becoming an extended period of adolescence, during which many of today’s students and are not shouldered with adult responsibilities.‎ ‎ For previous generations, college was a decisive break from parental control; guidance and support needed to come from people of the same age and from within. In the past two decades, however, continued connection with and dependence on family, thanks to cellphones, email and social media, have increased significantly. Some parents go so far as to help with coursework. Instead of promoting the idea of college as a passage from the shelter of the family to autonomy and adult responsibility, universities have given in to the idea that they should provide the same environment as that of the home.‎ ‎ To prepare for increased autonomy and responsibility, college needs to be a time of exploration and experimentation. This process involves “trying on ” new ways of thinking about oneself both ‎ intellectually(在思维方面) and personally. While we should provide “safe spaces” within colleges, we must also make it safe to express opinions and challenge majority views. Intellectual growth and flexibility are fostered by strict debate and questioning. 学科&网 ‎ Learning to deal with the social world is equally important. Because a college community(群体) differs from the family, many students will struggle to find a sense of belonging. If students rely on administrators to regulate their social behavior and thinking pattern, they are not facing the challenge of finding an identity within a larger and complex community.‎ Moreover, the tendency for universities to monitor and shape student behavior runs up against another characteristic of young adults: the response to being controlled by their elders. If acceptable social behavior is too strictly defined(规定) and controlled, the insensitive or aggressive behavior that administrators are seeking to minimize may actually be encouraged.‎ ‎ It is not surprising that young people are likely to burst out, particularly when there are reasons to do so. Our generation once joined hands and stood firm at times of national emergency. What is lacking today is the conflict between adolescent’s desire for autonomy and their understanding of an unsafe world. Therefore, there is the desire for their dorms to be replacement homes and not places to experience intellectual growth.‎ Every college discussion about community values, social climate and behavior should include recognition of the developmental importance of student autonomy and self-regulation, of the necessary tension between safety and self-discovery.‎ ‎67.What’s the author’s attitude toward continued parental guidance to college students?‎ A.Sympathetic B.Disapproving C.Supportive D.Neutral ‎68.The underlined word “passage” in Paragraph 2 means .‎ A.change B.choice C.text D.extension ‎69.According to the author ,what role should college play?‎ A.to develop a shared identity among students B.to define and regulate students’ social behavior C.To provide a safe world without tension for students ‎ D.To foster students’ intellectual and personal development ‎70.Which of the following shows the development of ideas in the passage?‎ ‎32‎ ‎(2019年江苏卷) ‎ Day school Program Secondary students across Toronto District School Board(TDSB) are invited to take one or two e-Learning courses on their day school timetable. Students will remain on the roll at their day school.‎ The on-line classroom provides an innovative relevant and interactive Learning environment. The courses and on-line classroom are provided by the Ministry of Education These on-line courses ‎ are taught by TDSB secondary school teachers ‎ are part of the TDSB Student’s time table; and ‎ appear on the student’s report upon completion Benefits of e-Learning Include:‎ ‎ Access to courses that may not be available at his or her TDSB school ‎ ‎ Using technology to provide students with current information: and.‎ ‎ assistance to solve timetable conflicts Is e-Learning for You?‎ Students who are successful in an on-line course are usually;‎ ‎ able to plan, organize time and complete assignments and activities; ‎ ‎ capable of working independently in a responsible and honest manner; and ,‎ ‎ able to regularly use a computer or mobile device with internet access Students need to spend at least as much time with their on-line course work as they would in a face-to-face classroom course.‎ ‎56. E-Learning courses are different from other TDSB courses in that .‎ A. they are given by best TDSB teachers.‎ B. they are not on the day school timetable.‎ C. they are not included on students’ reports.‎ D. they are an addition to TDSB courses.‎ ‎57. What do students need to do before completing e-learning courses?‎ A. To learn information technology on-line.‎ B. To do their assignments independently.‎ C. To update their mobile devices regularly.‎ D. To talk face to face with their teachers.‎ ‎33‎ ‎(2019年江苏卷) ‎ Chimps(黑猩猩) will cooperate in certain ways, like gathering in war parties to protect their territory. But beyond the minimum requirements as social beings, they have little instinct (本能) to help one another. Chimps in the wild seek food for themselves. Even chimp mothers regularly decline to share food with their children. Who are able from a young age to gather their own food.‎ ‎ In the laboratory, chimps don’t naturally share food either. If a chimp is put in a cage where he can pull in one plate of food for himself or, with no great effort, a plate that also provides food for a neighbor to the next cage, he will pull at random ---he just doesn’t care whether his neighbor gets fed or not. Chimps are ‎ truly selfish.‎ Human children, on the other hand, are extremely corporative. From the earliest ages, they desire to help others, to share information and to participate in achieving common goals. The psychologist Michael Tomasello has studied this cooperativeness in a series of expensive with very young children. He finds that if babies aged 18 months see an unrelated adult with hands full trying to open a door, almost all will immediately try to help.‎ There are several reasons to believe that the urges to help, inform and share are not taught .but naturally possessed in young children. One is that these instincts appear at a very young age before most parents have started to train children to behave socially. Another is that the helping behaviors are not improved if the children are rewarded. A third reason is that social intelligence develops in children before their general cognitive（认知的）skills,at least when compared with chimps..In tests conducted by Tomtasell, the children did no better than the chimps on the physical world tests, but were considerably better at understanding the social world The core of what children’s mind have and chimps’ don’t is what Tomasello calls shared intentionality. Part of this ability is that they can infer what others know or are thinking. But beyond that, even very young children want to be part of a shared purpose. They actively seek to be part of a “we”, a group that intends to work toward a shared goal.‎ ‎58. What can we learn from the experiment with chimps?‎ ‎ A. Chimps seldom care about others’ interests.‎ B. Chimps tend to provide food for their children.‎ C. Chimps like to take in their neighbors’ food.‎ D. Chimps naturally share food with each other.‎ ‎59. Michael Tomasello’s tests on young children indicate that they____.‎ ‎ A. have the instinct to help others B. know how to offer help to adults C. know the world better than chimps D. trust adults with their hands full ‎60. The passage is mainly about ____.‎ ‎ A. the helping behaviors of young children B. ways to train children’s shared intentionality C. cooperation as a distinctive human nature D. the development of intelligence in children ‎34‎ ‎(2019年江苏卷) ‎ El Nifio, a Spanish term for “the Christ child”, was named by South American fisherman who noticed that the global weather pattern, which happens every two to seven years, reduced the amount of fishes caught around Christmas. El Nifio sees warm water, collected over several years in the western Pacific, flow back eastwards when winds that normally blow westwards weaken, or sometimes the other way round.‎ The weather effects, both good and bad, are felt in many places. Rich countries gain more from powerful Nifio, on balance, than they lose. A study found that a strong Nifio in 2019-98 helped American’s economy grow by $15 billion, partly because of better agricultural harvests, farmers in the Midwest gained from extra rain. The total rise in agricultural in rich countries is greater than the fall in poor ones.‎ But in Indonesia extremely dry forests are in flames. A multi-year drought (干旱）in south-east Brazil is becoming worse. Though heavy rains brought about by El Nino may relieve the drought in California, they are likely to cause surface flooding and other disasters.‎ The most recent powerful Nino, in 2019-98, killed around 21,000 people and caused damage worth $36 billion around the globe. But such Ninos come with months of warning, and so much is known about how they happen that governments can prepare. According to the Overseas Development Institute (ODI), however, just 12% of disaster-relief funding in the past two decades has gone on reducing risks in advance, rather than recovery and rebuilding afterwards. This is despite evidence that a dollar spent on risk-reduction saves at least two on reconstruction.‎ Simple improvements to infrastructure (基础设施）can reduce the spread of disease. Better sewers (下水道）make it less likely that heavy rain is followed by an outbreak of the disease of bad stomach. Stronger bridges mean villages are less likely to be left without food and medicine after floods. According to a paper ‎ in 2019 by Mr Hsiang and co-authors, civil conflict is related to El Nino’s harmful effects—and the poorer the country, the stronger the link. Though the relationship may not be causal, helping divided communities to prepare for disasters would at least reduce the risk that those disasters are followed by killing and wounding people. Since the poorest are least likely to make up for their losses from disasters linked to El Nino, reducing their losses needs to be the priority.‎ ‎61. What can we learn about El Nino in Paragraph 1?‎ A. It is named after a South American fisherman.‎ B. It takes place almost every year all over the world.‎ C. It forces fishermen to stop catching fish around Christmas.‎ D. It sees the changes of water flow direction in the ocean.‎ ‎62. What may El Ninos bring about to the countries affected?‎ A. Agricultural harvests in rich countries fall.‎ B. Droughts become more harmful than floods.‎ C. Rich countries’ gains are greater than their losses.‎ D. Poor countries suffer less from droughts economically.‎ ‎63. The data provided by ODI in Paragraph 4 suggest that A. more investment should go to risk reduction B. governments of poor countries need more aid C. victims of El Nino deserve more compensation D. recovery and reconstruction should come first ‎64. What is the author’s purpose in writing the passage?‎ A. To introduce El Nino and its origin.‎ B. To explain the consequences of El Nino.‎ C. To show ways of fighting against El Nino.‎ D. To urge people to prepare for El Nino.‎ ‎35‎ ‎(2019年江苏卷) ‎ Not so long ago, most people didn’t know who Shelly Ann Francis Pryce was going to become. She was just an average high school athlete. There was every indication that she was just another American teenager without much of a future. However, one person wants to change this. Stephen Francis observed then eighteen-year-old Shelly Ann at a track meet and was convinced that he had seen the beginning of true greatness. Her times were not exactly impressive, but even so, he seemed there was something trying to get out, something the other coaches had overlooked when they had assessed her and found her lacking. He decided to offer Shelly Ann a place in his very strict training seasons. Their cooperation quickly produced results, and a few year later at Jamaica’s Olympic games in early 2019, Shelly Ann, who at that time only ranked number 70 in the world, beat Jamaica’s unchallenged queen of the sprint(短跑).‎ ‎“Where did she come from?” asked an astonished sprinting world, before concluding that she must be one of those one-hit wonders that spring up from time to time, only to disappear again without signs. But Shelly Ann was to prove that she was anything but a one-hit wonder. At the Beijing Olympic she swept away any doubts about her ability to perform consistently by becoming the first Jamaican woman ever to win the 100 meters Olympic gold. She did it again one year on at the World Championship in Briton, becoming world champion with a time of 10.73--- the fourth record ever.‎ Shelly-Ann is a little woman with a big smile. She has a mental toughness that did not come about by chance. Her journey to becoming the fastest woman on earth has been anything but smooth and effortless. She grew up in one of Jamaica’s toughest inner-city communities known as Waterhouse, where she lived in a one-room apartment, sleeping four in a bed with her mother and two brothers. Waterhouse, one of the poorest communities in Jamaica, is a really violent and overpopulated place. Several of Shelly-Ann's friends and family were caught up in the killings; one of her cousins was shot dead only a few streets away from where she lived. Sometimes her family didn’t have enough to eat. She ran at the school championships barefooted because she couldn’t afford shoes. Her mother Maxime, one of a family of fourteen, had been an athlete herself as a young girl but, like so many other girls in Waterhouse, had to stop after she had her first baby. Maxime’s early entry into the adult world with its responsibilities gave her the determination to ensure that her kids would not end up in Waterhouse's roundabout of poverty. One of the first things Maxime used ‎ to do with Shelly-Ann was taking her to the track, and she was ready to sacrifice everything.‎ It didn't take long for Shelly-Ann to realize that sports could be her way out of Waterhouse. On a summer evening in Beijing in 2019, all those long, hard hours of work and commitment finally bore fruit. The barefoot kid who just a few years previously had been living in poverty, surrounded by criminals and violence, had written a new chapter in the history of sports.‎ But Shelly-Ann’s victory was far greater than that. The night she won Olympic gold in Beijing, the routine murders in Waterhouse and the drug wars in the neighbouring streets stopped. The dark cloud above one of the world’s toughest criminal neighbourhoods simply disappeared for a few days. “ I have so much fire burning for my country,”Shelly said. She plans to start a foundation for homeless children and wants to build a community centre in Waterhouse. She hopes to inspire the Jamaicans to lay down their weapons. She intends to fight to make it a woman’s as well as a man’s world.‎ As Muhammad Ali puts it, “ Champions aren't made in gyms. Champions are made from something they have deep inside them. A desire, a dream, a vision.” One of the things Shelly-Ann can be proud of is her understanding of this truth.‎ ‎65. Why did Stephen Francis decide to coach Shelly-Ann?‎ A. He had a strong desire to free her family from trouble.‎ B. He sensed a great potential in her despite her weaknesses.‎ C. She had big problems maintaining her performance.‎ D. She suffered a lot of defeats at the previous track meets.‎ ‎66. What did the sprinting world think of Shelly-Ann before the 2019 Olympic Games?‎ A. She would become a promising star.‎ B. She badly needed to set higher goals.‎ C. Her sprinting career would not last long.‎ D. Her talent for sprinting was known to all.‎ ‎67. What made Maxime decide to train her daughter on the track?‎ A. Her success and lessons in her career.‎ B. Her interest in Shelly-Ann’s quick profit.‎ C. Her wish to get Shelly-Ann out of poverty.‎ D. Her early entrance into the sprinting world.‎ ‎68. What can we infer from Shelly-Ann's statement underlined in Paragraph 5?‎ A. She was highly rewarded for her efforts.‎ B. She was eager to do more for her country.‎ C. She became an athletic star in her country.‎ D. She was the envy of the whole community.‎ ‎69. By mentioning Muhammad Ali’s words, the author intends to tell us that .‎ A. players should be highly inspired by coaches B. great athletes need to concentrate on patience C. hard work is necessary in one’s achievements D. motivation allows great athletes to be on the top ‎70. What is the best title for the passage?‎ A. The Making of a Great Athlete B. The Dream for Championship C. The Key to High Performance D. The Power of Full Responsibility ‎36‎ ‎(2019年上海卷) ‎ ‎ One early morning, I went into the living room to find my mother reading a thick book called Best Loved Poems to Read Again and Again. My interest was aroused only by the fact that the word “Poems” appeared in big, hot pink letters.‎ ‎ “Is it good?” I asked her.‎ ‎ “Yeah,” she answered. “There’s one I really like and you’ll like it, too.” I leaned forward.‎ ‎ “‘Patty Poem,’” she read the title. Who is Patty? I wondered. The poem began:‎ She never puts her toys away,‎ ‎ Just leaves them scattered① where they lay,… ①散乱的 The poem was just three short sections. The final one came quickly:‎ ‎ When she grows and gathers poise②, ②稳重 ‎ I’ll miss her harum-scarum③ noise, ③莽撞的 ‎ And look in vain④ for scattered toys. ④徒劳地 And I’ll be sad. ‎ ‎ A terrible sorrow washed over me. Whoever Patty was, she was a mean girl. Then, the shock.‎ ‎ “It’s you, honey,” My mother said sadly.‎ ‎ To my mother, the poem revealed a parent’s affection when her child grows up and leaves. To me, the “she” in the poem was horror. It was my mama who would be sad. It was so terrible I burst out crying. ‎ ‎ “What’s wrong?” my mother asked.‎ ‎ “Oh Mama,” I cried. “I don’t want to grow up ever!”‎ ‎ She smiled. “Honey, it’s okay. You’re not growing up anytime soon. And when you do, I’ll still love you, okay?”‎ ‎ “Okay,” I was still weeping. My panic has gone. But I could not help thinking about that silly poem. After what seemed like a safe amount of time, I read the poem again and was confused. It all fit so well together, like a puzzle. The language was simple, so simple I could plainly understand its meaning, yet it was still beautiful. I was now fascinated by the idea of poetry, words that had the power to make or break a person’s world.‎ ‎ I have since fallen in love with other poems, but “Patty Poem” remains my poem. After all, “Patty Poem” gave me my love for poetry not because it was the poem that lifted my spirits, but because it was the one ‎ that hurt me the most.‎ ‎66. Why was the writer attracted by the book Best Loved Poems to Read Again and Again?‎ ‎ A. It was a thick enough book.‎ ‎ B. Something on its cover caught her eye.‎ ‎ C. Her mother was reading it with interest.‎ ‎ D. It has a meaningful title.‎ ‎67. After her mother read the poem to her, the writer felt ______ at first.‎ ‎ A. sad B. excited C. horrified D. confused ‎68. The writer’s mother liked to read “Patty Poem” probably because______.‎ ‎ A. it reflected her own childhood ‎ B. it was written in simple language ‎ C. it was composed by a famous poet ‎ D. it gave her a hint of what would happen ‎69. It can be concluded from the passage that“Patty Poem”leads the writer to _______.‎ ‎ A. discover the power of poetry ‎ B. recognize her love for puzzles ‎ C. find her eagerness to grow up ‎ D. experience great homesickness ‎37‎ ‎(2019年上海卷) ‎ Is there link between humans and climate change or not? This question was first studied in the early 1900s. Since then, many scientists have thought that our actions do make a difference. In 2019, the Kyoto Protocol explained our role in the Earth’s changing atmosphere and set international limits for gas ‎ emissions(排放) from 2019 to 2019. Some countries have decided to continue these reductions until 2020. More recently, the Paris Agreement, stuck by nearly 200 countries, also aims to limit global warming. But just now how much warmer it will get depends on how deeply countries cut carbon emissions.‎ ‎ 3.5℃‎ This is how much temperatures would rise by 2100 even if nations live up to the initial Paris promises to reduce carbon emissions; this rise could still put coastal cities under water and drive over half of all species to extinction.‎ ‎2℃‎ To meet this minimum goal, the Agreement requires countries to tighten emissions targets every five years. Even this increase could sink some islands, worse drought(干旱) and drive a decline of up to a third in the number of species.‎ ‎ 1.5℃‎ This is the most ambitious goal for temperature rise set by the Paris Agreement, after a push by low-lying island nations like Kiribati, which say limiting temperature rise to 1.5℃ could save them from sinking.‎ ‎ 0.8℃‎ This is how much temperatures have risen since the industrial age began, putting us 40% of the way to the 2℃ point.‎ ‎0℃‎ The baseline here is average global temperature before the start of the industrial age.‎ ‎70. It can be concluded from paragraph 1 that _______.‎ A. the problem of global warming will have been quite solved by 2020‎ B. gas emissions have been effectively reduced in developed countries C. the Paris Agreements is more influential than the Kyoto Protocol D. humans have made continuous efforts to slow down global warming ‎71. If nations could only keep the initial promises of the Paris Agreement, what would happen by the year ‎ 2100?‎ A. The human population would increase by one third.‎ B. Little over 50% of all species would still exist.‎ C. Nations would not need to tighten their emissions targets.‎ D. The Agreement’s minimum goal would not be reached.‎ ‎72. If those island nations not far above sea level are to survive, the maximum temperature rise, since the start of the industrial age, should be_______.‎ A. 0.8℃ B. 1.5℃‎ C. 2℃ D. 3.5℃‎ ‎38‎ ‎(2019年上海卷) ‎ Enough “meaningless drivel”. That’s the message from a group of members of the UK government who have been examining how social media firms like LinkedIn gather and use social media data.‎ ‎ The House of Commons Science and Technology Committee’s report, released last week, has blamed firms for making people sign up to long incomprehensible legal contracts and calls for an international standard or kitemark (认证标记) to identify sites that have clear terms and conditions.‎ ‎ “The term and conditions statement that we all carelessly agree to is meaningless drivel to anyone,” says Andrew Miller, the chair of the committee. Instead, he says, firms should provide a plain-English version of their terms. The simplified version would be checked by a third party and awarded a kitemark if it is an accurate reflection of the original.‎ ‎ It is not yet clear who would administer the scheme, but the UK government is looking at introducing it on a voluntary basis. “we need to think through how we make that work in practice,” says Miller.‎ ‎ Would we pay any more attention to a kitemark? “I think if you went and did the survey, people would like to think they would,” says Nigel Shadbolt at the University of Southampton, UK, who studies open data. “We do know people worry a lot about the inappropriate use of their information.” But what would happen in practice is another matter, he says.‎ ‎ Other organisations such as banks ask customers to sign long contracts they may not read or understand, but Miller believes social media requires special attention because it is so new. “We still don’t know how significant the long-term impact is going to be of unwise things that kids put on social media that come back and bite them in 20 years’ time,” he says.‎ Shadbolt, who gave evidence to the committee, says the problem is that we don’t know how companies will use our data because their business models and uses of data are still evolving. Large collections of personal information have become valuable only recently, he says. ‎ ‎ The shock and anger when a social media firm does something with data that people don’t expect, even if users have apparently permission, show that the current situation isn’t working. If properly administered, a kitemark on terms and conditions could help people know what exactly they are signing up to. Although they would still have to actually read them.‎ ‎73. What does the phrase “ meaningless drivel” in paragraphs 1 and 3 refer to?‎ A. Legal contracts that social media firms make people sign up to.‎ B. Warnings from the UK government against unsafe websites.‎ C. Guidelines on how to use social media websites properly.‎ D. Insignificant data collected by social media firms.‎ ‎74. It can be inferred from the passage that Nigel Shadbolt doubts whether _______.‎ A. social media firms would conduct a survey on the kitemark scheme B. people would pay as much attention to a kitemark as they think C. a kitemark scheme would be workable on a nationwide scale D. the kitemark would help companies develop their business models ‎75. Andrew Miller thinks social media needs more attention than banks mainly because _______.‎ A. their users consist largely of kids under 20 years old B. the language in their contracts is usually harder to understand C. the information they collected could become more valuable in future D. it remains unknown how users’ data will be taken advantage of ‎76. The writer advises users of social media to _______.‎ A. think carefully before posting anything onto such websites B. read the terms and conditions even if there is a kitemark C. take no further action if they can find a kitemark D. avoid providing too much personal information ‎77. Which of the following is the best title of the passage?‎ A. Say no to social media?‎ B. New security rules in operation?‎ C. Accept without reading?‎ D. Administration matters!‎ ‎39‎ ‎(2019年四川卷) ‎ Basketball Statistician Help Wanted The Athletic Department is looking for students to help assist staff during the Fall 2019, Winter 2019-17 and Spring 2019 semesters. Students in this position will be keeping live statistics during basketball games. Students must meet all of the following requirements:‎ l Good computer skills l Available evenings and weekends l Knowing basketball rules and statistics Students interested in working for the Athletic Department should contact the Athletic Coordinator at their respective(各自的) campuses. 学科.网 l TP/SS Athletic Coordinator, Michael Simone,240-567-1308‎ l Rockville Athletic Coordinator, Jorge Zuniga,240-567-7589‎ l Springfield Athletic coordinator, Gary Miller,240-567-2273‎ l Germantown Athletic Coordinator, GavriChavan, 240-567-6915‎ ‎21.When will the job start?‎ A .In May 2019 B. In May 2019‎ C.In September 2019 D. In September2019‎ ‎22.Who is more likely to get the job?‎ A.Sam,English major ,member of the college basketball team B.Judy,IT staff with night classes,children’s basketball team coach C.Ted,computer major, basketball fan,free on evenings and weekends D.Molly,part_time programmer,high school basketball player ,new mother ‎23.Whom should you contact if you want to apply for the job in Rockville?‎ A.Michael B.Jorge C.Gauri D.Gary ‎40‎ ‎(2019年四川卷) ‎ If you could have one superpower, what would it be?‎ ‎ Dreaming about whether you would want to read minds, see through walls, or have superhuman strength may sound silly, but it actually gets to the heart of what really matters in your life.‎ ‎ Every day in our work, we are inspired by the people we meet doing extraordinary things to improve the world.‎ They have a different kind of superpower that all of us possess: the power to make a difference in the lives of others.‎ We’re not saying that everyone needs to contribute their lives to the poor. Your lives are busy enough ‎ doing homework, playing sports, making friends, seeking after your dreams. But we do think that you can live a more powerful life when you devote some of your time and energy to something much larger than yourself. Find an issue you are interested in and learn more. Volunteer or, if you can, contribute a little money to a cause. Whatever you do, don’t be a bystander. Get involved. You may have the opportunity to make your biggest difference when you’re older. But why not start now?‎ Our own experience working together on health, development, and energy the last twenty years has been one of the most rewarding parts of our lives. It has changed who we are and continues to fuel our optimism about how much the lives of the poorest people will improve in the years ahead.‎ ‎24. What does the underlined part in Paragraph 2 refer to?‎ A. Your life style.‎ B. Your life value.‎ C. Your trouble in life.‎ D. Your life experience.‎ ‎25. Why does the author say they are inspired every day?‎ A. They possess different kinds of superpowers.‎ B. They have got the power to change the world.‎ C. Some people around them are making the world better.‎ D. There are many powerful people in their life and work.‎ ‎26. What does the author stress in Paragraph 5?‎ A. Learning more and contributing more to a cause.‎ B. Rising above self and acting to help others.‎ C. Working hard to get a bigger opportunity.‎ D. Trying your best to help the poor.‎ ‎27. What can be inferred from the last paragraph?‎ A. The author believes the lives of the poorest will get better.‎ B. Much more progress will be made in the near future.‎ C. The work on health is the most valuable experience.‎ D. People’s efforts have been materially rewarded. ‎ ‎41‎ ‎(2019年四川卷) ‎ In the depths of the French Guianese rainforest, there still remain unusual groups of indigenous(土著的) people. Surprisingly, these people live largely by their own laws and their own social customs. And yet, people in this area are in fact French citizens because it has been a colony(殖民地) of the French Republic since 1946. In theory, they should live by the French law is often ignored or unknown, thus making them into an interesting area of “lawlessness” in the world.‎ The lives of these people have finally been recorded thanks to the effects of a Frenchman form Paris called Gin. Gin spent five months in early 2019 exploring the most remote corners of this area, which sits on the edge of the Amazon rainforest, with half its population of only 250,000 living in its capital, Cayenne.‎ ‎“I have a special love for the French Guianese people. I have worked there on and off for almost ten years,” says Gin. “I’ve been able to keep firm friendships with them. Thus I have been allowed to gain access to their living environment. I don’t see it as a lawless land. But rather I see it as an area of freedom.”‎ ‎“I wanted to show the audience a photographic record touching upon the uncivilized life,” continues Gin. “I prefer to work in black and white, which allows me to show different specific worlds more clearly.”‎ His black-and-white pictures present a world almost lost in time. These pictures show people seemingly pushed into a world that they were unprepared for. These local citizens now have to balance their traditional self-supporting hunting lifestyle with the lifestyle offered by the modern French Republic, which brings with it not only necessary state welfare, but also alcoholism, betrayal and even suicide. 学.科网 ‎28. Why does the author feel surprised about the indigenous people in French Guiana?‎ ‎ A. They seldom follow the French law.‎ ‎ B. They often ignore the Guianese law.‎ C. They are separated from the modern world.‎ ‎ D. They are both Guianese and French citizens.‎ ‎29. Gin introduces the special world of the indigenous Guianese as _________.‎ A. a tour guide ‎ B. a geographer C. a film director ‎ D. a photographer ‎30. What is Gin’s attitude towards the lives of the indigenous Guianese?‎ A. Cautious.‎ ‎ B. Doubtful.‎ C. Uninterested.‎ ‎ D. Appreciative.‎ ‎31. What does the underlined word “it” in the last paragraph refer to?‎ A. The modern French lifestyle.‎ ‎ B. The self-supporting hunting.‎ C. The uncivilized world.‎ ‎ D. The French Republic.‎ ‎42‎ ‎(2019年四川卷) ‎ A warm drink of milk before bed has long been the best choice for those wanting a good night’s sleep. But now a study has found it really does help people nod off—if it is milked from a cow at night.‎ ‎ Researchers have discovered that “night milk” contains more melatonin(褪黑激素), which has been proven to help people feel sleepy and reduce anxiety.‎ ‎ The study, by researchers from Seoul, South Korea, involved mice being fed with dried milk powder ‎ made from cows milked both during the day and at night.‎ ‎ Those given night milk, which contained 10 times the amount of melatonin, were less active and less anxious than those fed with the milk collected during daytime, according to the study published in The Journal of Medicinal Food.‎ ‎ Night milk quickened the start of sleep and caused the mice to sleep longer.‎ ‎ While the effect of cows milk harvested at different time has not been tested on humans up to now, taking melatonin drugs has been suggested to those who are struggling to fall asleep at night.‎ ‎ Previous studies have also indicated that milk can be excellent for helping sleep because of the calcium content, which helps people to relax.‎ ‎ Milk is also sugar-free and additive-free with nutritionists recommending skimmed milk as the best choice before bed as it is the least fattening. The more fat you take in before bedtime, the greater burden you will put on your body at night.‎ ‎32. According to the text, the mice fed with daytime milk_______.‎ ‎ A. started sleep more easily ‎ B. were more anxious ‎ C. were less active ‎ D. woke up later ‎33. Which of the following is true of melatonin according to the text?‎ A.It’s been tested on mice for ten times.‎ B.It can make people more energetic.‎ C.It exists in milk in great amount.‎ D. It’s used in sleeping drugs.‎ ‎34.What can be a suitable title for the text?‎ ‎ A. Night Milk and Sleep ‎ B. Fat, Sugar and Health ‎ C. An Experiment on Mice ‎ D. Milk Drinking and Health ‎35. How does the author support the theme of the text?‎ ‎ A. By giving examples.‎ ‎ B. By stating arguments.‎ ‎ C. By explaining statistical data.‎ ‎ D. By providing research results.‎ ‎43‎ ‎(2019年天津卷) ‎ A Language Programme for Teenagers Welcome to Teenagers Abroad! We invite you to join us on an amazing journey of language learning.‎ Our Courses Regardless of your choice of course, you’ll develop your language ability both quickly and effectively.‎ Our Standard Course guarantees a significant increase in your confidence in a foreign language, with focused teaching in all 4 skill areas----speaking, listening, reading and writing.‎ Our Intensive Course builds on our Standard Course, with 10 additional lessons per week, guaranteeing the fastest possible language learning (see table below).‎ Course Type Days Number of Lesson ‎ Course Timetable Standard Course Mon－Ｆｒｉ ‎２０　ｌｅｓｓｏｎｓ ‎９：００－１２：３０‎ Intensive Course Mon－Ｆｒｉ ‎２０　ｌｅｓｓｏｎｓ ‎９：００－１２：３０‎ ‎１０　ｌｅｓｓｏｎｓ ‎１３：００－１４：３０‎ Evaluation ‎ Students are placed into classes according to their current language skills. The majority of them take on online language test before starting their programme. However, if this is not available, students sit the exam on the first Monday of their course.‎ Learning materials are provided to students throughout their course, and there will never be more than 15 participants in each class.‎ Arrivals and Transfer Our programme offers the full package—students are take good care of from the start through to the very end. They are collected from the airport upon arrival and brought to their accommodation in comfort. We require the student’s full details at least 4 weeks in advance. ‎ Meals/Allergies(过敏)/Special Dietary Requirements Students are provided with breakfast, dinner and either a cooked or packed lunch(which consists of a sandwich, a drink and a dessert). Snacks outside of mealtimes may be purchased by the student individually.‎ We ask that you let us know of any allergies or dietary requirements as well as information about any medicines you take. Depending on the type of allergies and/ or dietary requirements, an extra charge may be made for providing special food.‎ ‎36. How does Intensive Course differ from Standard Course?‎ ‎ A. It is less effective.‎ ‎ B. It focuses on speaking.‎ ‎ C. It includes extra lessons.‎ ‎ D. It give you confidence ‎37. When can a student attend Standard Course?‎ ‎ A. 13:00-14:30 Monday.‎ ‎ B. 9:00-12:30 Tuesday ‎ C. 13:00-14:30 Friday.‎ ‎ D. 9:00-12:30 Saturday.‎ ‎38. Before starting their programme, students are expected to _____.‎ ‎ A. take a language test ‎ B. have an online interview ‎ ‎ C. prepare learning materials ‎ D. report their language levels ‎39. With the full package, the programme organizer is supposed to_____.‎ ‎ A. inform students of their full flight details ‎ B. look after students throughout the programme ‎ C. offer students free sightseeing trips ‎ D. collect students’ luggage in advance ‎40. Which of the following may require an extra payment?‎ A. Cooked dinner.‎ B. Mealtime dessert.‎ C. Packed lunch.‎ D. Special diet.‎ ‎44‎ ‎(2019年天津卷) ‎ Every man wants his son to be somewhat of a clone, not in features but in footsteps. As he grows you also age, and your ambitions become more unachievable. You begin to realize that your boy, in your footsteps, could probably accomplish what you hoped for. But footsteps can be muddied and they can go off in different directions.‎ My son Jody has hated school since day one in kindergarten. Science projects waited until the last moment. Book reports weren’t written until the final threat.‎ I’ve been a newspaperman all my adult life. My daughter is a university graduate working toward her master’s degree in English. But Jody? When he entered the tenth grade he became a “vo-tech” student(技校学生). They’re called “motorheads” by the rest of the student body.‎ When a secretary in my office first called him “motorhead”, I was shocked. “Hey, he’s a good kid,” I wanted to say. “And smart, really.”‎ I learned later that motorheads are, indeed, different. They usually have dirty hands and wear dirty work clothes. And they don’t often make school honor rolls(光荣榜).‎ ‎ But being the parent of a motorhead is itself an experience in education. We who labor in clean shirts in offices don’t have the abilities that motorheads have. I began to learn this when I had my car crashed. The cost to repair it was estimated at $800. “Hey, I can fix it,” said Jody. I doubted it , but let him go ahead, for I had nothing to lose.‎ ‎ My son ,with other motorheads, fixed the car. They got parts(零件）from a junkyard, and ability from vo-tech classes. The cost was $25 instead of $800.‎ Since that first repair job, a broken air-conditioner, a non-functioning washer and a non-toasting toaster have been fixed. Neighbors and co-workers trust their car repairs to him. ‎ These kids are happiest when doing repairs. They joke and laugh and are living in their own relaxed world. And their minds are bright despite their dirty hands and clothes. ‎ I have learned a lot from my motorhead: publishers need printers, engineers need mechanics, and architects need builders. Most important, I have learned that fathers don’t need clones in footsteps or anywhere else. ‎ My son may never make the school honor roll. But he made mine.‎ ‎41. What used to be the author’s hope for his son?‎ A. To avoid becoming his clone.‎ B. To resemble him in appearance.‎ C. To develop in a different direction.‎ D. To reach the author’s unachieved goals.‎ ‎42. What can we learn about the author’s children?‎ A. His daughter does better in school.‎ B. His daughter has got a master’s degree.‎ C. His son tried hard to finish homework.‎ D. His son couldn’t write his book reports.‎ ‎43. The author let his son repair the car because he believed that_______.‎ A. His son had the ability to fix it.‎ B. it would save him much time.‎ C. it wouldn’t cause him any more loss D. other motorheads would come to help.‎ ‎44. In the author’s eyes, motorheads are _______.‎ A. tidy and hardworking B. cheerful and smart C. lazy but bright D. relaxed but rude ‎45. What did the author realize in the end?‎ A. It is unwise to expect your child to follow your path.‎ B. It is important for one to make the honor roll.‎ C. Architects play a more important role than builders.‎ D. Motorheads have greater ability than office workers.‎ ‎45‎ ‎(2019年天津卷) ‎ When John was growing up, other kids felt sorry for him. His parents always had him weeding the garden, carrying out the garbage and delivering newspapers. But when John reached adulthood, he was better off than his childhood playmates. He had more job satisfaction, a better marriage and was healthier. Most of all, he was happier. Far happier.‎ ‎ These are the findings of a 40-year study that followed the lives of 456 teenage boys from Boston. The study showed that those who had worked as boys enjoyed happier and more productive lives than those who had not. “Boys who worked in the home or community gained competence (能力) and came to feel they were worthwhile members of society,” said George Vaillant, the psychologist (心理学家) who made the discovery. “And because they felt good about themselves, others felt good about them.”‎ ‎ Vaillant’s study followed these males in great detail. Interviews were repeated at ages 25, 31 and 47. Under Vaillant, the researchers compared the men’s mental-health scores with their boyhood-activity scores with their boyhood-activity scores. Points were awarded for part-time jobs, housework, effort in school, and ability to deal with problems.‎ ‎ The link between what the men had done as boys and how they turned out as adults was surprisingly sharp. Those who had done the most boyhood activities were twice as likely to have warm relations with a wide variety of people, five times as likely to be well paid and 16 times less likely to have been unemployed. The researchers also found that IQ and family social and economic class made no real difference in how the boys turned out. Working----at any age----is important. Childhood activities help a child develop responsibility, independence, confidence and competence---the underpinnings (基础) of emotional health. They also help him understand that people must cooperate and work toward common goals. The most competent adults are those who know how to do this. Yet work isn’t everything. As Tolstoy once said, “One can live magnificently in this world if one knows how to work and how to love, to work for the person one loves and to love one’s work.”‎ ‎46. What do we know about John?‎ A. He enjoyed his career and marriage.‎ B. He had few childhood playmates.‎ C. He received little love from his family.‎ D. He was envied by others in his childhood.‎ ‎47. Vaillant’s words in Paragraph 2 serve as _____.‎ A. a description of personal values and social values B. an analysis of how work was related to competence C. an example for parents’ expectations of their children D. an explanation why some boys grew into happy men ‎48. Vaillant’s team obtained their findings by _____.‎ A. recording the boys’ effort in school B. evaluating the men’s mental health C. comparing different sets of scores D. measuring the men’s problem solving ability ‎49. What does the underlined word “sharp” probably mean in Paragraph 4?‎ A. Quick to react B. Having a thin edge C. Clear and definite D. sudden and rapid ‎50. What can be inferred from the last paragraph?‎ A. Competent adults know more about love than work.‎ B. Emotional health is essential to a wonderful adult life.‎ C. Love brings more joy to people than work does.‎ D. Independence is the key to one’s success.‎ ‎46‎ ‎(2019年天津卷) ‎ ‎ Failure is probably the most exhausting experience a person ever has. There is nothing more tiring than not succeeding.‎ We experience this tiredness in two ways: as start-up fatigue(疲惫) and performance fatigue. In the former case, we keep putting off a task because it has either too boring or too difficult. And the longer we delay it, the more tired we feel.‎ ‎ Such start-up fatigue is very real, even if not actually physical, not something in our muscles and bones. The solution is obvious though perhaps not easy to apply: always handle the most difficult job first.‎ Years ago, I was asked to write 102 essays on the great ideas of some famous authors. Applying my own rule, I determined to write them in alphabetical(按字母顺序), never letting myself leave out a tough idea. And I always started the day’s work with the difficult task of essay-writing. Experience proved that the rule works.‎ Performance fatigue is more difficult to handle. Though willing to get started, we cannot seem to do the job right. Its difficulties appear so great that, however hard we work, we fail again and again. In such a situation, I work as hard as I can-then let the unconscious take over.‎ ‎ When planning Encyclopaedia Britannica (《大英百科全书》), I had to create a table of contents based on the topics of its articles. Nothing like this had ever been done before, and day after dat I kept coming up with solutions, but none of them worked. My fatigue became almost unbearable.‎ One day, mentally exhausted, I wrote down all the reasons why this problem could not be solved. I tried to convince myself that the trouble was with the problem itself, not with me. Relived, I sat back in an easy chair and fell asleep.‎ ‎ An hour later, I woke up suddenly with the solution clearly in mind. In the weeks that followed, the solution which had come up in my unconscious mind provided correct at every step. Though I worked as hard as before, I felt no fatigue. Success was now as exciting as failure had been depressing.‎ Human beings, I believe must try to succeed. Success, then, means never feeling tired.‎ ‎51. People with start-up fatigue are most likely to .‎ A. delay tasks B. work hard C. seek help D. accept failure ‎52. What does the author recommend doing to prevent start-up fatigue?‎ A. Writing essays in strict order.‎ B. Building up physical strength.‎ C. Leaving out the toughest ideas.‎ D. Dealing with the hardest task first.‎ ‎53. On what occasion does a person probably suffer from performance fatigue?‎ A. Before starting a difficult task.‎ B. When all the solutions fail.‎ C. If the job is rather boring.‎ D. After finding a way out.‎ ‎54. According to the author, the unconscious mind may help us .‎ A. ignore mental problems B. get some nice sleep C. gain complete relief D. find the right solution ‎55. What could be the best title for the passage?‎ A. Success Is Built upon Failure B. How to Handle Performance Fatigue C. Getting over Fatigue: A Way to Success D. Fatigue: An Early Sign of Health Problems ‎47‎ ‎(2019年全国卷I)‎ You probably know who Marie Curie was,but you may not have heard of Rachel Carson. Of the outstanding ladies listed below,who do you think was the most important woman of the past 100 years?‎ Jane Addams(1860-1935)‎ Anyone who has ever been helped by a social worker has Jane Addams to thank. Addams helped the poor and worked for peace. She encouraged a sense of community(社区)by creating shelters and promoting education and services for people in need. In 1931,Addams became the first American woman to win the Nobel Peace Prize.‎ Rachel Carson(1907-1964)‎ If it weren’t for Rachel Carson, the environmental movement might not exist today. Her popular 1962 book Silent Spring raised awareness of the dangers of pollution and the harmful effects of chemicals on humans and on the world’s lakes and oceans.‎ Sandra Day O’Connor(1930-present)‎ When Sandra Day O’Connor finished third in her class at Stanford Law School, in 1952,she could not find work at a law firm because she was a woman. She became an Arizona state senator(参议员) and ,in 1981, the first woman to join the U. S. Supreme Court. O’Connor gave the deciding vote in many important cases during her 24 years on the top court.‎ Rosa Parks(1913-2019)‎ On December 1,1955,in Montgomery,Alabama,Rasa Parks would not give up her seat on a bus to a passenger. Her simple act landed Parks in prison. But it also set off the Montgomery bus boycott. It lasted for more than a year, and kicked off the civil-rights movement. “The only tired I was, was tired of giving in,” said Parks.‎ ‎21. What is Jane Addams noted for in history?‎ A. Her social work.‎ B. Her teaching skills.‎ C. Her efforts to win a prize.‎ D. Her community background.‎ ‎22. What was the reason for O’Connor’s being rejected by the law firm?‎ A. Her lack of proper training in law.‎ B. Her little work experience in court.‎ C. The discrimination against women.‎ D. The poor financial conditions.‎ ‎23. Who made a great contribution to the civil-rights movement in the U.S.?‎ A. Jane Addams. B. Rachel Carson.‎ C. Sandra Day O’Connor. D. Ross Parks.‎ ‎24. What can we infer about the women mentioned in the text?‎ A. They are highly educated. B. They are truly creative.‎ C. They are pioneers. D. They are peace-lovers ‎ ‎48‎ ‎(2019年全国卷I)‎ Grandparents Answer a Call As a third-generation native of Brownsville, Texas, Mildred Garza never planned to move away. Even when her daughter and son asked her to move to San Antonio to help with their children, she politely refused. Only after a year of friendly discussion did Ms. Garza finally say yes. That was four years ago. Today all three generations regard the move as a success,giving them a closer relationship than they would have had in separate cities.‎ No statistics show the number of grandparents like Garza who are moving closer to adult children and grandchildren. Yet there is evidence suggesting that the trend is growing. Even President Obama’s mother-in-law, Marian Robinson, has agreed to leave Chicago and move into the White House to help care ‎ for her granddaughters. According to a study by grandparents, 83 percent of the people said Mrs. Robinson’s decision will influence grandparents in the American family. Two-thirds believe more families will follow the example of Obama’s family.‎ ‎“In the 1960s we were all a little wild and couldn’t get away from home far enough or fast enough to prove we could do it on our own,” says Christine Crosby, publisher of Grand,a magazine for grandparents. “We now realize how important family is and how important it is to be near them, especially when you’re raising children.”‎ Moving is not for everyone. Almost every grandparent wants to be with his or her grandchildren and is willing to make sacrifices, but sometimes it is wiser to say no and visit frequently instead. Having your grandchildren far away is hard, especially knowing your adult child is struggling, but giving up the life you know may be harder.‎ ‎25. Why was Garza’s move a success?‎ A. It strengthened her family ties.‎ B. It improved her living conditions.‎ C. It enabled her make more friends.‎ D. It helped her know more new places.‎ ‎26. What was the reaction of the public to Mrs. Robinson’s decision?‎ A. 17% expressed their support for it.‎ B. Few people responded sympathetically.‎ C. 83% believed it had a bad influence.‎ D. The majority thought it was a trend.‎ ‎27. What did Crosby say about people in the 1960s?‎ A. They were unsure of themselves.‎ B. They were eager to raise more children.‎ C. They wanted to live away from their parents.‎ D. They had little respect for their grandparents.‎ ‎28. What does the author suggest the grandparents do in the last paragraph?‎ A. Make decisions in the best interests of their own.‎ B. Ask their children to pay more visits to them.‎ C. Sacrifice for their struggling children.‎ D. Get to know themselves better.‎ ‎49‎ ‎(2019年全国卷I)‎ I am Peter Hodes,a volunteer stem courier. Since March 2019, I’ve done 89 trips— of those , 51 have been abroad, I have 42 hours to carry stem cells (干细胞) in my little box because I’ve got two ice packs and that’s how long they last.In all, from the time the stem cells are harvested from a donor (捐献者) to the time they can be implanted in the patient, we’ve got 72 hours at most, So I am always conscious of time.‎ I had one trip last year where I was caught by a hurricane in America. I picked up the stem cells in Providence, Rhode Island, and was meant to fly to Washington then back to London. But when I arrived at the check-in desk at Providence, the lady on the desk said: “Well, I’m really sorry, I’ve got some bad news for you—there are no flights from Washington.” So I took my box and put it on the desk and I said: “In this box are some stem cells that are urgently needed for a patient —please, please, you’ve got to get me back to the United Kingdom.” She just dropped everything. She arranged for a flight on a small plane to be held for me. re-routed(改道)me through Newark and got me back to the UK even earlier than originally scheduled.‎ For this courier job, you’re consciously aware that in that box you’ve got something that is potentially going to save somebody’s life.‎ ‎29. Which of the following can replace the underlined word “courier” in Paragraph1?‎ A. provider B. delivery man C. collector D. medical doctor ‎30. Why does Peter have to complete his trip within 42hours?‎ A. He cannot stay away from his job too long.‎ B. The donor can only wait for that long.‎ C. The operation needs that much time.‎ D. The ice won’t last any longer.‎ ‎31. Which flight did the woman put Peter on first?‎ A. To London. B. To Newark.‎ C. To Providence. D. To Washington.‎ ‎50‎ ‎(2019年全国卷I)‎ The meaning of silence varies among cultural groups. Silences may be thoughtful, or they may be empty when a person has nothing to say. A silence in a conversation may also show stubbornness, uneasiness, or worry. Silence may be viewed by some cultural groups as extremely uncomfortable; therefore attempts may be made to fill every gap(间隙)with conversation. Persons in other cultural groups value silence and view it as necessary for understanding a person’s needs. ‎ Many Native Americans value silence and feel it is a basic part of communicating among people, just as some traditional Chinese and Thai persons do. Therefore, when a person from one of these cultures is speaking and suddenly stops, what maybe implied(暗示) is that the person wants the listener to consider what has been said before continuing. In these cultures, silence is a call for reflection.‎ Other cultures may use silence in other ways, particularly when dealing with conflicts among people or in relationships of people with different amounts of power. For example, Russian, French, and Spanish persons may use silence to show agreement between parties about the topic under discussion. However, Mexicans may use silence when instructions are given by a person in authority rather than be rude to that person by arguing with him or her. In still another use, persons in Asian cultures may view silence as a sign of respect, particularly to an elder or a person in authority.‎ Nurses and other care-givers need to be aware of the possible meanings of silence when they come across the personal anxiety their patients may be experiencing. Nurses should recognize their own personal ‎ and cultural construction of silence so that a patient’s silence is not interrupted too early or allowed to go on unnecessarily. A nurse who understands the healing(治愈) value of silence can use this understanding to assist in the care of patients from their own and from other cultures.‎ 32. What does the author say about silence in conversations?‎ A. It implies anger. B. It promotes friendship.‎ C. It is culture-specific. D. It is content-based.‎ 33. Which of the following people might regard silence as a call for careful thought?‎ A. The Chinese. B. The French.‎ C. The Mexicans. D. The Russians.‎ 34. What does the author advise nurses to do about silence?‎ A. Let it continue as the patient pleases. B. Break it while treating patients.‎ C. Evaluate its harm to patients. D. Make use of its healing effects.‎ 35. What may be the best title for the text?‎ A. Sound and Silence B. What It Means to Be Silent C. Silence to Native Americans D. Speech Is Silver; Silence Is Gold ‎51‎ ‎(2019年全国卷II) ‎ What’s On?‎ Electric Underground ‎7.30pm－1.00am Free at the Cyclops Theatre Do you know who’s playing in your area? We’re bringing you an exciting evening of live rock and pop music from the best local bands. Are you interested in becoming a musician and getting a recording contract(合同)? If so, come early to the talk at 7.30pm by Jules Skye, a successful record producer. He’s going to talk about how you can find the right person to produce your music.‎ Gee Whizz ‎8.30pm-10.30pm Comedy at Kaleidoscope Come and see Gee Whizz perform. He’s the funniest stand-up comedian on the comedy scene. This joyful show will please everyone, from the youngest to the oldest. Gee Whizz really knows how to make you laugh! Our bar is open from 7.00pm for drinks and snacks(快餐).‎ Simon’s Workshop ‎5.00pm-7.30pm Wednesdays at Victoria Stage This is a good chance for anyone who wants to learn how to do comedy. The workshop looks at every kind of comedy, and practices many different ways of making people laugh. Simon is a comedian and actor who has 10 years’ experience of teaching comedy. His workshops are exciting and fun. An evening with Simon will give you the confidence to be funny.‎ Charlotte Stone ‎8.00pm-11.00pm Pizza World Fine food with beautiful jazz music; this is a great evening out. Charlotte Stone will perform songs from her new best-selling CD, with James Pickering on the piano. The menu is Italian, with excellent meat and fresh fish, pizzas and pasta(面食). Book early to get a table. Our bar is open all day, and serves cocktails, coffee, beer, and white wine.‎ ‎21. Who can help you if you want to have your music produced?‎ A. Jules Skye. B. Gee Whizz.‎ C. Charlotte Stone. D. James Pickering.‎ ‎22. At which place can people of different ages enjoy a good laugh?‎ A. The Cyclops Theatre. B. Kaleidoscope.‎ C. Victoria Stage. D. Pizza World.‎ ‎23. What do we know about Simon’s Workshop?‎ A. It requires membership status. B. It lasts three hours each time. ‎ C. It is run by a comedy club. D. It is held every Wednesday.‎ ‎24. When will Charlotte Stone perform her songs?‎ A. 5.00pm-7.30pm. B. 7.30pm-1.00am.‎ C. 8.00pm-11.00pm. D. 8.30pm-10.30pm.‎ ‎52‎ ‎(2019年全国卷II) ‎ Five years ago, when I taught art at a school in Seattle, I used Tinkertoys as a test at the beginning of a term to find out something about my students. I put a small set of Tinkertoys in front of each student, and said:”Make something out of the Tinkertoys. You have 45 minutes today ― and 45 minutes each day for the rest of the week.”‎ ‎ A few students hesitated to start. They waited to see what the rest of the class would do. Several others checked the instructions and made something according to one of the model plans provided. Another group built something out of their own imaginations.‎ ‎ Once I had a boy who worked experimentally with Tinkertoys in his free time. His constructions filled a shelf in the art classroom and a good part of his bedroom at home. I was delighted at the presence of such a student. Here was an exceptionally creative mind at work. His presence meant that I had an unexpected teaching assistant in class whose creativity would infect (感染) other students.‎ ‎ Encouraging this kind of thinking has a downside. I ran the risk of losing those students who had a different style of thinking. Without fail one would declare, “But I’m just not creative.”‎ ‎ “Do you dream at night when you’re asleep?”‎ ‎ “Oh, sure.”‎ ‎ “So tell me one of your most interesting dreams.” The student would tell something wildly imaginative. Flying in the sky or in a time machine or growing three heads. “That’s pretty creative. Who does that for you?”‎ ‎ “Nobody. I do it.”‎ ‎ “Really ― at night, when you’re asleep?”‎ ‎ “Sure.”‎ ‎ “Try doing it in the daytime, in class, okay?”‎ ‎25. The teacher used Tinkertoys in class in order to ________?‎ A. know more about the students B. make the lessons more exciting C. raise the students’ interest in art D. teach the students about toy design ‎26. What do we know about the boy mentioned in Paragraph 3?‎ A. He liked to help his teacher. B. He preferred to study alone.‎ C. He was active in class. D. He was imaginative.‎ ‎27. What does the underlined word “downside” in Paragraph 4 probably mean?‎ A. Mistake. B. Drawback.‎ C. Difficulty. D. Burden.‎ ‎28. Why did the teacher ask the students to talk about their dreams? ‎ A. To help them to see their creativity. B. To find out about their sleeping habits.‎ C. To help them to improve their memory. D. To find out about their ways of thinking.‎ ‎53‎ ‎(2019年全国卷II) ‎ Reading can be a social activity. Think of the people who belong to book groups. They choose books to read and then meet to discuss them. Now, the website BookCrossing turns the page on the traditional idea of a book group.‎ Members go on the site and register the books they own and would like to share. BookCrossing provides an identification number to stick inside the book. Then the person leaves it in a public place, hoping that the book will have an adventure, traveling far and wide with each new reader who finds it.‎ ‎ Bruce Pederson, the managing director of BookCrossing, says, “The two things that change your life are the people you meet and books you read. BookCrossing combines both.”‎ ‎ Members leave books on park benches and buses, in train stations and coffee shops. Whoever finds their book will go to the site and record where they found it.‎ ‎ People who find a book can also leave a journal entry describing what they thought of it. E-mails are then sent to the BookCrossing to keep them updated about where their books have been found. Bruce Peterson says the idea is for people not to be selfish by keeping a book to gather dust on a shelf at home.‎ ‎ BookCrossing is part of a trend among people who want to get back to the “real” and not the virtual(虚拟). The site now has more than one million members in more than one hundred thirty-five countries.‎ ‎29. Why does the author mention book groups in the first paragraph?‎ A. To explain what they are. B. To introduce BookCrossing.‎ C. To stress the importance of reading. D. To encourage readers to share their ideas.‎ ‎30. What does the underlined word “it” in Paragraph 2 refer to?‎ A. The book. B. An adventure.‎ C. A public place. D. The identification number.‎ ‎31. What will a BookCrosser do with a book after reading it?‎ A. Meet other readers to discuss it. B. Keep it safe in his bookcase.‎ C. Pass it on to another reader. D. Mail it back to its owner.‎ ‎32. What is the best title for the text?‎ A. Online Reading: A Virtual Tour B. Electronic Books: A new Trend C. A Book Group Brings Tradition Back D. A Website Links People through Books ‎54‎ ‎(2019年全国卷II) ‎ A new collection of photos brings an unsuccessful Antarctic voyage back to life.‎ Frank Hurley’s pictures would be outstanding ― undoubtedly first-rate photo-journalism ― if they had been made last week. In fact, they were shot from 1914 through 1916, most of them after a disastrous ‎ shipwreck (海难), by a cameraman who had no reasonable expectation of survival. Many of the images were stored in an ice chest, under freezing water, in the damaged wooden ship.‎ ‎ The ship was the Endurance, a small, tight, Norwegian-built three-master that was intended to take Sir Ernest Shackleton and a small crew of seamen and scientists, 27 men in all, to the southernmost shore of Antarctica’s Weddell Sea. From that point Shackleton wanted to force a passage by dog sled(雪橇) across the continent. The journey was intended to achieve more than what Captain Robert Falcon Scott had done. Captain Scott had reached the South Pole early in 1912 but had died with his four companions on the march back.‎ ‎ As writer Caroline Alexander makes clear in her forceful and well-researched story The Endurance, adventuring was even then a thoroughly commercial effort. Scott’s last journey, completed as he lay in a tent dying of cold and hunger, caught the world’s imagination, and a film made in his honor drew crowds. Shackleton, a onetime British merchant-navy officer who had got to within 100 miles of the South Pole in 1908, started a business before his 1914 voyage to make money from movie and still photography. Frank Hurley, a confident and gifted Australian photographer who knew the Antarctic, was hired to make the images, most of which have never before been published.‎ ‎33. What do we know about the photos taken by Hurley?‎ ‎ A. They were made last week.‎ B. They showed undersea sceneries.‎ C. They were found by a cameraman.‎ D. They recorded a disastrous adventure.‎ ‎34. Who reached the South Pole first according to the text?‎ A. Frank Hurley. B. Ernest Shackleton.‎ C. Robert Falcon Scott. D. Caroline Alexander.‎ ‎35. What does Alexander think was the purpose of the 1914 voyage?‎ A. Artistic creation. B. Scientific research.‎ C. Money making. D. Treasure hunting.‎ ‎55‎ ‎(2019年全国卷III) ‎ Music Opera at Music Hall: 1243 Elm Street. The season runs June through August, with additional performances in March and September. The Opera honors Enjoy the Arts membership discounts. Phone: 241-2742. http://www.cityopera.com.‎ Chamber Orchestra: The Orchestra plays at Memorial Hall at 1406 Elm Street, which offers several concerts from March through June. Call 723-1182 for more information. http: //chamberorch.‎ Symphony Orchestra: At Music Hall and Riverbend. For ticket sales, call 381-3300. Regular season runs September through May at Music Hall in summer at Riverbend. http://www.symphony.org/home.asp.‎ College Conservatory of Music (CCM): Performances are on the main campus(校园) of the university, usually at Patricia Cobbett Theater. CCM organizes a variety of events, including performances by the well-known LaSalle Quartet, CCM’s Philharmonic Orchestra, and various groups of musicians presenting Baroque through modern music. Students with I.D. cards can attend the events for free. A free schedule of events for each term is available by calling the box office at 556-4183. http://www.ccm.uc.edu/events/calendar.‎ Riverbend Music Theater: 6295 Kellogg Ave. Large outdoor theater with the closest seats under cover (price difference). Big name shows all summer long! Phone: 232-6220. http://riverbendmusic.‎ ‎21. Which number should you call if you want to see an opera?‎ ‎ A. 241-2742. B. 723-1182. C. 381-3300. D. 232-6220.‎ ‎22. When can you go to a concert by Chamber Orchestra?‎ A. February. B. May. C. August. D. November.‎ ‎23. Where can students go for free performances with their I.D. cards?‎ A. Music Hall. B. Memorial Hall. C. Patricia Cobbett Theater. D. Riverbend Music Theater.‎ ‎24. How is Riverbend Music Theater different from the other places?‎ A. It has seats in the open air. B. It gives shows all year round.‎ C. It offers membership discounts. D. It presents famous musical works.‎ ‎56‎ ‎(2019年全国卷III) ‎ On one of her trips to New York several years ago, Eudora Welty decided to take a couple of New York friends out to dinner. They settled in at a comfortable East Side cafe and within minutes, another customer was approaching their table.‎ ‎“Hey, aren’t you from Mississippi?” the elegant, white-haired writer remembered being asked by the stranger. “I’m from Mississippi too.”‎ ‎ Without a second thought, the woman joined the Welty party. When her dinner partner showed up, she also pulled up a chair.‎ ‎“They began telling me all the news of Mississippi,” Welty said. “I didn’t know what my New York friends were thinking.”‎ ‎ Taxis on a rainy New York night are rarer than sunshine. By the time the group got up to leave, it was pouring outside. Welty’s new friends immediately sent a waiter to find a cab. Heading back downtown toward her hotel, her big-city friends were amazed at the turn of events that had changed their Big Apple dinner into a Mississippi state reunion (团聚).‎ ‎“My friends said: ‘Now we believe your stories,’” Welty added. “And I said: ‘Now you know. These are the people that make me write them.’”‎ Sitting on a sofa in her room, Welty, a slim figure in a simple gray dress, looked pleased with this explanation.‎ ‎“I don’t make them up,” she said of the characters in her fiction these last 50 or so years. “I don’t have to.”‎ Beauticians, bartenders, piano players and people with purple hats, Welty’s people come from afternoons spent visiting with old friends, from walks through the streets of her native Jackson, Miss., from conversations overheard on a bus. It annoys Welty that, at 78, her left ear has now given out. Sometimes,‎ ‎ sitting on a bus or a train, she hears only a fragment(片段) of a particularly interesting story.‎ ‎25. What happened when Welty was with her friends at the cafe?‎ A. Two strangers joined her. B. Her childhood friends came in.‎ ‎ C. A heavy rain ruined the dinner. D. Some people held a party there.‎ ‎26. The underlined word “them” in Paragraph 6 refers to Welty’s .‎ A. readers B. parties C. friends D. stories ‎27. What can we learn about the characters in Welty’s fiction?‎ ‎ A. They live in big cities. B. They are mostly women.‎ ‎ C. They come from real life. D. They are pleasure seekers.‎ ‎57‎ ‎(2019年全国卷III) ‎ If you are a fruit grower — or would like to become one — take advantage of Apple Day to see what’s around. It’s called Apple Day but in practice it’s more like Apple Month. The day itself is on October 21, but since it has caught on, events now spread out over most of October around Britain.‎ Visiting an apple event is a good chance to see, and often taste, a wide variety of apples. To people who are used to the limited choice of apples such as Golden Delicious and Royal Gala in supermarkets, it can be quite an eye opener to see the range of classical apples still in existence, such as Decio which was grown by the Romans. Although it doesn’t taste of anything special, it’s still worth a try, as is the knobbly (多疙瘩的) Cat’s Head which is more of a curiosity than anything else.‎ There are also varieties developed to suit specific local conditions. One of the very best varieties for eating quality is Orleans Reinette, but you’ll need a warm, sheltered place with perfect soil to grow it, so it’s a pipe dream for most apple lovers who fall for it.‎ At the events, you can meet expert growers and discuss which ones will best suit your conditions, and because these are family affairs, children are well catered for with apple-themed fun and games.‎ Apple Days are being held at all sorts of places with an interest in fruit, including stately gardens and ‎ commercial orchards (果园). If you want to have a real orchard experience, try visiting the National Fruit Collection at Brogdale, near Faversham in Kent.‎ ‎28. What can people do at the apple events?‎ A. Attend experts’ lectures. B. Visit fruit-loving families.‎ C. Plant fruit trees in an orchard. D. Taste many kinds of apples.‎ ‎29. What can we learn about Decio?‎ A. It is a new variety. B. It has a strange look.‎ C. It is rarely seen now. D. It has a special taste.‎ ‎30. What does the underlined phrase “a pipe dream” in Paragraph 3 mean?‎ A. A practical idea. B. A vain hope. C. A brilliant plan. D. A selfish desire.‎ ‎31. What is the author’s purpose in writing the text?‎ A. To show how to grow apples. B .To introduce an apple festival.‎ C. To help people select apples. D. To promote apple research.‎ ‎58‎ ‎(2019年全国卷III) ‎ Bad news sells. If it bleeds, it leads. No news is good news, and good news is no news. Those are the classic rules for the evening broadcasts and the morning papers. But now that information is being spread and monitored (监控) in different ways, researchers are discovering new rules. By tracking people’s e-mails and online posts, scientists have found that good news can spread faster and farther than disasters and sob stories.‎ ‎ “The ‘if it bleeds’ rule works for mass media,” says Jonah Berger, a scholar at the University of Pennsylvania. “They want your eyeballs and don’t care how you’re feeling. But when you share a story with your friends, you care a lot more how they react. You don’t want them to think of you as a Debbie Downer.”‎ ‎ Researchers analyzing word-of-mouth communication—e-mails, Web posts and reviews, face-to-face conversations—found that it tended to be more positive than negative(消极的), but that didn’t necessarily ‎ mean people preferred positive news. Was positive news shared more often simply because people experienced more good things than bad things? To test for that possibility, Dr. Berger looked at how people spread a particular set of news stories: thousands of articles on The New York Times’ website. He and a Penn colleague analyzed the “most e-mailed” list for six months. One of his first findings was that articles in the science section were much more likely to make the list than non-science articles. He found that science amazed Times’ readers and made them want to share this positive feeling with others.‎ ‎ Readers also tended to share articles that were exciting or funny, or that inspired negative feelings like anger or anxiety, but not articles that left them merely sad. They needed to be aroused(激发) one way or the other, and they preferred good news to bad. The more positive an article, the more likely it was to be shared, as Dr. Berger explains in his new book, “Contagious: Why Things Catch On.” ‎ ‎32. What do the classic rules mentioned in the text apply to?‎ A. News reports. B. Research papers. C .Private e-mails. D. Daily conversations.‎ ‎33. What can we infer about people like Debbie Downer?‎ A. They’re socially inactive. B. They’re good at telling stories.‎ C. They’re inconsiderate of others. D. They’re careful with their words.‎ ‎34. Which tended to be the most e-mailed according to Dr. Berger’s research?‎ A. Sports news. B. Science articles. C. Personal accounts. D. Financial reviews.‎ ‎35. What can be a suitable title for the text?‎ A. Sad Stories Travel Far and Wide B .Online News Attracts More People C. Reading Habits Change with the Times D. Good News Beats Bad on Social Networks ‎59‎ ‎(2019年浙江卷) ‎ ‎ “Did you hear what happened to Adam Last Friday?”Lindsey whispers to Tori.‎ ‎ With her eyes shining, Tori brags，“You bet I did, Sean told me two days ago.”‎ ‎ Who are Lindsey and Tori talking about?It just happened to be yours truly, Adam Freedman, I can tell ‎ you that what that what they are saying is (a) not nice and (b) not even true. Still, Lindsey and Tori aren’t very different from most students here at Linton High School, including me. Many of our conversations are gossip(闲话)。I have noticed three effects of gossip: it can hurt people, it can give gossipers a strange kind of satisfaction, and it can cause social pressures in a group.‎ ‎ An important negative effect of gossip is that it can hurt the person being talked about.Usually, gossip spreads information about a topic-breakups, trouble at home, even dropping out-that a person would rather keep secret. The more embarrassing or shameful the secret is, the juicier the gossip it makes. Probably the worst type of gossip is the absolute lie. People often think of gossipers as harmless, but cruel lies can cause pain.‎ ‎ If we know that gossip can be harmful, then why do so many of us do it? The answer lies in another effect of gossip: the satisfaction it gives us. Sharing the latest rumor(传言)can make a person feel important because he or she knows something that others don’t. Similarly, hearing the latest rumor can make a person feel like part of the “in group.”In other words, gossip is satisfying because it gives people a sense of belonging or even superiority(优越感).‎ ‎ Gossip also can have a third effect:it strengthens unwritten, unspoken rules about how people should act. Professor David Wilson explains that gossip is important in policing behaviors in a group. Translated into high school terms, this means that if everybody you hang around with is laughing at what John wore or what Jane said, then you can bet that wearing or saying something similar will get you the same kind of negative attention. The do’s and don’ts conveyed through gossip will never show up in any student handbook.‎ ‎ The effects of gossip vary depending on the situation. The next time you feel the urge to spread the latest news, thing about why you want to gossip and what effects your “juicy story” might have.‎ ‎41.The author uses a conversation at the beginning of the passage to .‎ A. introduce a topic B. present an argument ‎ C. describe the characters D. clarify his writing purpose ‎42.An important negative effects of gossip is that it .‎ A. breaks up relationships ‎ B. embarrasses the listener C. spreads information around D. causes unpleasant experiences ‎43.In the author’s opinion, many people like to gossip because it .‎ A.gives them a feeling of pleasure B.helps them to make more friends ‎ C.makes them better at telling stories D.enables them to meet important people ‎44.Professor David Wilson think that gossip can .‎ A.provide students with written rules B.help people watch their own behaviors C.force school to improve student handbooks D.attract the police’s attention to group behaviors ‎45.What advice does the author give in the passage?‎ A.Never become a gossiper B.Stay away from gossipers C.Don’t let gossip turn into lies D.Think twice before you gossip.‎ ‎60‎ ‎(2019年浙江卷) ‎ A scientist working at her lab bench and a six-old baby playing with his food might seem to have little in common.After all,the scientist is engaged in serious research to uncover the very nature of the physical world,and the baby is,well, just playing…right?Perhaps,but some developmental psychologists()have argued ‎ that this“play”is more like a scientific investigation than one might think.‎ Take a closer look at the baby playing at the table.Each time the bowl of rice is pushed over the table edge,it falls to the ground---and, in the process, it brings out important evidence about how physical objects interact ; bowls of rice do not float in mid-air, but require support to remain stable. It is likely that babies are not born knowing the basic fact of the universe; nor are they ever clearly taught it. Instead, babies may form an understanding of object support through repeated experiments and then build on this knowledge to learn even more about how objects interact. Though their ranges and tools differ, the baby’s investigation and the scientist’s experiment appear to share the same aim(to learn about the natural world ), overall approach (gathering direct evidence from the world), and logic (are my observations what I expected?).‎ Some psychologists suggest that young children learn about more than just the physical world in this way---that they investigate human psychology and the rules of language using similar means. For example, it may only be through repeated experiments, evidence gathering, and finally overturning a theory, that a baby will come to accept the idea that other people can have different views and desires from what he or she has, for example, unlike the child , Mommy actually doesn’t like Dove chocolate.‎ ‎ Viewing childhood development as a scientific investigation throws on how children learn ,but it also offers an inspiring look at science and scientists. Why do young children and scientists seem to be so much alike? Psychologists have suggested that science as an effort ---the desire to explore, explain, and understand our world---is simply something that comes from our babyhood. Perhaps evolution provided human babies with curiosity and a natural drive to explain their worlds, and adult scientists simply make use of the same drive that served them as children. The same cognitive systems that make young children feel good about feel good about figuring something out may have been adopted by adult scientists. As some psychologists put it, ”It is not that children are little scientists but that scientists are big children.”‎ ‎50. According to some developmental psychologists, ‎ A. a baby’s play is nothing more than a game.‎ B. scientific research into babies; games is possible C. the nature of babies’ play has been thoroughly investigated D. a baby’s play is somehow similar to a scientist’s experiment ‎51.We learn from Paragraph 2 that ‎ A. scientists and babies seem to observe the world differently B. scientists and babies often interact with each other C. babies are born with the knowledge of object support D. babies seem to collect evidence just as scientists do ‎52. Children may learn the rules of language by ‎ A. exploring the physical world B. investigating human psychology C. repeating their own experiments D. observing their parents’ behaviors ‎53. What is themain idea of the last paragraph?‎ A. The world may be more clearly explained through children’s play.‎ B. Studying babies’ play may lead to a better understanding of science.‎ C. Children may have greater ability to figure out things than scientists.‎ D. One’s drive for scientific research may become stronger as he grows.‎ ‎54. What is the author’s tone when he discusses the connection between scientists’ research and babies’ play?‎ ‎ A. Convincing. B. Confused. C. Confidence. D. Cautious.‎ ‎61‎ ‎(2019年浙江卷) ‎ Two things changed my life: my mother and a white plastic bike basket. I have thought long and hard about it and it’s true. I would be a different person if my mom hadn’t turned a silly bicycle accessory into a life lesson I carry with me today.‎ My mother and father were united in their way of raising children, but it mostly fell to my mother to actually carry it out. Looking back, I honestly don’t know how she did it. Managing the family budget must have been a very hard task., but she made it look effortless. If we complained about not having what another ‎ kid did, we’d hear something like, “I don’t care what so –and –so got for his birthday, you are not getting a TV in your room a car for your birthday a lavish sweet 16 party.” We had to earn our allowance by doing chores around the house. I can stil l remember how long it took to polish the legs of our coffee table.My brothers can no doubt remember hours spent cleaning the house .Like the two little girls growing up at the White House,we made our own beds (no one left the house unitil that was done)and picked up after ourselves.We had to keep track of our belongings ,and if something was lost ,it was not replaced.‎ ‎ It was summer and ,one day ,my mother drove me to the bike shop to get a tire fixed---and there it was in the window, White, shiny, plastic and decorated with flowers ,the basket winked at me and I knew ----I knew---I had to have it.‎ ‎ “It’s beautiful,” my mother said when I pointed it out to her,”What a neat basket.”‎ I tried to hold off at first ,I played it cool for a short while. But then I guess I couldn’t stand it any longer:“Mon, please can I please ,please get it? I ‘ll do extra chores for as long as you say, I’ll do anything ,but I need that basket,I love that basket.Please ,Mom .Please?”‎ ‎ I was desperate.‎ ‎“You know,” she said ,gently rubbing my back while we both stared at what I believes was the coolest thing ever,”If you save up you could buy this yourself.”‎ ‎“By the time I make enough it’ll bu gone!”‎ ‎“Maybe Roger here could hold it for you,” she smiled at Roger ,the bike guy.‎ ‎“He can’t hold it for that long ,Mom .Someone else will buy it .Please,Mom,Please?”‎ ‎“There might be another way,”she said.‎ And so our paying plan unfolded.My mother bought the beautiful basket and put it safely in some hiding place I could’t find.Each week I eagerly counted my growing saving increased by extra work here and there (washing the car ,helping my mother make dinner, delivering or collecting things on my bike that already looked naked without the basket in front).And then ,weeks later ,I counted ,re-counted and jumped for joy. Oh ,happy day ! I made it! I finally had the exact amount we’d agreed upon….‎ Days later the unthinkable happened. A neighborhood girl I’d played with millions of times appeared with the exact same basket fixted to her shiny ,new bike that already had all the bells and whistles. I rode hard and fast home to tell my mother about this disaster.This horrible turn of events.‎ And then came the lesson . I’ve taken with me through my life:”Honey, Your basket is extra-special,” Mom said, gently wiping away my hot tears.”Your basket is special because you paid for it yourself.”‎ ‎55.What can we learn from the first two paragraphs?‎ A. The children enjoyed doing housework.‎ B.The author came from s well-off family ‎ C. The mother raised her children in an unusual way D.The children were fond of the US president’s daughters.‎ ‎56.When the author saw the basket in the window,she .‎ A. fell in love with it B. stared at her mother C. recognized it at once D.went up to the bike guy ‎57.Why did the author say many “please” to her mother?‎ A. She longed to do extra work. B. She was eager to have the basket.‎ C.She felt tired after standing too long. D.She wanted to be polite to her mother.‎ ‎58.By using“naked” (Paragraph 12),the author seems to stress that the basket was ‎ A..something she could afford B.something important to her C.something impossible to get D.something she could do without ‎59.To the author, it seemed to be a horrible turn of events that ‎ A. something spoiled her paying plan B. the basket cost more than she had saved C.a neighborhood girl had bought a new bike D.someone else had got a basket of the same kind ‎60.What is the life lesson the author learned from her mother?‎ A. Save money for a rainy day B. Good advice is beyond all price.‎ C. Earn your bread with your sweat D. God helps those who help themselves ‎62‎ ‎(2019年安徽卷) ‎ Welcome to the Electronic Village to explore new ways of language teaching and learning.‎ Electronic Village Program (Thursday, June 18, 2019)‎ Nearpod ‎❖ 9:00 am to 10:00 am ‎ ‎❖ Room 501‎ Nearpod is a software program that creates a rich context (语境) for students to learn vocabulary. The presenter will show how to use it.‎ TEO ‎❖ 2:00 pin to 3:00 pm ‎ ‎❖ Room 502‎ Our students come from different backgrounds but have the same desire to learn on-line. The presenter will use examples from his first on-line class to explain how any teacher can begin teaching on-line with TEO.‎ Kahoot ‎❖ 10:30 am to 11:30 am ‎ ‎❖ Room 601‎ Kahoot software can be used to create grammar tests which can be graded on a network. It can provide students with instant feedback (反馈), including reports about their strengths and weaknesses.‎ Prezi ‎❖ 3:30 pm to 4:20 pm ‎ ‎❖ Room 602‎ Uses of Prezi in listening and speaking courses draw students' attention to speaking more fluently. The presenter will show how students can use Prezi to confidently present on a variety of topics, including introducing family, friends, and hobbies.‎ ‎56. Nearpod can be used to ______.‎ A. offer grammar tests B. teach listening on-line C. help vocabulary learning D. gain fluency in speaking ‎57. If you want to improve your speaking skills, you can go to____________.‎ A. Room 501 B. Room 502 C. Room 601 D. Room 602‎ ‎58. Which of the following can assess your grammar learning?‎ A. Nearpod. B. Kahoot. C. TEO. D. Prezi.‎ ‎59. A teacher who wants to learn on-line teaching is expected to arrive by ______.‎ A. 9:00 am B. 10:30 am C. 2:00 pm D. 3:30 pm ‎63‎ ‎(2019年安徽卷) ‎ When her five daughters were young, Helene An always told them that there was strength in unity (团结). To show this, she held up one chopstick, representing one person. Then she easily broke it into two pieces. Next, she tied several chopsticks together, representing a family. She showed the girls it was hard to break the tied chopsticks. This lesson about family unity stayed with the daughters as they grew up.‎ Helene An and her family own a large restaurant business in California. However, when Helene and her husband Danny left their home in Vietnam in 1975, they didn't have much money. They moved their family to San Francisco. There they joined Danny's mother, Diana, who owned a small Italian sandwich shop. Soon afterwards, Helene and Diana changed the sandwich shop into a small Vietnamese restaurant. The five daughters helped in the restaurant when they were young. However, Helene did not want her daughters to always work in the family business because she thought it was too hard.‎ Eventually the girls all graduated from college and went away to work for themselves, but one by one, the daughters returned to work in the family business. They opened new restaurants in San Francisco and Los Angeles. Even though family members sometimes disagreed with each other, they worked together to make the business successful. Daughter Elisabeth explains, "Our mother taught us that to succeed we must have unity, and to have unity we must have peace. Without the strength of the family, there is no business."‎ Their expanding business became a large corporation in 2019, with three generations of Ans working together. Now the Ans' corporation makes more than $20 million each year. Although they began with a small restaurant, they had big dreams, and they worked together. Now they are a big success.‎ ‎60. Helene tied several chopsticks together to show ______.‎ A. the strength of family unity B. the difficulty of growing up C. the advantage of chopsticks D. the best way of giving a lesson ‎61. We can learn from Paragraph 2 that the An family ______.‎ A. started a business in 1975 B. left Vietnam without much money C. bought a restaurant in San Francisco D. opened a sandwich shop in Los Angeles ‎62. What can we infer about the An daughters?‎ A. They did not finish their college education.‎ B. They could not bear to work in the family business.‎ C. They were influenced by what Helene taught them.‎ D. They were troubled by disagreement among family members.‎ ‎63. Which of the following can be the best title for the passage?‎ A. How to Run a Corporation B. Strength Comes from Peace C. How to Achieve a Big Dream D. Family Unity Builds Success ‎64‎ ‎(2019年安徽卷) ‎ As Internet users become more dependent on the Internet to store information, are people remember less? If you know your computer will save information, why store it in your own personal memory, your brain? Experts are wondering if the Internet is changing what we remember and how.‎ In a recent study, Professor Betsy Sparrow conducted some experiments. She and her research team wanted to know the Internet is changing memory. In the first experiment, they gave people 40 unimportant facts to type into a computer. The first group of people understood that the computer would save the information. The second group understood that the computer would not save it. Later, the second group remembered the information better. People in the first group knew they could find the information again, so ‎ they did not try to remember it.‎ In another experiment, the researchers gave people facts to remember, and told them where to find the information on the Internet. The information was in a specific computer folder (文件夹). Surprisingly, people later remember the folder location (位置) better than the facts. When people use the Internet, they do not remember the information. Rather, they remember how to find it. This is called "transactive memory (交互记忆)"‎ According to Sparrow, we are not becoming people with poor memories as a result of the Internet. Instead, computer users are developing stronger transactive memories; that is, people are learning how to organize huge quantities of information so that they are able to access it at a later date. This doesn't mean we are becoming either more or less intelligent, but there is no doubt that the way we use memory is changing.‎ ‎64. The passage begins with two questions to ______. ‎ ‎ A. introduce the main topic B. show the author's altitude C. describe how to use the Interne. D. explain how to store information ‎65. What can we learn about the first experiment?‎ A. The Sparrow's team typed the information into a computer. ‎ B. The two groups remembered the information equally well.‎ C. The first group did not try to remember the information. ‎ D. The second group did not understand the information.‎ ‎66. In transactive memory, people ______.‎ A. keep the information in mind B. change the quantity of information ‎ C. organize information like a computer D. remember how to find the information ‎67. What is the effect of the Internet according to Sparrow's research? ‎ A. We are using memory differently. B. We are becoming more intelligent.‎ C. We have poorer memories than before. D. We need a better way to access information.‎ ‎65‎ ‎(2019年安徽卷) ‎ There are an extremely large number of ants worldwide. Each individual (个体的) ant hardly weigh anything, but put together they weigh roughly the same as all of mankind. They also live nearly everywhere, except on frozen mountain tops and around the poles. For animals their size, ants have been astonishingly successful, largely due to their wonderful social behavior.‎ In colonies (群体) that range in size from a few hundred to tens of millions, they organize their lives with a clear division of labor. Even more amazing is how they achieve this level of organization. Where we use sound and sight to communicate, ants depend primarily on pheromone (外激素), chemicals sent out by individuals and smelled or tasted by fellow members of their colony. When an ant finds food, it produces a pheromone that will lead others straight to where the food is. When an individual ant comes under attack or is dying, it sends out an alarm pheromone to warn the colony to prepare for a conflict as a defense unit.‎ In fact, when it comes to the art of war, ants have no equal. They are completely fearless and will readily take on a creature much larger than themselves, attacking in large groups and overcoming their target. Such is their devotion to the common good of the colony that not only soldier ants but also worker ants will sacrifice their lives to help defeat an enemy.‎ Behaving in this selfless and devoted manner, these little creatures have survived on Earth, for more than 140 million years, far longer than dinosaurs. Because they think as one, they have a collective (集体的) intelligence greater than you would expect from its individual parts.‎ ‎68. We can learn from the passage that ants are ____________.‎ A. not willing to share food B. not found around the poles C. more successful than all other animals D. too many to achieve any level of organization ‎69. Ants can use pheromones for______.‎ A. escape B. communication C. warning enemies D. arranging labor ‎70. What does the underlined expression "take on" in Paragraph 3 mean? ‎ A. Accept. B. Employ. C. Play with. D. Fight against.‎ ‎71. Which of the following contributes most to the survival of ants? ‎ A. Their behavior. B. Their size. C. Their number. D. Their weight ‎66‎ ‎(2019年安徽卷) ‎ Food serves as a form of communication in two fundamental ways. Sharing bread or other foods is a common human tradition that can promote unity and trust. Food can also have a specific meaning, and play a significant role in a family or culture's celebrations or traditions. The foods we eat—and when and how we eat them—are often unique to a particular culture or may even differ between rural (农村的) and urban areas within one country.‎ Sharing bread, whether during a special occasion (时刻) or at the family dinner table, is a common symbol of togetherness. Many cultures also celebrate birthdays and marriages with cakes that are cut and shared among the guests. Early forms of cake were simply a kind of bread, so this tradition hits its roots in the custom of sharing bread.‎ Food also plays an important role in many New Year celebrations. In the southern United States, pieces of corn bread represent blocks of gold for prosperity (兴旺) in the New Year. In Greece, people share a special cake called vasilopita. A coin is put into the cake, which signifies (预示) success in the New Year for the person who receives it.‎ Many cultures have ceremonies to celebrate the birth of a child, and food can play a significant role. In China, when a baby is one month old, families name and welcome their child in a celebration that includes giving red-colored eggs to guests. In many cultures, round foods such as grapes, bread, and moon cakes are eaten at welcome celebrations to represent family unity.‎ Nutrition is necessary for life, so it is not surprising that food is such an important part of different cultures around the world.‎ ‎72. According to the passage, sharing bread______.‎ A. indicates a lack of food B. can help to develop unity C. is a custom unique to rural areas D. has its roots in birthday celebrations ‎73. What does the coin in vasilopita signify for its receiver in the New Year?‎ A. Trust. B. Success. C. Health. D. Togetherness.‎ ‎74. The author explains the role of food in celebrations by______.‎ A. using examples B. making comparisons C. analyzing causes D. describing processes ‎75. What is the passage mainly about?‎ A. The custom of sharing food. B. The specific meaning of food.‎ C. The role of food in ceremonies. D. The importance of food in culture.‎ ‎67‎ ‎(2019年北京卷) ‎ The Boy Made It!‎ One Sunday, Nicholas, a teenager, went skiing at Sugarloaf Mountain in Maine. In the early afternoon, when he was planning to go home, a fierce snowstorm swept into the area. Unable to see far, he accidentally turned off the path. Before he knew it, Nicholas was lost, all alone! He didn’t have food, water, a phone, or other supplies. He was getting colder by the minute.‎ ‎ Nicholas had no idea where he was. He tried not to panic. He thought about all the survival shows he had watched on TV. It was time to put the tips he had learned to use.‎ ‎ He decided to stop skiing. There was a better chance of someone finding him if he stayed put. The first thing he did was to find shelter form the freezing wind and snow. If he didn’t, his body temperature would get very low, which could quickly kill him.Using his skis, Nicholas built a snow cave. He gathered a huge mass of snow and dug out a hole in the middle. Then he piled branches on top of himself, like a blanket, to stay as warm as he could. By that evening, Nicholas was really hungry. He ate snow and drank water from a nearby stream so that his body wouldn’t lose toomuch water. Not knowing how much longer he could last, Nicholas did the only thing he could — he huddled (蜷缩) in his cave and slept.‎ ‎ The next day, Nicholas went out to look for help, but he couldn’tf ind anyone. He followed his tracks and returned to the snow cave,because without shelter, he could die that night. On Tuesday,Nicholas went out again to find help. He had walked for about a mile when a volunteer searcher found him. After two days stuck in the snow, Nicholas was saved. Nicholas might not have survived this snowstorm had it not been for TV. He had often watched Grylls’ survival show Man vs. Wild.That’s where he learned the tips that saved his life. In each episode(一期节目) of Man vs. Wild, Grylls is abandoned in a wild area and has to find his way out.‎ When Grylls heard about Nicholas’ amazing deeds, he wassuper impressed that Nicholas had made it since he knew betterthan anyone how hard Nicholas had to work to stay alive.‎ ‎56. What happened to Nicholas one Sunday afternoon? A. He got lost. B. He broke his skis. C. He hurt his eyes D. He caught a cold. 57. How did Nicholas keep himself warm? A. He found a shelter. B. He lighted some branches. C. He kept on skiing. D. He built a snow cave. 58. On Tuesday, Nicholas ______. A. returned to his shelter safely B. was saved by a searcher C. got stuck in the snow D. stayed where he was 59. Nicholas left Grylls a very deep impression because he ______. A. did the right things in the dangerous situation B. watched Grylls’ TV program regularly C. created some tips for survival D. was very hard-working ‎68‎ ‎(2019年北京卷) ‎ Revolutionary TV Ears TV Ears has helped thousands of people with various degrees of hearing loss hear the television clearly without turning up the volume(音量) and now it’s better and more affordable than ever! With TV Ears wireless technology, you set your own headset volume, while other TV listeners hear the television at a volume level that’s comfortable for them. You can even listen through the headset only and put the TV on mute(静音) if the situation calls for a quiet environment —maybe the baby is sleeping. Or perhaps you are the only one who is interested in listening to the ballgame.‎ ‎ TV Ears patented technology includes a revolutionary noise reduction car tip, not used in any other commercially available headset. This tip reduces outside noise so that television dialogue is clear and understandable. Get the technology that has proven to help the most demanding customers. That’s why TV Ears has earned the trust and confidence of audiologists(听觉学家) nationwide as well as world-famous doctors.‎ Doctor Recommended TV Ears!‎ ‎“My wife and I have used TV Ears almost daily for the past two years and find them a great help in our enjoyment of television . As a retired ear doctor, I heartily recommend TV Ears to people with normal hearing as well as those with hearing loss.”‎ ‎ — Robert Forbes, M. D, CA Customer Recommended TV Ears!‎ ‎“ Now my husband can have the volume as loud as he needs and I can have the TV at my hearing level. TV Ears is so comfortable that Jack forgets he has them on ! He can once again hear and understand the dialogue.”‎ ‎ — Darlene & Jack B, CA Risk Free Trial! TV Ears comes with a 30-day risk free trial.‎ Special Offer — Now ＄59.95.‎ If you’re not satisfied, return it.‎ Money-back guarantee!‎ Call now ! 800-123-7832‎ ‎60. TV Ears helps you ______. A. improve your sleeping quality B. listen to TV without disturbing others C. change TV channels without difficulty D. become interested in ballgame programs 61. What makes TV Ears different from other headsets? A. It can easily set TV on mute B. Its headset volume is adjustable C. It has a new noise reduction ear tip D. It applies special wireless technology 62.This advertisement is made more believable by ______. A. using recommendations B. offering reasons for this invention C. providing statistics D. showing the results of experiments ‎69‎ ‎(2019年北京卷) ‎ Life in the Clear ‎ Transparent animals let light pass through their bodies the same way light passes through a window. These animals typically live between the surface of the ocean and a depth of about 3,300 feet—as far as most light can reach. Most of them are extremely delicate and can be damaged by a simple touch. Sonke Johnsen, a scientist in biology, says, “These animals live through their life alone. They never touch anything unless they’re eating it, or unless something is eating them.”‎ ‎ And they are as clear as glass. How does an animal become see-through? It’s trickier than you might think.‎ ‎ The objects around you are visible because they interact with light. Light typically travels in a straight line. But some materials slow and scatter(散射) light, bouncing it away from its original path. Others absorb light, stopping it dead in its tracks. Both scattering and absorption make an object look different from other objects around it, so you can see it easily.‎ ‎ But a transparent object doesn’t absorb or scatter light, at least not very much, Light can pass through it without bending or stopping. That means a transparent object doesn’t look very different from the surrounding air or water. You don’t see it ----you see the things behind it.‎ ‎ To become transparent, an animal needs to keep its body from absorbing or scattering light. Living materials can stop light because they contain pigments(色素) that absorb specific colors of light. But a transparent animal doesn’t have pigments, so its tissues won’t absorb light. According to Johnsen, avoiding absorption is actually easy. The real challenge is preventing light from scattering.‎ Animals are built of many different materials----skin, fat, and more----and light moves through each at a different speed. Every time light moves into a material with a new speed, it bends and scatters. Transparent animals use different tricks to fight scattering. Some animals are simply very small or extremely flat. Without much tissue to scatter light, it is easier to be see—through. Others build a large, clear mass of non-living jelly-lie(果冻状的)material and spread themselves over it .‎ Larger transparent animals have the biggest challenge, because they have to make all the different tissues in their bodies slow down light exactly as much as water does. They need to look uniform. But how they’re doing it is still unknown. One thing is clear for these larger animals, staying transparent is an active process. When they die, they turn a non-transparent milky white.‎ ‎63. According to Paragraph 1, transparent animals_______.‎ ‎ A. stay in groups B. can be easily damaged ‎ C. appear only in deep ocean D. are beautiful creatures ‎64. The underlined word “dead” in Paragraph 3 means__________.‎ ‎ A. silently B. gradually ‎ C. regularly D. completely ‎65. One way for an animal to become transparent is to ________.‎ ‎ A. change the direction of light travel ‎ ‎ B. gather materials to scatter light.‎ ‎ C. avoid the absorption of light ‎ D. grow bigger to stop light.‎ ‎66. The last paragraph tells us that larger transparent animals________.‎ ‎ A. move more slowly in deep water ‎ B. stay see-through even after death ‎ C. produce more tissues for their survival ‎ D. take effective action to reduce light spreading ‎70‎ ‎(2019年北京卷) ‎ ‎ Technological change is everywhere and affects every aspect of life, mostly for the better. However, social changes are brought about by new technology are often mistaken for a change in attitudes. An example at hand is the involvement of parents in the lives oftheir children who are attending college. Surveys (调查) on this topic suggests that parents today continue to be “very” or “somewhat”overly-protective even after their children move into college dormitories. The same surveys also indicate that the rate of parental involvement is greater today than it was a generation ago. This is usually interpreted as a sign that today’s parents are trying to manage their children’s lives past the point where this behavior is appropriate. However, greater parental involvement does not necessarily indicate that parents are failing to let go of their “adult” children. In the context (背景) of this discussion, it seems valuable to first find out the cause of change in the case of parents’ involvement with their grown children. If parents of earlier generations had wanted to be in touch with their college-age children frequently, would this have been possible? Probably not. On the other hand, does the possibility of frequent communication today ‎ mean that the urge to do so wasn’t present a generation ago? Many studies show that older parents—today’s grandparents—would have called their children more often if the means and cost of doing so had not been a barrier. Furthermore, studies show that finances are the most frequent subject of communication between parents and their college children. The fact that college students are financially dependent on their parents is nothing new; nor are requests for more money to be sent from home. This phenomenon is neither good nor bad; it is a fact of college life, today and in the past. Thanks to the advanced technology, we live in an age of bettered communication. This has many implications well beyond the role that parents seem to play in the lives of their children who have left for college. But it is useful to bear in mind that all such changes come from the technology and not some imagined desire by parents to keep their children under their wings. 67. The surveys inform us of______. A. the development of technology B. the changes of adult children’s behavior C. the parents’ over-protection of their college children D. the means and expenses of students’ communication ‎68. The writer believes that__________.‎ ‎ A. parents today are more protective than those in the past ‎ B. the disadvantages of new technology outweigh its advantages ‎ C. technology explains greater involvement with their children ‎ D. parents’ changed attitudes lead to college children’s delayed independence ‎69. What is the best title for the passage?‎ ‎ A. Technology or Attitude ‎ B. Dependence or Independence ‎ C. Family Influences or Social Changes ‎ D. College Management or Communication Advancement ‎70. Which of the following shows the development of ideas in this passage?‎ ‎71‎ ‎(2019年福建卷) ‎ Food festivals around the world Stilton Cheese Rolling May Day is a traditional day for celebrations, but the 2,000 English villagers of Stilton must be the only people in the world who include checsc rolling in their annual plans. Teams of four,dressed in a variety of strange and funny clothes , roll a complete cheese along a 50-metre course. On the way, they must not kick or throw their cheese, or go into their competitors' lane. Competition is fierce and the chief prize is a complete Stilton cheese weighing about four kilos (disappointingly, but understandably the cheeses used in the race are wooden ones). All thecompetitors arc served with beer or port wine, the traditional accompaniment for Stilton cheese. Fiery Foods Festival—The Hottest Festival on Earth Every year more than 10,000 people head for the city of Albuquerque, New Mexico. They come from as far away as Australia, the Caribbean and China, but they all share a common addiction—food that is not just spicy ,but hot enough to make your mouth burn, your head spin and your eyes water. Their destination is the Fiery Eood and BBQ Festival which is held over a period of three clays every March. You might like to try a chocolate-covered habanero pepper—officially the hottest pepper in the world—or any one of the thousands of products that are on show. But one thing's for sure—if you don't like the feeling of a burning tongue, this festival isn't for you! La Tomatina—The World's Biggest Food Fight On the last Wednesday of every August, the Spanish town of Bunol hosts Ea Tomatina—the world's largest food fight. A week-long celebration leads up to an exciting tomato battle as the highlight of the week's events. The early morning sees the arrival of large trucks with tomatoes—official fight-starters get things going by casting tomatoes at the crowd.‎ The battle lasts little more than half an hour, in which time around 50,000 kilograms of tomatoes have been thrown at anyone or anything that moves, runs, or fights back. Then everyone heads down to the river to make friends again—and for a much-needed wash!‎ ‎56. In the Stilton cheese rolling competition, competitors on each team must .‎ A. wear various formal clothes B. roll a wooden cheese in their own lane C. kick or throw their cheese D. use a real cheese weighing about four kilos ‎57. Where is the Fiery Food and BBQ Festival held?‎ A. In New Mexico. B. In the Caribbean. C. In Australia. D. In China.‎ ‎58. The celebration of La Tomatina lasts .‎ A. three days B. seven days C. less than three days D. more than seven days ‎59. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?‎ A. The chief prize for the Stilton cheese rolling competition is beer or port wine.‎ B.More than 10,000 Chinese take pail in the Fiery Food and BBQ Festival.‎ C. Thousands of spicy foods are on show in the Fiery Food and BBQ Festival. D. An exciting tomato battle takes place at the beginning of La Tomatina.‎ ‎72‎ ‎(2019年福建卷) ‎ Papa, as a son of a dirt-poor farmer, left school early and went to work in a factory, for education was for the rich then. So, the world became his school. With great interest, he read everything he could lay his hands on, listened to the town elders and learned about the world beyond his tiny hometown. "There's so much to learn," he'd say. "Though we're born stupid, only the stupid remain that way. " He was determined that none of his children would be denied an education.‎ Thus, Papa insisted that we learn at least one new thing each day. Though, as children, we thought this was crazy, it would never have occurred to us to deny Papa a request. And dinner time seemed perfect for sharing what we had learned. We would talk about the news of the day; no matter how insignificant, it was never taken lightly. Papa would listen carefully and was ready with some comment, always to the point. Then came the moment—the time to share the day's new learning.‎ Papa, at the head of the table, would push back his chair and pour a glass of red wine, ready to listen. "Felice," he'd say, "tell me what you learned today. " "I learned that the population of Nepal is .... " Silence.‎ Papa was thinking about what was said, as if the salvation of the world would depend upon it. "The population of Nepal. Hmm. Well . . . . " he'd say. "Get the map; let's see where Nepal is. " And the whole family went on a search for Nepal.‎ This same experience was repeated until each family member had a turn. Dinner ended only after we had a clear understanding of at least half a dozen such facts.‎ As children, we thought very little about these educational wonders. Our family, however, was growing together, sharing experiences and participating in one another's education. And by looking at us, listening to us, respecting our input, affirming our value, giving us a sense of dignity, Papa was unquestionably our most influential teacher.‎ Later during my training as a future teacher /1 studied with some of the most famous educators. They were imparting what Papa had known all along—the value of continual learning. His technique has served me well all my life. Not a single day has been wasted, though I can never tell when knowing the population of Nepal might prove useful.‎ ‎60. What do we know from the first paragraph?‎ A. The author's father was born in a worker's family.‎ B. Those born stupid could not change their life.‎ C. The town elders wanted to learn about the world.‎ D. The poor could hardly afford school education.‎ ‎61. The underlined word "it" in the second paragraph refers to " ‎ A. one new thing B. a request C. the news D. some comment ‎62. It can be learned from the passage that the author .‎ A. enjoyed talking about news B. knew very well about Nepal C. felt regret about those wasted days D . appreciated his father's educational technique ‎63. What is the greatest value of "dinner time" to the author?‎ A. Continual learning. B. Showing talents.‎ C. Family get-together. D. Winning Papa's approval.‎ ‎64. The author's father can be best described as .‎ A. an educator expert at training future teachers B. a parent insistent on his children's education C. a participant willing to share his knowledge D. a teacher strict about everything his students did ‎73‎ ‎(2019年福建卷) ‎ Life can be so wonderful, full of adventure and joy. It can also be full of challenges, setbacks and heartbreaks. Whatever our circumstances, we generally still have dreams, hopes and desires—that little something more we want for ourselves and our loved ones. Yet knowing we can have more can also create a problem, because when we go to change the way we do things, up come the old patterns and pitfalls that stopped us from seeking what we wanted in the first place.‎ This tension between what we feel we can have and "what we're seemingly able to have is the niggling suffering, the anxiety we feel. This is where we usually think it's easier to just give up. But we're never meant to let go of the part of us that knows we can have more. The intelligence behind that knowing is us—the real us. It's the part that believes in life and its possibilities. If you drop that, you begin to feel a little "dead" inside because you're dropping "you".‎ So, if we have this capability but somehow life seems to keep us stuck, how do we break these patterns? Decide on a new course and make one decision at a time. This is good advice for a new adventure or just getting through today's challenges.‎ While, deep down, we know we can do it, our mind—or the minds of those close to us—usually says we can't. That isn't a reason to stop, it's just the mind, that little man or woman on your shoulder, trying to talk you out of something again. It has done it many times before. It's all about starting simple and doing it now.‎ Decide and act before over thinking. When you do this you may feel a little, or large, release from the jail of your mind and you'll be on your way.‎ ‎68. It can be inferred from the first two paragraphs that we should .‎ A. slow down and live a simple life B. be careful when we choose to change C. stick to our dreams under any circumstances D. be content with what we already have ‎69. What is the key to breaking the old patterns? A. To focus on every detail. B. To decide and take immediate action. C. To listen to those close to us. D. To think twice before we act.‎ ‎70. Which of the following best explains the underlined part in the last paragraph? A. Escape from your punishment. B. Realization of your dreams. C. Freedom from your tension. D. Reduction of your expectations.‎ ‎71. What does the author intend to tell us?‎ A. It's easier than we think to get what we want.‎ B. It's important to learn to accept sufferings in life.‎ C. It's impractical to change our way of thinking.‎ D. It's harder than we expect to follow a new course. ‎ ‎74‎ ‎(2019年福建卷) ‎ Group exercise is one of the most effective ways to improve physical fitness and sustain(保持) a healthy ‎ lifestyle.Group exercise is challenging, yet fun and empowering! Of course everyone knows that exercise is good for the body.However, studies have shown that when exercise is performed in groups, it's not only great for improving physical health but for psychological health. It's an opportunity to be social, release endorphins（内啡肽） , and improve your strength. Additionally, group exercise creates a community feel and the shared common goal motivates participants to work hard. The instrumental support of taking on a fitness journey with others proves more effective than going to the gym alone.‎ Another beneficial aspect of group exercise is the informational support participants receive from the instructor.Many people fear the gym because they feel lost and don't want to embarrass themselves. If you feel you can relate, then group training is an even better option for you. It's a great opportunity to learn more about fitness through the clear instruction and supervision (监管) of a fitness instructor. If you're tired of wandering around the gym wasting time and becoming bored, !you can attend an upbeat group fitness class that'll keep your workout on track. Don't let fitness frighten you!‎ If you're serious about wanting to live a healthy lifestyle, it's extremely important to surround yourself with people who'll provide you with the proper emotional support. I wouldn't scold anyone for deciding to party on weekends and in turn I wouldn't expect anyone to give offence to me for focusing on my health. Surround yourself with people who uplift, encourage and understand you! Make fitness even more fun by trying something new or any group fitness class, with a friend. Plan to go for a jog together. Then try a fun healthy restaurant or fresh juice bar! Fitness can be both fun and social!‎ Surrounding yourself with people who'll provide you with respect support can be very beneficial while working towards reaching health and fitness goals. First, decide to do it for yourself and work towards staying positive. Then make sure the people you surround yourself with are supportive. Don't let negativity ruin your motivation. 72. The first paragraph focuses on .‎ A. the greatest challenge of group exercise B. the most effective way to improve physical fitness C. the contribution of group exercise to psychological health D. the shared common goal in performing exercise in groups ‎73. The underlined word "upbeat" in the second paragraph probably means .‎ A. cheerful B. average C. serious D. temporal*)'‎ ‎74. When it comes to emotional support, the author thinks it necessary .‎ A. to sustain a colorful lifestyle B. to party on weekends with positive people C. to try a fun healthy restaurant regularly D. to surround yourself with supportive people ‎75. What would be the best title for the passage?‎ A. Seeking Support B. Supporting Health C. Improving Your Strength D. Building Up Fitness ‎75‎ ‎(2019年广东卷) ‎ Peter loved to shop used articles. Almost a month ago, he bought popular word game that used little pieces of wood with different letters on them. As he was purchasing it, the salesgirl said, “Uh, look, the game box haven’t even been opened yet. That might be worth some money. ”‎ Peter examined the box, and, sure enough, it was completely covered in factory-sealed plastic. And he saw a date of 1973 on the back of the box.‎ ‎“You should put that up for auction (拍卖) on the Internet, and see what happens.”the salesgirl said.‎ ‎“Yes, you’re right. People like something rare.” Peter agreed, “I can’t imagine there being very many unopened boxes of this game still around 40 years later.”‎ ‎“Don’t forget to tell me if you sell it.” the salesgirl smiled.‎ ‎“No problem.” Peter said.‎ After he got home, Peter went online to several auction websites looking for his game. But he couldn’t find it. Then he typed in the name of the word game and hit Search. The search result was 543 websites containing information about the changes of the game. Over the years, the game had been produced using letters in different sizes and game boards in different colors. He also found some lists of game fans looking for various versions of the game. Peter emailed some of them, telling them what he had.‎ Two weeks later, Peter went back to the shop.‎ ‎“Hello. Do you still remember the unopened word game?”‎ The salesgirl looked at him for a second, then recognized him and said, “Oh, hi!”‎ ‎“I’ve got something for you,” Peter said. “I sold the game and made $1,000. Thank you for your suggestion.” He handed her three $ 100 bills.‎ ‎“Wow!” the salesgirl cried out. “Thank you, I never expected it.”‎ ‎26. Which of the following best describes Peter’s word game?‎ A. It was made around 40 years ago.‎ B. It had game boards in different sizes.‎ C. It was kept in a plastic bag with a seal.‎ D. It had little pieces of wood in different colors.‎ ‎27. What did the salesgirl probably think of Peter’s word game?‎ A. Old and handy.‎ B. Rare and valuable.‎ C. Classic and attractive.‎ D. Colorful and interesting ‎28. Peter got the names of the game fans from _________.‎ A. an auction B. the Internet C. a game shop D. the second-hand shop ‎29. What happened at the end of the story?‎ A. Peter gave the girl $300 as a reward.‎ B. The salesgirl became Peter’s friend.‎ C. Peter returned the word game for $ 1,000.‎ D. The salesgirl felt confused to see Peter again.‎ ‎30. What is the main theme of the story?‎ A. It’s important to keep a promise.‎ B. It’s great to share in other people’s happiness.‎ C. We should be grateful for the help from others.‎ D. Something rare is worth a large amount of money.‎ ‎76‎ ‎(2019年广东卷) ‎ When I was nine years old, I loved to go fishing with my dad. But the only thing that wasn’t very fun about it was that he could catch many fish while I couldn’t catch anything. I usually got pretty upset and kept asking him why. He always answered, “Son, if you want to catch a fish, you have to think like a fish”, I remember being even more upset then because, “I’m not a fish!” I didn’t know how to think like a fish. Besides, I reasoned, how could what I think influence what a fish does?‎ As I got a little older I began to understand what my dad really meant. So, I read some books on fish. And I even joined the local fishing club and started attending the monthly meetings. I learned that a fish is a cold-blooded animal and therefore is very sensitive to water temperature. That is why fish prefer shallow water to deep water because the former is warmer. Besides, water is usually warmer in direct sunlight than in the shade. Yet, fish don’t have any eyelids(眼皮) and the sun huts their eyes… The more I understood fish, the more I became effective at finding and catching them..‎ When I grew up and entered the business world, I remember hearing my first boss say, “We all need to think like sales people.” But it didn’t completely make sense. My dad never once said, “If you want to catch a fish you need to think like a fisherman.” What he said was, “You need to think like a fish.” Years later, with great efforts to promote long-term services to people much older and richer than me, I gradually learned what we all need is to think more like customers. It is not an easy job. I will show you how in the ‎ following chapters.‎ ‎31. Why was the author upset in fishing trips when he was nine?‎ A. He could not catch a fish.‎ B. His father was not patient with him.‎ C. His father did not teach him fishing.‎ D. He could not influence a fish as his father did.‎ ‎32. What did the author’s father really mean?‎ A. To read about fish.‎ B. To learn fishing by oneself.‎ C. To understand what fish think.‎ D. To study fishing in many ways.‎ ‎33. According to the author, fish are most likely to be found _________.‎ A. in deep water on sunny days B. in deep water on cloudy days C. in shallow water under sunlight D. in shallow water under waterside trees.‎ ‎34. After entering the business world, the author found _________.‎ A. it easy to think like a customer B. his father’s fishing advice inspiring C. his first boss’s sales ideas reasonable D. it difficult to sell services to poor people ‎35. This passage most likely comes from _________.‎ A. a fishing guide B. a popular sales book C. a novel on childhood D. a millionaire’s biography ‎77‎ ‎(2019年广东卷) ‎ Daniel Anderson, a famous psychologist, believes it’s important to distinguish television’s influences on children from those of the family. We tend to blame TV, he says, for problems it doesn’t really cause, overlooking our own roles in shaping children’s minds.‎ One traditional belief about television is that it reduces a child’s ability to think and to understand the world. While watching TV, children do not merely absorb words and images (影像). Instead, they learn both explicit and hidden meanings from what they see. Actually, children learn early the psychology of characters in TV shows. Furthermore, as many teachers agree, children understand far more when parents watch TV with them, explaining new words and ideas. Yet, most parents use an educational program as a chance to park their kids in front of the set and do something in another room.‎ Another argument against television is that it replaces reading as a form of entertainment. But according to Anderson, the amount of time spent watching television is not related to reading ability. TV doesn’t take the place of reading for most children; it takes the place of similar sorts of recreation, such as listening to the radio and playing sports. Things like parents’ educational background have a stronger influence on a child’s reading. “A child’s reading ability is best predicted by how much a parent reads.” Anderson says.‎ Traditional wisdom also has it that heavy television-watching lowers IQ (智商) scores and affects school performance. But here, too, Anderson notes that no studies have proved it. In fact, research suggests that it’s the other way around. “If you’re smart young, you’ll watch less TV when you’re older,” Anderson says. Yet, people of lower IQ tend to be lifelong television viewers.‎ For years researchers have attempted to show that television is dangerous to children. However, by showing that television promotes none of the dangerous effects as conventionally believed, Anderson suggests that television cannot be condemned without considering other influences.‎ ‎36. By watching TV, children learn _________.‎ A. images through words B. more than explicit meanings C. more about images than words D. little about people’s psychology ‎37. An educational program is best watched by a child _________.‎ A. on his own B. with other kids C. with his parents D. with his teachers ‎38. Which of the following is most related to children’s reading ability?‎ A. Radio-listening B. Television-watching C. Parents’ reading list D. Parents’ educational background ‎39. Anderson believed that _________.‎ A. the more a child watches TV, the smarter he is B. the younger a child is, the more he watches TV C. the smarter a child is, the less likely he gets addicted to TV D. the less a child watches TV, the better he performs at school ‎40. What is the main purpose of the passage?‎ A. To advise on the educational use of TV.‎ B. To describe TV’s harmful effects on children.‎ C. To explain traditional views on TV influences.‎ D. To present Anderson’s unconventional ideas.‎ ‎78‎ ‎(2019年广东卷) ‎ It was once common to regard Britain as a society with class distinction. Each class had unique characteristics.‎ In recent years, many writers have begun to speak the 'decline of class' and 'classless society' in Britain. And in modern day consumer society everyone is considered to be middle class. ‎ But pronouncing the death of class is too early. A recent wide-ranging society of public opinion found 90 percent of people still placing themselves in particular class; 73 percent agreed that class was still a vital part of British society; and 52 percent thought there were still sharp class differences. Thus, class may not be culturally and politically obvious, yet it remains an important part of British society. Britain seems to have a love of stratification.‎ One unchanging aspect of a British person's class position is accent. The words a person speaks tell her or his class. A study of British accents during 1970s found that a voice sounding like a BBC newsreader was viewed as the most attractive voice, Most people said this accent sounded 'educated' and 'soft'. The accents placed at the bottom in this study, on the other hand, were regional（地区的）city accents. These accents were seen as 'common' and 'ugly'. However, a similar study of British accents in the US turned these results upside down and placed some regional accents as the most attractive and BBC English as the least. This suggests that British attitudes towards accent have deep roots and are based on class prejudice.‎ In recent years, however, young upper middle-class people in London, have begun to adopt some regional accents, in order to hide their class origins. This is an indication of class becoming unnoticed. However, the 2019 pop song 'Common People' puts forward the view that though a middle-class person may 'want to live like common people' they can never appreciate the reality of a working-class life.‎ ‎41. A recent study of public opinion shows that in modern Britain ________. ‎ A. it is time to end class distinction B. most people belong to middle class C. it is easy to recognize a person’s class D. people regard themselves socially different ‎42. The word stratification in Paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to ________.‎ A. variety B. division C. authority ‎ D. qualification ‎43. The study in the US showed that BBC English was regarded as _________.‎ A. regional B. educated C. prejudiced ‎ D. unattractive ‎44. British attitudes towards accent _________.‎ A. have a long tradition B. are based on regional status C. are shared by the Americans D. have changed in recent years ‎45. What is the main idea of the passage?‎ A. The middle class is expanding ‎ B. A person’s accent reflects his class C. Class is a key part of British society D. Each class has unique characteristics.‎ ‎79‎ ‎(2019年湖北卷) ‎ ‎“I see you’ve got a bit of water on your coat,” said the man at the petrol station. “Is it raining out there?””No, it’s pretty nice,” I replied, checking my sleeve. “Oh, right. A pony(马驹) bit me earlier.”‎ As it happened, the bite was virtually painless: more the kind of small bite you might get from a naughty child. The pony responsible was queuing up for some ice cream in the car park near Haytor, and perhaps thought I’d jumped in ahead of him.‎ The reason why the ponies here are naughty is that Haytor is a tourist-heavy area and tourists are constantly feeding the ponies foods, despite sighs asking them not to. By feeding the ponies, tourists increase the risk of them getting hit by a car, and make them harder to gather during the area’s annual pony drift(迁移).‎ The purpose of a pony drift is to gather them up so their health can be checked, the baby ones can be stooped from feeding on their mother’s milk, and those who’ve gone beyond their limited area can be returned to their correct area. Some of them are also later sold, in order to limit the number of ponies according to the rules set by Natural England.‎ Three weeks ago, I witnessed a small near-disaster a few mils west of here. While walking, I noticed a pony roll over on his back. “Hello!” I said to him, assuming he was just rolling for fun, but he was very still and, as I got closer, I saw him kicking his legs in the air and breathing heavily. I began to properly worry about him. Fortunately, I managed to get in touch with a Dartmoor’s Livestock Protection officer and send her a photo. The officer immediately sent a local farmer out to check on the pony. The pony had actually been trapped between two rocks. The farmer freed him, and he began to run happily around again.‎ Dartmoor has 1,000 or so ponies, who play a critical role in creating the diversity of species in this area. Many people are working hard to preserve these ponies, and trying to come up with plans to find a sustainable(可持续的) future for one of Dartmoor’s most financially-troubled elements.‎ ‎51. Why are tourists asked not to feed the ponies?‎ A. To protect the tourists from being bitten B. To keep the ponies off the petrol station C. To avoid putting the ponies in danger D. To prevent the ponies from fighting ‎52. One of the purposes of the annual pony drift is ______________.‎ A. to feed baby ponies on milk B. to control the number of ponies C. to expand the habitat for ponies D. to sell the ponies at a good price ‎53. What as the author’s first reaction when he saw a pony roll on its back?‎ A. He freed it from the trap B. He called a protection officer C. He worried about it very much D. He thought of it as being naughty ‎54. What does the author imply about the preservation of Dartmoor’s ponies?‎ A. It lacks people’s involvement.‎ B. It costs a large amount of money C. It will affect tourism in Dartmoor.‎ D. It has caused an imbalance of species ‎80‎ ‎(2019年湖北卷) ‎ What Theresa Loe is doing proves that a large farm isn’t prerequisite for a modern grow-your-own lifestyle. On a mere 1/10 of an acre in Los Angeles, Loe and her family grow, can（装罐）and preserve much of the food they consume.‎ ‎ Loe is a master food preserver, gardener and canning expert. She also operates a website, where she shares her tips and recipes, with the goal of demonstrating that everyone has the ability to control what’s on their plate.‎ ‎ Loe initially went to school to become an engineer, but she quickly learned that her enthusiasm was mainly about growing and preparing her own food. “I got into cooking my own food and started growing my own herbs (香草) and foods for that fresh flavor,”she said. Engineer by day, Loe learned cooking at night school. She ultimately purchased a small piece of land with her husband and began growing their own foods.‎ ‎“I teach people how to live farm-fresh without a farm,” Loe said. Through her website Loe emphasizes that “anybody can do this anywhere.” Got an apartment with a balcony （阳台）? Plant some herbs. A window? Perfect spot for growing. Start with herbs, she recommends, because “they’re very forgiving.” Just a little of the herbs “can take your regular cooking to a whole new level,” she added. “I think it’s a great place to start.” “Then? Try growing something from a seed, she said, like a tomato or some tea.”‎ Canning is a natural extension of the planting she does. With every planted food. Loe noted, there’s a moment when it’s bursting with its absolute peak flavor. “I try and keep it in a time capsule in a canning jar,” Loe said. “Canning for me is about knowing what’s in your food, knowing where it comes from.”‎ In addition to being more in touch with the food she’s eating, another joy comes from passing this knowledge and this desire for good food to her children: “Influencing them and telling them your opinion on not only being careful what we eat but understanding the bigger picture,” she said, “that if we don’t take care of the earth, no will.”‎ ‎55.The underlined word “prerequisite” (Pare. 1) is closest in meaning to “______”.‎ A. recipe B. substitute C. requirement D. challenge ‎56.Why does Loe suggest starting with herbs?‎ A. They are used daily.‎ B. They are easy to grow.‎ C. They can grow very tall D. They can be eaten uncooked ‎57.According to Loe, what is the benefit of canning her planted foods?‎ A. It can preserve their best flavor ‎ B. It can promote her online sales C. It can better her cooking skills ‎ D. It can improve their nutrition[来源:Z,xx,k]‎ ‎58.What is the“the bigger picture” (Para. 6) that Loe wishes her children to understand?‎ A. The knowledge about good food B. The way to live a grow-our-own life C. The joy of getting in touch with foods  ‎ D. The responsibility to protect our earth ‎81‎ ‎(2019年湖北卷) ‎ Hilversum is a medium-sized city between the major cities of Amsterdam and Utrecht in the Gooi area of North Holland, the Netherlands. Unlike most of the Netherlands, Hilversum is actually in a hilly area with the soil mostly consisting of sand. Once called the Garden of Amsterdam, it still attracts travelers to come over to cycle and walk through the surrounding forests. They visit it for a relaxing day off from the urban madness. For Dutch people, Hilversum is all about textile (纺织) and media industries, and modern architecture.‎ In history, Hilversum was largely an agricultural area. Daily life was marked by farming, sheep raising and wool production. A railway link to Amsterdam in 1874 attracted rich traders from Amsterdam to Hilversum. They built themselves large villas (别墅) in the wooded surroundings of the town. One of the families moving in was the Brenninkmeijers, currently the wealthiest family of the Netherlands. They moved in after big success in the textile industry and aided a substantial textile industry in Hilversum. But the textile boom lasted only several decades. The last factory closed in the 1960s.‎ The change to a media economy started in 1920, when the Nederlandse Seintoestedllen Fabriek (NSF) established a radio factory in Hiversum. Most radio stations settled in the large villas in the leafy areas of the town. Television gave another push to the local economy. Hilversum became the media capital of the Netherlands, and Dutch televison stars moved into the leafy neighborhoods surrounding the town.‎ In the early 1900s, modern architcts W.M. Dudok and J. Duiker placed hundreds of remarkable buildings in Hilversum. These modern architectural masterpieces (杰作) are so many that Hilversum almost feels like an open air museum. Dudok alone shaped most century Hilversum and approximately 75‎ ‎ buildings still bear his unique chaaracteristics,His masterpiece , Hilversum Town Hall,was built in 1928-1931. It has wide international fame and is included in many architecture textbooks. The building has a remarkable shape and looks like a combination of “blocks”. Actually, one may start his journey of modern architecture by walking or biking the W.M. Dudok Architectural Route in Hilversum.‎ ‎59.Hilversum is different from most of the Netherlands in that ______.‎ A. it has a large population B. it is cut off from big cities C. it has many beautiful gardens D. it is in a hilly area with sandy soil ‎60.What was the greatest contribution of the Brenninkmeijers to Hilversum?‎ A. Building a railway link to Amsterdam B. Helping its textile industry to develop ‎ C. Constructing large villas for the poor D. Assisting its agricultural industry ‎61.The beginning of the media industry in Hilversum was marked by the establishment of ______.‎ A. a radio factory B. the medial capital C. a radio station D. a TV station ‎62.What is known about W.M. Dudok’s Hilversum Town Hall?‎ A. It consists of approximately 75 buildings B. It looks like an open air museum in the city C. It is a classic example in architecture textbooks D. It has shaped most of century Hilvesum.‎ ‎82‎ ‎(2019年湖北卷) ‎ The oddness of life in space never quite goes away. Here are some examples.‎ First consider something as simple as sleep. Its position presents its own challenges. The main question is whether you want your arms inside or outside the sleeping bag. If you leave your arms out, they float free in zero gravity, often giving a sleeping astronaut the look of a funny balled （芭蕾）dancer. “I’m an inside guy,” Mike Hopkins says, who returned from a six-month tour on the International Space Station. “I like to be wrapped up.”‎ On the station, the ordinary becomes strange. The exercise bike for the American astronauts has no handlebars. It also has no seat. With no gravity, it’s just as easy to pedal violently. You can watch a movie while you pedal by floating a microcomputer anywhere you want. But station residents have to be careful about staying in one place too long. Without gravity to help circulate air, the carbon dioxide you exhale (呼气) has a tendency to form an invisible （隐形的）cloud around you head. You can end up with what astronauts call a carbon-dioxide headache.‎ Leroy Chiao, 54, an American retired astronaut after four flights, describes what happens even before you float out of your seat,”Your inner ear thinks your’re falling . Meanwhile your eyes are telling you you’re standing straight. That can be annoying—that’s why some people feel sick.” Within a couple days —truly terrible days for some —astronauts’ brains learn to ignore the panicky signals from the inner ear, and space sickness disappears.‎ Space travel can be so delightful but at the same time invisibly dangerous. For instance, astronauts lose bone mass. That’s why exercise is considered so vital that National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) puts it right on the workday schedule. The focus on fitness is as much about science and the future as it is about keeping any individual astronauts return home, and, more importantly, how to maintain strength and fitness for the two and a half years or more that it would take to make a round-trip to Mars.‎ ‎63.What is the major challenge to astronauts when they sleep in space?‎ A. Deciding on a proper sleep position B. Choosing a comfortable sleeping bag C. Seeking a way to fall asleep quickly D. Finding a right time to go to sleep.‎ ‎64.The astronauts will suffer from a carbon-dioxide headache when _____.‎ ‎ A. the y circle around on their bikes B. they use microcomputers without a stop C. they exercise in one place for a long time D. they watch a movie while pedaling ‎65.Some astronauts feel sick on the station during the first few days because _____.‎ A. their senses stop working B. they have to stand up straight C. they float out of their seats unexpectedly D. their brains receive contradictory messages ‎66.One of the NASA’s major concerns about astronauts is _____.‎ A. how much exercise they do on the station B. how they can remain healthy for long in space C. whether they can recover after returning home D. whether they are able to go back to the station ‎83‎ ‎(2019年湖北卷) ‎ Science has a lot of uses. It can uncover laws of nature, cure diseseases, make bombs, and help bridges to stand up. Indeed science is so good at what it does that there’s always a temptation(诱惑) to drag it into problems where it may not be helpful. David Brooks, author of The Social Animal: The Hidden Sources of Love, Character,and Achievement, appears to be the latest in a long line of writers who have failed to resist ‎ the temptation.‎ Brooks gained fame for several books. His latest book The Social Animal, however, is more ambitious and serious than his earlier books. It is an attempt to deal with a set of weighty topics. The book focuses on big questions: What has science revealed about human nature? What are the sources of character? And why are some people happy and successful while others aren’t?‎ To answer these questions, Brooks surveys a wide range of disciplines（学科）. Considering this, you might expect the book to be a dry recitation of facts. But Brooks has structured his book in an unorthodox(非常规的), and perhaps unfortunate, way. Instead of introduciing scientific theories, he tells a story, within which he tries to make his points, perhaps in order to keep the reader’s attention.So as Harold and Erica, the hero and heroine in his story, live through childhood, we hear about the science of child development and as they begin to date we hear about the theory of sexual attraction. Brooks carries this through to the death of one of his characters.‎ On the whole,Brooks’s story is acceptalbe if uninspired. As one would expect, his writing is mostly clear and, to be fair, some chapters stand out above the rest. I enjoyed, for instance, the chapter in which Harold discovers how to think on his own. While Harold and Erica are certainly not strong or memorable characters, the more serious problems with The Social Animal lie eslewhere. These problems partly involve Brooks’s attempt to translate his tale into science.‎ ‎67. The author mentions the functions of science at the beginning of the passage to__________.‎ A. illustrate where science can be applied B. demonstrate the value of Brooks’s new book C. remind the reader of the importance of science D. explain why many writers use science in their works ‎68. According to the author, which of the following could be a strength of the book?‎ A. Its strong basis.‎ B. Its convincing points.‎ C. Its clear writing.‎ D. Its memorable characters.‎ ‎69. What is the author’s general attitude towards the book?‎ A. Contradictory.‎ B. Supportive.‎ C . Cautious.‎ D. Critical.‎ ‎70. What is the author likely to write about after the last paragraph?‎ A. Problems with the book.‎ B. Brooks’s life experience.‎ C. Death of the characters.‎ D. Brooks’s translation skills. ‎ ‎84‎ ‎(2019年湖南卷) ‎ Forget Cyclists, Pedestrians are Real Danger ‎ We are having a debate about this topic. Here are some letters from our readers.‎ ‎ ■Yes, many cyclists behave dangerously. Many drivers are disrespectful of cyclists. But pedestrians are probably the worse offenders.‎ ‎ People of all ages happily walk along the pavement with eyes and hands glued to the mobile phone, quite unaware of what is going on around them. They may even do the same thing while crossing a road at a pedestrian crossing or elsewhere. The rest of us have to evade (避让) them or just stand still to wait for the unavoidable collision.‎ ‎ The real problem is that some pedestrians seem to be, at least for the moment, in worlds of their own that are, to them, much more important than the welfare of others.‎ ‎ ——Michael Horan ‎ ■I loved the letter from Bob Brooks about cyclists (Viewpoints, May 29). I am afraid they ‎ seem to think they own the roads.‎ ‎ I was walking across Altrincham Road one morning when a cyclist went round me and on being asked what he was doing he shouted at me.‎ ‎ The government built a cycle lane on the road but it is hardly used.‎ ‎ The police do nothing. What a laugh they are!‎ ‎ The cyclists should all have to be made to use the cycle lanes and wear helmets, fluorescent (发荧光的) jackets and lights at night and in the morning. They should pay some sort of tax and be fined for not wearing them.‎ ‎ ——Carol Harvey ‎ ■Cyclists jump on and off pavements (which are meant for pedestrians), ride at speed along the pavements, and think they have a special right to go through traffic lights when they are on red.‎ ‎ I was almost knocked down recently by a cyclist riding on the pavement when there was a cycle lane right next to him.‎ ‎ Other road users, including horse riders, manage to obey the rules so why not cyclists?‎ ‎ It's about time they had to be registered and insured, so when they do hit a pedestrian or a vehicle, or cause an accident, at least they can be treated and there might be an opportunity to claim.‎ ‎ ——JML ‎ Write to Viewpoints of the newspaper.‎ ‎56. Michael Horan wrote the letter mainly to show that _______.‎ ‎ A. drivers should be polite to cyclists ‎ ‎ B. road accidents can actually be avoided ‎ C. some pedestrians are a threat to road safety ‎ D. walking while using phones hurts one's eyes ‎57. Carol Harvey suggests that cyclists should _______.‎ ‎ A. be provided with enough roads ‎ B. be asked to ride on their own lanes ‎ C. be made to pay less tax for cycling ‎ D. be fined for laughing at policemen ‎58. What is a complaint of JML? ‎ ‎ A. Very few drivers are insured.‎ ‎ B. Cyclists ride fast on pavements.‎ ‎ C. Pedestrians go through red traffic lights.‎ ‎ D. Horse riders disrespect other road users.‎ ‎59. The underlined word "they" in the third letter refers to ______.‎ ‎ A. accidents B. vehicles ‎ C. pedestrians D. cyclists ‎60. The three letters present viewpoints on _______.‎ ‎ A. real source of road danger ‎ B. ways to improve road facilities ‎ C. measures to punish road offences ‎ D. increased awareness of road rules ‎85‎ ‎(2019年湖南卷) ‎ In its early history, Chicago had floods frequently, especially in the spring, making the streets so muddy that people, horses, and carts got stuck. An old joke that was popular at the time went something like ‎ this: A man is stuck up to his waist in a muddy Chicago street. Asked if he needs help, he replies, "No, thanks. I've got a good horse under me."‎ The city planner decided to build an underground drainage (排水) system, but there simply wasn't enough difference between the height of the ground level and the water level. The only two options were to lower the Chicago River or raise the city.‎ An engineer named Ellis Chesbrough convinced the city that it had no choice but to build the pipes above ground and then cover them with dirt. This raised the level of the city's streets by as much as 12 feet.‎ This of course created a new problem: dirt practically buried the first floors of every building in Chicago. Building owners were faced with a choice: either change the first floors of their buildings into basements, and the second stories into main floors, or hoist the entire buildings to meet the new street level. Small wood-frame buildings could be lifted fairly easily. But what about large, heavy structures like the Tremont Hotel, which was a six-story brick building?‎ That's where George Pullman came in. He had developed some house-moving skills successfully. To lift a big structure like the Tremont Hotel, Pullman would place thousands of jackscrews (螺旋千斤顶) beneath the building's foundation. One man was assigned to operate each section of roughly 10 jackscrews. At Pullman's signal each man turned his jackscrew the same amount at the same time, thereby raising the building slowly and evenly. Astonishingly, the Tremont Hotel stay open during the entire operation, and many of its guests didn't even notice anything was happening. ‎ Some people like to say that every problem has a solution. But in Chicago's early history, every engineering solution seemed to create a new problem. Now that Chicago's waste water was draining efficiently into the Chicago River, the city's next step was to clean the polluted river.‎ ‎61. The author mentions the joke to show ______.‎ ‎ A. horses were fairly useful in Chicago ‎ B. Chicago's streets were extremely muddy ‎ C. Chicago was very dangerous in the spring ‎ D. the Chicago people were particularly humorous ‎62. The city planners were convinced by Ellis Chesbrough to_______.‎ ‎ A. get rid of the street dirt ‎ ‎ B. lower the Chicago River ‎ C. fight against heavy floods ‎ D. build the pipes above ground ‎63. The underlined word "hoist" in Paragraph 4 means "_______".‎ ‎ A. change B. lift ‎ C. repair D. decorate ‎64. What can we conclude about the moving operation of the Tremont Hotel?‎ ‎ A. It went on smoothly as intended.‎ ‎ B. It interrupted the business of the hotel.‎ ‎ C. It involved Pullman turning ten jackscrews.‎ ‎ D. It separated the building from its foundation.‎ ‎65. The passage is mainly about the early Chicago's ______.‎ ‎ A. popular life styles and their influences ‎ B. environmental disasters and their causes ‎ C. engineering problems and their solutions ‎ D. successful businessmen and their achievements ‎86‎ ‎(2019年湖南卷) ‎ Have your parents ever inspected your room to see if you cleaned it properly? Imagine having your entire houses, garage, and yard inspected at any time -- with no warning. Inspections were a regular part of lighthouse (灯塔) living, and a keeper's reputation depended on results. A few times each year, an inspector arrived to look over the entire light station. The inspections were supposed to be a surprise, but keeper ‎ sometimes had advance notice.‎ Once lighthouses had telephones, keepers would call each other to warn that the inspector was approaching. After boats began flying special flags noting the inspector was aboard, the keeper's family made it a game to see who could notice the boat first. As soon as someone spotted the boat, everyone would do last-minute tidying and change into fancy clothes. The keeper then scurried to put on his dress uniform and cap. Children of keepers remember inspectors wearing white gloves to run their fingers over door frames and windowsills looking for dust.‎ Despite the serious nature of inspections, they resulted in some funny moments. Betty Byrnes remembered when her mother did not have time to wash all the dishes before an inspection. At the time, people did not have dishwashers in their homes. In an effort to clean up quickly, Mrs. Byrnes tossed all the dishes into a big bread pan, covered them with a cloth and stuck them in the oven. If the inspector opened the oven door, it would look like bread was baking. he never did.‎ One day, Glenn Furst's mother put oil on the kitchen floor just before the inspector entered their house. Like floor wax, the oil made the floors shiny and helped protect the wood. This time, though, she used a little too much oil. When the inspector extended his hand to greet Glenn's mother, he slipped on the freshly oiled surface. "He came across that floor waving his arms like a young bird attempting its first flight," Glenn late wrote. After he steadied himself, he shook Glenn's mother's hand, and the inspection continued as though nothing had happened.‎ ‎66. What does Paragraph I tell us about the inspection at the light station?‎ ‎ A. It was carried out once a year.‎ ‎ B. It was often announced in advance.‎ ‎ C. It was important for the keeper's fame.‎ ‎ D. It was focused on the garage and yard.‎ ‎67. The family began making preparations immediately after ______.‎ ‎ A. one of the members saw the boat ‎ B. a warning call reached the lighthouse ‎ C. the keeper put on the dress uniform and cap ‎ D. the inspector flew special flags in the distance ‎68. Mrs. Byrnes put the dishes in the oven because this would ______.‎ ‎ A. result in some fun ‎ B. speed up washing them ‎ C. make her home look tidy ‎ D. be a demand from the inspector ‎ ‎69. If the inspector had opened the oven door, he would have seen _______. ‎ ‎ A. an empty pan ‎ B. many clean dishes ‎ C. pieces of baked bread ‎ D. a cloth covering something ‎70. The inspector waved his arms ______.‎ ‎ A. to try his best to keep steady ‎ B. to show his satisfaction with the floor ‎ C. to extend a warm greeting to Glenn's mother ‎ D. to express his intention to continue the inspection ‎87‎ ‎(2019年江苏卷) ‎ ‎56. According to the Code, visitors should act _______ .‎ A. with care and respect B. with relief and pleasure C. with caution and calmness D. with attention and observation ‎57. What are you encouraged to do when travelling in New Zealand?‎ A. Take your own camping facilities.‎ B. Bury glass far away from rivers.‎ C. Follow the track for the sake of plants.‎ D. Observe signs to approach nesting birds.‎ ‎88‎ ‎(2019年江苏卷) ‎ ‎ In the United States alone, over 100 million cell-phones are thrown away each year. Cell-phones are part of a growing mountain of electronic waste like computers and personal digital assistants. The electronic waste stream is increasing three times faster than traditional garbage as a whole.‎ ‎ Electronic devices contain valuable metals such as gold and silver. A Swiss study reported that while the weight of electronic goods represented by precious metals was relatively small in comparison to total waste, the concentration (含量) of gold and other precious metals was higher in So-called e-waste than in naturally occurring minerals.‎ ‎ Electronic wastes also contain many poisonous metals. Even when the machines are recycled and the harmful metals removed, the recycling process often is carried out in poor countries, in practically uncontrolled ways which allow many poisonous substances to escape into the environment.‎ ‎ Creating products out of raw materials creates much more waste material, up to 100 times more, than the material contained in the finished products. Consider again the cell-phone, and imagine the mines that produced those metals, the factories needed to make the box and packaging(包装) it came in. Many wastes produced in the producing process are harmful as well.‎ ‎ The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency notes that most waste is dangerous in that “the production, distribution, and use of products — as well as management of the resulting waste — all result in greenhouse gas release.” Individuals can reduce their contribution by creating less waste at the start — for instance, buying reusable products and recycling.‎ ‎ In many countries the concept of extended producer responsibility is being considered or has been put in place as an incentive (动机) for reducing waste. If producers are required to take back packaging they use to sell their products, would they reduce the packaging in the first place?‎ ‎ Governments’ incentive to require producers to take responsibility for the packaging they produce is usually based on money. Why, they ask, should cities or towns be responsible for paying to deal with the bubble wrap (气泡垫) that encased your television?‎ ‎ From the governments’ point of view, a primary goal of laws requiring extended producer responsibility is to transfer both the costs and the physical responsibility of waste management from the government and tax-payers back to the producers.‎ ‎58. By mentioning the Swiss study, the author intends to tell us that _________ .‎ A. the weight of e-goods is rather small B. E-waste deserves to be made good use of C. natural minerals contain more precious metals D. the percentage of precious metals is heavy in e-waste ‎59. The responsibility of e-waste treatment should be extended _________ .‎ A. from producers to governments B. from governments to producers C. from individuals to distributors D. from distributors to governments ‎60. What does the passage mainly talk about?‎ A. The increase in e-waste. B. The creation of e-waste.‎ C. The seriousness of e-waste. D. The management of e-waste.‎ ‎89‎ ‎(2019年江苏卷) ‎ ‎ Suppose you become a leader in an organization. It’s very likely that you’ll want to have volunteers to help with the organization’s activities. To do so, it should help to understand why people undertake volunteer work and what keeps their interest in the work.‎ ‎ Let’s begin with the question of why people volunteer. Researchers have identified several factors that motivate people to get involved. For example, people volunteer to express personal values related to unselfishness, to expand their range of experiences, and to strengthen social relationships. If volunteer ‎ positions do not meet these needs, people may not wish to participate. To select volunteers, you may need to understand the motivations of the people you wish to attract.‎ ‎ People also volunteer because they are required to do so. To increase levels of community service, some schools have launched compulsory volunteer programs. Unfortunately, these programs can shift people’s wish of participation from an internal factor (e.g., “I volunteer because it’s important to me”) to an external factor (e.g., “I volunteer because I’m required to do so”). When that happens, people become less likely to volunteer in the future. People must be sensitive to this possibility when they make volunteer activities a must.‎ ‎ Once people begin to volunteer, what leads them to remain in their positions over time? To answer this question, researchers have conducted follow-up studies in which they track volunteers over time. For instance, one study followed 238 volunteers in Florida over a year. One of the most important factors that influenced their satisfaction as volunteers was the amount of suffering they experienced in their volunteer positions. Although this result may not surprise you, it leads to important practical advice. The researchers note that attention should be given to “training methods that would prepare volunteers for troublesome situations or provide them with strategies for coping with the problem they do experience”.‎ ‎ Another study of 302 volunteers at hospitals in Chicago focused on individual differences in the degree to which people view “volunteer” as an important social role. It was assumed that those people for whom the role of volunteer was most part of their personal identity would also be most likely to continue volunteer work. Participants indicated the degree to which the social role mattered by responding to statements such as “Volunteering in Hospital is an important part of who I am.”Consistent with the researchers’ expectations, they found a positive correlation (正相关) between the strength of role identity and the length of time people continued to volunteer. These results, once again, lead to concrete advice: “Once an individual begins volunteering, continued efforts might focus on developing a volunteer role identity.... Items like T-shirts that allow volunteers to be recognized publicly for their contributions can help strengthen role identity”.‎ ‎61. People volunteer mainly out of ______ .‎ A. academic requirements B. social expectations C. financial rewards D. internal needs ‎62. What can we learn from the Florida study?‎ A. Follow-up studies should last for one year. B. Volunteers should get mentally prepared.‎ C. Strategy training is a must in research. D. Volunteers are provided with concrete advice.‎ ‎63. What is most likely to motivate volunteers to continue their work?‎ A. Individual differences in role identity. B. Publicly identifiable volunteer T-shirts.‎ C. Role identity as a volunteer. D. Practical advice from researchers.‎ ‎64. What is the best title of the passage?‎ A. How to Get People to Volunteer B. How to Study Volunteer Behaviors C. How to Keep Volunteers’ Interest D. How to Organize Volunteer Activities ‎90‎ ‎(2019年江苏卷) ‎ Freedom and Responsibility ‎ Freedom’s challenge in the Digital Age is a serious topic. We are facing today a strange new world and we are all wondering what we are going to do with it.‎ ‎ Some 2,500 years ago Greece discovered freedom. Before that there was no freedom. There were great civilizations, splendid empires, but no freedom anywhere. Egypt and Babylon were both tyrannies, one very powerful man ruling over helpless masses.‎ ‎ In Greece, in Athens (雅典), a little city in a little country, there were no helpless masses. And Athenians willingly obeyed the written laws which they themselves passed, and the unwritten, which must be obeyed if free men live together. They must show each other kindness and pity and the many qualities without which life would be very painful unless one chose to live alone in the desert.The Athenians never thought that a man was free if he could do what he wanted. A man was free if he was self-controlled. To make yourself obey what you approved was freedom. They were saved from looking at their lives as their own private affair. Each one felt responsible for the welfare of Athens, not because it was forced on him from the outside, but because the city was his pride and his safety. The essential belief of the first free government in the world was liberty for all men who could control themselves and would take responsibility for the state.‎ ‎ But discovering freedom is not like discovering computers. It cannot be discovered once for all. If people do not prize it, and work for it, it will go. Constant watch is its price. Athens changed. It was a ‎ change that took place without being noticed though it was of the extreme importance, a spiritual change which affected the whole state. It had been the Athenian爷s pride and joy to give to their city. That they could get material benefits from her never entered their minds. There had to be a complete change of attitude before they could look at the city as an employer who paid her citizens for doing her work. Now instead of men giving to the state, the state was to give to them.What the people wanted was a government which would provide a comfortable life for them; and with this as the primary object, ideas of freedom and self-reliance and responsibility were neglected to the point of disappearing. Athens was more and more looked on as a cooperative business possessed of great wealth in which all citizens had a right to share.‎ ‎ Athens reached the point when the freedom she really wanted was freedom from responsibility.There could be only one result. If men insisted on being free from the burden of self-dependence and responsibility for the common good, they would cease to be free. Responsibility is the price every man must pay for freedom. It is to be had on no other terms. Athens, the Athens of Ancient Greece, refused responsibility; she reached the end of freedom and was never to have it again.‎ ‎ But, “the excellent becomes the permanent”, Aristotle said. Athens lost freedom forever, but freedom was not lost forever for the world. A great American, James Madison, referred to: “The capacity (能力) of mankind for self-government.” No doubt he had not an idea that he was speaking Greek. Athens was not in the farthest background of his mind, but once man has a great and good idea, it is never completely lost. The Digital Age cannot destroy it. Somehow in this or that man’s thought such an idea lives though unconsidered by the world of action. One can never be sure that it is not on the point of breaking out into action only sure that it will do so sometime.‎ ‎65. What does the underlined word “tyrannies” in Paragraph 2 refer to?‎ A. Countries where their people need help. B. Powerful states with higher civilization.‎ C. Splendid empires where people enjoy freedom. D. Governments ruled with absolute power.‎ ‎66. People believing in freedom are those who________ .‎ A. regard their life as their own business B. seek gains as their primary object C. behave within the laws and value systems D. treat others with kindness and pity ‎67. What change in attitude took place in Athens?‎ A. The Athenians refused to take their responsibility.‎ B. The Athenians no longer took pride in the city.‎ C. The Athenians benefited spiritually from the government.‎ D. The Athenians looked on the government as a business.‎ ‎68. What does the sentence “There could be only one result.” in Paragraph 5 mean?‎ A. Athens would continue to be free.‎ B. Athens would cease to have freedom.‎ C. Freedom would come from responsibility.‎ D. Freedom would stop Athens from self-dependence.‎ ‎69. Why does the author refer to Aristotle and Madison?‎ A. The author is hopeful about freedom.‎ B. The author is cautious about self-government.‎ C. The author is skeptical of Greek civilization.‎ D. The author is proud of man’s capacity.‎ ‎70. What is the author’s understanding of freedom?‎ A. Freedom can be more popular in the digital age.‎ B. Freedom may come to an end in the digital age.‎ C. Freedom should have priority over responsibility.‎ D. Freedom needs to be guaranteed by responsibility.‎ ‎91‎ ‎(2019年陕西卷) ‎ Share with us ‎ ‎ Would you like to have your writing published in this magazine?‎ ‎ Then let us know! We pay for stories, anecdotes and jokes:‎ Anecdotes and Jokes ‎＄50‎ What’s made you laugh recently? A funny sign? A colleague’s be haviour? Got a joke? Send it in for Laughter is the Best Medicine!‎ Email: Juliet@sws.com Smart Animals Up to ＄100‎ Send us a tale about the strange behaviour of unique pets or wildlife in up 300 words.‎ Email: audry@sws Power of Love Up to ＄150‎ Acts of generosity can change lives or just give you that warm feeling full of love. Share your moments 100—500 words.‎ Email: susan@sws.com My Story ‎＄350‎ Do you have an inspiring or life-changing story to tell? Your story must be true, unpublished, original and 800-1000words.‎ Email: nanjc@sws For more information, please visit: http://sws./share ‎46.How much will the magazine pay for a joke to be published? ‎ A. ＄50 B. ＄100 C. ＄150 D.＄350‎ ‎47. If you want to share a story of your pets with the readers, you need to submit it to .‎ A. Anecdotes and Jokes B. Smart Animals ‎ C. Power of Love D. My Story ‎48.A story showing people’s generosity should be emailed to the editor at .‎ A. juliet@sws.com B. susan@sws.com ‎ C. Audrey@sws.com D. nanjc@sws.com ‎49. An inspiring story sent to the magazine should . ‎ A. describe strange behaviour B. contain less than 800 words C. be real and original D. be published before ‎92‎ ‎(2019年陕西卷) ‎ When the dog named Judy spotted the first sheep in her life, she did what comes naturally. The four-year-old dog set off racing after the sheep across several fields and, being a city animal, lost both her sheep and her sense of direction. Then she ran along the edge of cliff( 悬崖) and fell 100 feet, bouncing off a rock into the sea.‎ ‎ Her owner Mike Holden panicked and celled the coastguard of Cornwall, who turned up in seconds . Six volunteers slid down the cliff with the help of a rope but gave up all hope of finding her alive after a 90-minute search.‎ ‎ Three days later, a hurricane hit the coast near Cornwall. Mr. Holden returned home from his holiday upset and convinced his pet was dead. He comforted himself with the thought she had died in the most beautiful part of the country.‎ ‎ For the next two weeks, the Holdens were heartbroken . Then, one day, the phone rang and Steve Tregear, the coastguard of Cornwall, asked Holder if he would like his dog bark.‎ ‎ A birdwatcher, armed with a telescope, found the pet sitting desperately on a rock. While he sounded the alarm, a student from Leeds climbed down the cliff to collect Judy.‎ The dog had initially been knocked unconscious(失去知觉的)but had survived by drinking water from ‎ a fresh scream at the base of the cliff. She may have fed on the body of a sheep which had also fallen over the edge. “The dog was very thin and hungry,” Steve Tregear said , “It was a very dog. She survived because of a plentiful supply of fresh water,” he added.‎ It was ,as Mr. Holden admitted, “a minor miracle(奇迹)”. ‎ ‎50. The dog Jody fell down the cliff when she was ‎ ‎ A. rescuing her owner B. caught in a hurricane ‎ C. blocked by a rock D. running after a sheep ‎51.Who spotted Judy after the accident?‎ ‎ A. A birdwatcher B. A student from Leeds ‎ C. Six volunteers D. The coastguard of Cornwall ‎52. What can we infer from the text?‎ ‎ A. People like to travel with their pets.‎ ‎ B. Judy was taken to the fields for hunting.‎ ‎ C. Luck plays a vital role in Judy's survival.‎ ‎ D. Holden cared little where Judy was buried.‎ ‎53. Which of the following can be the best title for the text?‎ A. Miracle of the Coastguard. B. Surviving a Hurricane.‎ C. Dangers in the Wild D. Coming Back from the Dead.‎ ‎93‎ ‎(2019年陕西卷) ‎ The production of coffee beans is a huge, profitable business, but, unfortunately, full-sun production is taking over the industry and bringing about a lot of damage. The change in how coffee is grown from shade-grown production to full-sun production endangers the very existence of, certain animals and birds, and even disturbs the world’s ecological balance.‎ On a local level, the damage of the forest required by full-sun fields affects the area’s birds and animals. The shade of the forest trees provides a home for birds and other special(物种) that depend on the trees’‎ ‎ flowers and fruits. Full-sun coffee growers destroy this forest home. As a result, many special are quickly dying out.‎ On a more global level, the destruction of the rainforest for full-sun coffee fields also threatens(威胁)human life. Medical research often makes use of the forests' plant and animal life, and the destruction of such species could prevent researchers from finding cures for certain diseases. In addition, new coffee-growing techniques are poisoning the water locally, and eventually the world's groundwater.‎ Both locally and globally, the continued spread of full-sun coffee plantations (种植园)could mean the destruction of the rainforest ecology. The loss of shade trees is already causing a slight change in the world's climate, and studies show that loss of oxygen-giving trees also leads to air pollution and global warming. Moreover, the new growing techniques are contributing to acidic(酸性的) soil conditions.‎ It is obvious that the way much coffee is grown affects many aspects many aspects of life, from the local environment to the global ecology. But consumers do have a choice. They can purchase shade-grown coffee whenever possible, although at a higher cost. The future health of the planet and mankind is surely worth more than an inexpensive cup of coffee.‎ ‎54. What can we learn about full-sun coffee production from Paragraph 4?‎ A. It limits the spread of new growing techniques.‎ B. It leads to air pollution and global warming.‎ C. It slows down the loss of shade trees.‎ D. It improves local soil conditions.‎ ‎55. The purpose of the text is to .‎ A. entertain B. advertise C. instruct D. persuade ‎56. Where does this text probably come from ?‎ A. An agricultural magazine.‎ B. A medical journal.‎ C. An engineering textbook.‎ D. A tourist guide.‎ ‎57. Which of the following shows the structure of the whole text ‎ ‎94‎ ‎(2019年陕西卷) ‎ Parents who help their children with homework may actually be bringing down their school grades. Other forms of prenatal involvement, including volunteering at school and observing a child's class, also fail to help, according to the most recent study on the topic.‎ The findings challenge a key principle of modern parenting(养育子女) where schools except them to act as partners in their children's education. Previous generations concentrated on getting children to school on time, fed, dressed and ready to learn.‎ ‎ Kaith Robinson, the author of the study, said, "I really don't know if the public is ready for this but there are some ways parents can be involved in their kids' education that leads to declines in their academic performance. One of the things that was consistently negative was parents' help with homework." Robinson suggested that may be because parents themselves struggle to understand the task." They may either not remember the material their kids are studying now, or in some cases never learnt it themselves, but they're still offering advice."‎ ‎ Robinson assessed parental involvement performance and found one of the most damaging things a parent could do was to punish their children for poor marks. In general, about 20% of parental involvement was positive, about 45% negative and the rest statistically insignificant.‎ ‎ Common sense suggests it was a good thing for parents to get involved because "children with good academic success do have involved parents ", admitted Robinson. But he argued that this did not prove parental involvement was the root cause of that success." A big surprise was that Asian-American parents whose kids are doing so well in school hardly involved. They took a more reasonable approach, conveying to their children how success at school could improve their lives."‎ ‎58. The underlined expression "parental involvement " in Paragraph 1 probably means .‎ A. parents' expectation on children's health ‎ B. parents' participation in children's education ‎ C. parents' control over children's life ‎ D. parents' plan for children's future ‎ ‎59.What is the major finding of Robinson's study ?‎ A. Modern parents raise children in a more scientific way.‎ B. Punishing kids for bad marks is mentally damaging.‎ C. Parental involvement is not so beneficial as expected.‎ D. Parents are not able to help with children’s homework.‎ ‎60. The example of Asian-American parents implies that parents should .‎ A. help children realize the importance of schooling B. set a specific life goal for their children C. spend more time improving their own lives D. take a more active part in school management ‎95‎ ‎(2019年上海卷) ‎ ‎ Look to many of history’s cultural symbols, and there you’ll find an ancestor of Frosty, the snowman in the movie Frozen. It appeared on some of the first postcards, starred in some of the earliest silent movies, and was the subject of a couple of the earliest photos, dating all the way back to the 1800s. I discovered even more about one of humanity’s earliest forms of life art during several years of research around the world. For example, snowmen were a phenomenon in the Middle Ages, built with great skill and thought. At a time of limited means of expression, snow was like free art supplies dropped from the sky. It was a popular activity for couples to leisurely walk through town to view the temporary works of chilly art. Some were created by famous artists, including a 19-year-old Michelangelo, who in 1494 was appointed by the ruler of Florence, Italy, to build a snowman in his mansion’s courtyard. The Miracle of 1511 took place during six freezing works called the Winter of Death. The city of Brussels was covered in snowmen—an impressive scene that told stories on every street corner. Some were political in nature, criticizing the church and government. Some were a reflection of people’s imagination. For the people of Brussels, this was a defining moment of defining freedom. At least until spring arrived, by which time they were dealing with damaging floods. If you fear the heyday of the snowman has passed, don’t worry: I’ve learned that some explosive snowman history is still being made today. Every year since 1818, the people of Zurich, Switzerland, celebrate the beginning of spring by blowing up a snowman. On the third Monday of April, the holiday Sechselauten is kicked off when a cotton snowman called the Boogg is stuffed with explosive and paraded ‎ through town by bakers and other tradesmen who throw bread to the crowds. The parade ends with the Boogg being placed on a 40-foot pile of firewood. After the bells of the Church of St. Peter have rung six times, representing the passing of winter, the pile is lit. When the snowman explodes, winter is considered officially over—the quicker it is burnt down, the longer summer is said to be. 66. According to the passage, why did snowmen become a phenomenon in the Middle Ages? A. People thought of snow as holy art supplies. B. People longed to see masterpieces of snow. C. Building snowmen was a way for people to express themselves. D. Building snowmen helped people develop their skill and thought. 67. “The heyday of the snowman” (paragraph 4) means the time when___________. A. snowmen were made mainly by artists B. snowmen enjoyed great popularity C. snowmen were politically criticized D. snowmen caused damaging floods 68. In Zurich, the blowing up of the Boogg symbolizes__________________. A. the start of the parade B. the coming of a longer summer C. the passing of the winter D. the success of tradesmen 69. What can be concluded about snowmen from the passage? A. They were appreciated in history B. They have lost their value C. They were related to movies D. They vary in shape and size ‎96‎ ‎(2019年上海卷) ‎ Scary Bunny The Curse of the Were-Rabbit(2019) is the first full-length feature film made by directors Nick Park and Steve Box with their amazing ‎ plasticine(粘土) characters Wallace and Gromit. It won an Oscar in 2019, and if you watch it, you’ll understand why. It’s an absolutely brilliant cartoon comedy.‎ Cheese-loving inventor Wallace and his brainy dog Gromit have started a company to protect the town’s vegetables from hungry rabbits. However, just before the annual Giant Vegetable Competition, an enormous rabbit begins terrorising the town. It is attacking all the vegetables and destroying everything in its path. The competition organizer, Lady Tottington, hires Wallace and Gromit to catch the monster alive. But they will have to find the were-rabbit before gun-crazy hunter Victor Quartermaine who is desperate to kill it.‎ The screenplay is witty and full of amusing visual jokes. As usual, the voice of Peter Sallis is absolutely perfect for the role of Wallace, and Gromit is so beautifully brought to life, he can express a huge range of emotions without saying a word. And both Helena Bonham-Carter, who plays the part of Lady Tottington, and Ralph Fiennes as Victor are really funny.‎ To sum up, The Curse of the Were-Rabbit is an amazing film which is suitable for both children and adults. If you liked Wallace and Gromit’s previous adventures and you appreciate the British sense of humour, you’ll love this film. Don’t miss it!‎ ‎70. In the film review, what is paragraph A mainly about? A. The introduction to the leading roles                   B. The writer’s opinion of acting C. The writer’s comments on the story                    D. The background information 71. According to the film review, “monster” (paragraph B) refers to ______. A. a gun-crazy hunter                                            B. a brainy dog C. a scary rabbit                                                 D. a giant vegetable 72. Which of the following is a reason why the writer recommends the film? A. It’s full of wit and humour. B. Its characters show feelings without words. ‎ ‎ C. It is an adventure film directed by Peter Sallis. D. It is about the harmony between man and animals.‎ ‎97‎ ‎(2019年上海卷) ‎ One of the executives gathered at the Aspen Institute for a day-long leadership workshop using the works of Shakespeare was discussing the role of Brutus in the death of Julius Caesar. “Brutus was not an honorable man,” he said. “He was a traitor（叛徒）. And he murdered someone in cold blood.” The agreement was that Brutus had acted with cruelty when other options were available to him. He made a bad decision, they said—at least as it was presented by Shakespeare—to take the lead in murdering Julius Caesar. And though one of the executives acknowledged that Brutus had the good of the republic in mind, Caesar was nevertheless his superior. “You have to endeavor,” the executives said, “our policy is to obey the chain of command.” During the last few years, business executives and book writers looking for a new way to advise corporate America have been exploiting Shakespeare’s wisdom for profitable ends. None more so than husband and wife team Kenneth and Carol Adelman, well-known advisers to the White House, who started up a training company called “Movers and Shakespeares”. They are amateur Shakespeare scholars and Shakespeare lovers, and they have combined their passion and their high level contacts into a management training business. They conduct between 30 and 40 workshops annually, focusing on half a dozen different plays, mostly for corporations, but also for government agencies. The workshops all take the same form, focusing on a single play as a kind of case study, and using individual scenes as specific lessons. In Julius Caesar , sly provocation（狡诈的挑唆） of Brutus to take up arms against the what was a basis for a discussion of methods of team building and grass roots organism. Although neither of the Adelmans is academically trained in literature, the programmes, contain plenty of Shakespeare tradition and background. Their workshop on Henry V, for example, includes a helpful explanation of Henry’s winning strategy at the Battle of Agincourt. But they do come to the text with a few biases (偏向): their reading of Henry V minimizes his misuse of power. Instead, they emphasize the story of the youth who seizes opportunity and becomes a masterful leader. And at the workshop on Caesar, Mr. Adelmans had little good to say about Brutus, saying “the noblest Roman of them all” couldn’t make his mind up about things. Many of the participants pointed to very specific elements in the play that they felt related Caesar’s ‎ pride, which led to his murder, and Brutus’s mistakes in leading the  after the murder, they said, raise vital questions for anyone serving as a business when and how do you resist the boss? 73. According to paragraph 1, what did all the executives think of Brutus? A. Cruel.                    B. Superior.               C. Honorable.            D. Bade 74. According to the passage, the Adelmans set up “Movers and Shakespeares” to ________. A. help executives to understand Shakespeare’s plays better B. give advice on leadership by analyzing Shakespeare’s plays C. provide case studies of Shakespeare’s plays in literature workshops    D. guide government agencies to follow the characters in Shakespeare’s plays. 75. Why do the Adelmans conduct a workshop on Henry V? A. To highlight the importance of catching opportunities. B. To encourage masterful leaders to plan strategies to win. C. To illustrate the harm of prejudices in management.    D. To warn executives against power misuse. 76. It can be inferred from the passage that ____. A. the Adelmans’ programme proves biased as the roles of characters are maximized. B. executives feel bored with too many specific elements of Shakespeare’s plays. C. the Adelmans will make more profits if they are professional scholars. D. Shakespeare has played an important role in the management field. 77. The best title for the passage is _____. A. Shakespeare’s plays: Executives reconsider corporate culture B. Shakespeare’s plays: An essential key to business success C. Shakespeare’s plays: a lesson for business motivation D. Shakespeare’s plays: Dramatic training brings dramatic results ‎98‎ ‎(2019年四川卷) ‎ ‎ Nothing could stop Dad. After he was put on disability for a bad back, he bought a small farm in the country, just enough to grow food for the family. He planted vegetables, fruit trees and even kept bees for honey.‎ And every week he cleaned Old Man McColgin's chicken house in exchange for manure(肥料). The smell ‎ really burned the inside of your nose. When we complained about the terrible smell, Dad said the stronger the manure, the healthier the crops, and he was right. For example, just one of his cantaloupes filled the entire house with its sweet smell, and the taste was even sweeter.‎ ‎ As the vegetables started coming in, Dad threw himself into cooking. One day, armed with a basket of vegetables, he announced he was going to make stew(炖菜).Dad pulled out a pressure cooker and filled it up with cabbages, eggplants, potatoes, corns, onions and carrots. For about half an hour. the pressure built and the vegetables cooked. Finally, Dad turned off the stove, the pot began to cool and the pressure relief valve sprayed out a cloud of steam. If we thought Dad's pile of chicken manure was bad, this was 10 times worse. When Dad took off the lid, the smell nearly knocked us out.‎ Dad carried the pot out and we opened doors and windows to air out the house. Just how bad was it? The neighbors came out of their houses to see if we had a gas leak!‎ Determined, Dad filled our plates with steaming stew and passed them around. It didn’t look that bad, and after the first wave had shut down my ability to smell, it didn’t offend the nose so much, either.I took a taste.It would never win a prize in a cooking competition,but it was surprisingly edible,and wo drank up every last drop of soup.‎ ‎34. Why did Dad clean Old Man MoColgin’s chicken house regularly?‎ A. To earn some money for the family.‎ B. To collect manure for his crops.‎ C. To get rid of the terrible smell.‎ D. To set a good example to us.‎ ‎35. What can we infer about Dad’s stew?‎ A. It is popular among the neighbors.‎ B. It contains honey and vegetables.‎ C. It looks very wonderful.‎ D. It tastes quite delicious.‎ ‎36. What does the underlined word “offend” in the last paragraph mean?‎ A. To attract B. To upset C. To air D. To shut ‎37. What can we learn about Dad form the text?‎ A. He is an experienced cook.‎ B. He is a troublesome father.‎ C. He has a positive attitude to life.‎ D. He suffers a lot from his disability.‎ ‎99‎ ‎(2019年四川卷) ‎ Across Britain,burnt toast will be served to mothers in bed this morning as older sons and daughters rush to deliver their supermarket bunches of flowers.But,according to a new study,we should be placing a higher value on motherhood all year.‎ ‎ Mothers have long known that their home workload was just as heavy as paid work.Now,the new study has shown that if they were paid for their parental labours, they would earn as much as£172,000 a year.‎ ‎ The study looked at the range of jobs mothers do,as well as the hours they are working,to determine the figure.This would make their yearly income £30，000 more than the Prime Minister earns.‎ ‎ By analysing the numbers,it found the average mother works 119 hours a week,40 of which would usually be paid at a standard rate 79 hours as overtime.After questioning 1,000 mothers with children under 18,it found that ,on most days,mums started their routine work at 7am and finished at around 11pm.‎ ‎ To calculate just how much mothers would earn from that labour,it suggested some of the roles that mums could take on,including housekeeper,part-time lawyer,personal trainer and entertainer.Being a part-time lawyer,at £48.98 an hour,would prove to be the most profitable of the “mum jibs”,with psychologist（心理学家）a close second.‎ It also asked mothers about the challenges they face,with 80 percent making emotional（情感的） demand as the hardest thing about motherhood.‎ Over a third of mums felt they needed more training and around half said they missed going out with friends.‎ The study shows mothers matter all year long and not just on Mother’s Day.The emotional,physical and mental energy mothers devote to their children can be never-ending,but children are also sources of great joy and happiness.Investing（投入）in time for parenting and raising relationships is money well spent.‎ ‎38.How much would a mother earn a year if working as the Prime Minister?‎ ‎ A.￡30,000. B.￡142,000.‎ ‎ C.￡172,000. D.￡202,000.‎ ‎39.The biggest challenge for most mothers is from .‎ ‎ A.emotional demand B.low pay for work ‎ C.heavy workload D.lack of training ‎40.What is stressed in the last paragraph?‎ ‎ A.Mothers’ importance shows in family all year long.‎ ‎ B.The sacrifices mothers make are huge but worthwhile.‎ ‎ C.Mothers’ devotion to children can hardly be calculated.‎ ‎ D.Investing time in parenting would bring a financial return.‎ ‎41.What can we conclude from the study?‎ ‎ A.Mothers’ working hours should be largely reduced.‎ ‎ B.Mothers should balance their time for work and rest.‎ ‎ C.Mothers’ labour is of a higher value than it is realised.‎ ‎ D.Mothers should be freed from housework for social life.‎ ‎100‎ ‎(2019年四川卷) ‎ Their cheery song brightens many a winter's day. But robins are in danger of wearing themselves out by singing too much. Robins are singing all night一as well as during the day,British-based researchers say.‎ ‎ David Dominoni, of Glasgow University, said that light from street lamps, takeaway signs and homes is affecting the birds' biological clocks, leading to them being wide awake when they should be asleep.‎ ‎ Dr Dominoni, who is putting cameras inside nesting boxes to track sleeping patterns, said lack of sleep could put the birds'health at risk.His study shows that when robins are exposed to light at night in the lab, it leads to some genes being active at the wrong time of day. And the more birds are exposed to light, the more active they are at night.‎ He told people at a conference, "There have been a couple of studies suggesting they are increasing their song output at night and during the day they are still singing. Singing is a costly behaviour and it takes energy.So by increasing their song output, there might be some costs of energy."‎ And it is not just robins that are being kept awake by artificial light. Blackoiids and seagulls are also being more nocturnal. Dr Dominoni said, "In Glasgow where I live, gulls are a serious problem.I have people coming to me saying `You are the bird expert. Can you help us kill these gulls?'.During the breeding(繁殖)season,between April and June,they are very active at night and very noisy and people can't sleep."‎ Although Dr Dominoni has only studied light pollution,other research concluded that robins living in noisy cities have started to sing at night to make themselves heard over loud noise.‎ However, some birds thrive(兴旺)in noisy environments. A study from California Polytechnic University found more hummingbirds in areas with heavy industrial machinery. It is thought that they are capitalising on their predators(天敌)fleeing to quieter areas.‎ ‎42. According to Dr Dominoni's study,what cause robins to sing so much?‎ ‎ A. The breeding season. B. The light in modem life ‎ C. The dangerous environment. D. The noise from heavy machinery.‎ ‎43. What is the researchers' concern over the increase of birds' song output?‎ ‎ A. The environment might be polluted.‎ ‎ B. The birds' health might be damaged.‎ ‎ C. The industry cost might be increased.‎ ‎ D.The people's hearing might be affected.‎ ‎44. What does the underlined word "nocturnal" in Paragraph 5 mean?‎ ‎ A. Active at night. B. Inactive at night.‎ ‎ C. Active during the day. D.Inactive during the day.‎ ‎45. Why do some birds thrive in noisy environments?‎ ‎ A. Because there are fewer dangers.‎ ‎ B. Because there is more food to eat.‎ ‎ C. Because there is less light pollution ‎ D. Because there are more places to take shelter.‎ ‎101‎ ‎(2019年四川卷) ‎ No one is sure how the ancient Egyptians built the pyramids near Cairo. But a new study suggests they used a little rock‘n’roll. Long-ago builders could have attached wooden pole s to the stones and rolled them across the sand, the scientists say.‎ ‎ “Technically, I think what they’re proposing is possible,” physicist Daniel Bonn said.‎ ‎ People have long puzzled over how the Egyptians moved such huge rocks. And there’s no obvious answer. On average, each of the two million big stones weighed about as much as a large pickup truck. The Egyptians somehow moved the stone blocks to the pyramid site from about one kilometer away.‎ ‎ The most popular view is that Egyptian workers slid the blocks along smooth paths. Many scientists suspect workers first would have put the blocks on sleds(滑板). Then they would have dragged them along ‎ paths. To make the work easier, workers may have lubricated the paths either with wet clay or with the fat from cattle. Bonn has now tested this idea by building small sleds and dragging heavy objects over sand.‎ ‎ Evidence from the sand supports this idea. Researchers found small amounts of fat, as well as a large amount of stone and the remains of paths.‎ However , physicist Joseph West thinks there might have been a simpler way , who led the new study . West said , “I was inspired while watching a television program showing how sleds might have helped with pyramid construction . I thought , ‘Why don’t they just try rolling the things ?’ ” A square could be turned into a rough sort of wheel by attaching wooden poles to its sides , he realized . That , he notes , should make a block of stone “a lot easier to roll than a square”.‎ So he tried it.‎ He and his students tied some poles to each of four sides of a 30-kilogram stone block.That action turned the block into somewhat a wheel.Then they placed the block on the ground.‎ ‎ They wrapped one end of a rope around the block and pulled.The researchers found they could easily roll the block along different kinds of paths.They calculated that rolling the block required about as much force as moving it along a slippery(滑的)path.‎ ‎ West hasn’t tested his idea on larger blocks,but he thinks rolling has clear advantages over sliding.At least,workers wouldn’t have needed to carry cattle fat or water to smooth the paths.‎ ‎46.It’s widely believed that the stone blocks were moved to the pyramid site by ______.‎ ‎ A.rolling them on roads ‎ B.pushing them over the sand ‎ C.sliding them on smooth paths ‎ D.dragging them on some poles ‎47.The underlined part “lubricated the paths” in Paragraph 4 means____.‎ ‎ A.made the paths wet ‎ B.made the paths hard ‎ C.made the paths wide ‎ D.made the paths slippery ‎48.What does the underlined word “it”in Paragraph 7 refer to?‎ ‎ A.Rolling the blocks with poles attached.‎ ‎ B.Rolling the blocks on wooden wheels.‎ C.Rolling poles to move the blocks.‎ D.Rolling the blocks with fat.‎ ‎49. Why is rolling better than sliding according to West ?‎ ‎ A. Because more force is needed for sliding.‎ ‎ B. Because rolling work can be done by fewer cattle.‎ ‎ C. Because sliding on smooth roads is more dangerous.‎ ‎ D. Because less preparation on paths is needed for rolling.‎ ‎50. What is the text mainly about ?‎ ‎ A. An experiment on ways of moving blocks to the pyramid site.‎ ‎ B. An application of the method of moving blocks to the pyramid site.‎ ‎ C. An argument about different methods of moving blocks to the pyramid site.‎ ‎ D. An introduction to a possible new way of moving blocks to the pyramid site.‎ ‎102‎ ‎(2019年天津卷) ‎ University Room Regulations Approved and Prohibited Items The following items are approved for use in residential (住宿的) rooms: electric blankets, hair dryers, personal computers, radios, televisions and DVD players. Items that are not allowed in student rooms include: candles, ceiling fans, fireworks, waterbeds, sun lamps and wireless routers. Please note that any ‎ prohibited items will be taken away by the Office of Residence Life. ‎ Access to Residential Rooms Students are provided with a combination (组合密码) for their room door locks upon check-in. Do not share your room door lock combination with anyone. The Office of Residence Life may change the door lock combination at any time at the expense of the resident if it is found that the student has shared the combination with others. The fee is $25 to change a room combination.‎ ‎ Cooking Policy Students living in buildings that have kitchens are only permitted to cook in the kitchen. Students must clean up after cooking. This is not the responsibility of housekeeping staff. Kitchens that are not kept clean may be closed for use. With the exception of using a small microwave oven (微波炉) to heat food, students are not permitted to cook in their rooms.‎ Pet Policy No pets except fish are permitted in student rooms. Students who are found with pets, whether visiting or owned by the student, are subject to an initial fine of $100 and a continuing fine of $50 a day per pet. Students receive written notice when the fine goes into effect. If, one week from the date of written notice, the pet is not removed, the student is referred to the Student Court.‎ Quiet Hours Residential buildings must maintain an atmosphere that supports the academic mission of the University. Minimum quiet hours in all campus residences are 11:00 pm to 8:00 am Sunday through Thursday. Quiet hours on Friday and Saturday nights are 1:00 am to 8:00 am. Students who violate quiet hours are subject to a fine of $25.‎ ‎36. Which of the following items are allowed in student rooms?‎ A. Ceiling fans and waterbeds. B. Wireless routers and radios.‎ C. Hair dryers and candles. D. TVs and electric blankets.‎ ‎37. What if a student is found to have told his combination to others?‎ A. The combination should be changed. ‎ B. The Office should be charged.‎ C. He should replace the door lock. ‎ D. He should check out of the room.‎ ‎38. What do we know about the cooking policy?‎ A. A microwave oven can be used.‎ B. Cooking in student rooms is permitted.‎ C. A housekeeper is to clean up the kitchen.‎ D. Students are to close kitchen doors after cooking.‎ ‎39. If a student has kept a cat in his room for a week since the warning, he will face _____.‎ A. parent visits B. a fine of $100‎ C. the Student Court D. a written notice ‎40. When can students enjoy a party in residences?‎ A. 7:00 am, Sunday. B. 7:30 am, Thursday.‎ C. 11:30 pm, Monday. D. 00:30 am, Saturday.‎ ‎103‎ ‎(2019年天津卷) ‎ Whether in the home or the workplace, social robots are going to become a lot more common in the next few years. Social robots are about to bring technology to the everyday world in a more humanized way, said Cynthia Breazeal, chief scientist at the robot company Jibo. ‎ While household robots today do the normal housework, social robots will be much more like companions than mere tools. For example, these robots will be able to distinguish when someone is happy or sad. This allows them to respond more appropriately to the user.‎ The Jibo robot, arranged to ship later this year, is designed to be a personalized assistant. You can talk to the robot, ask it questions, and make requests for it to perform different tasks. The robot doesn’t just deliver general answers to questions; it responds based on what it learns about each individual in the ‎ household. It can do things such as reminding an elderly family member to take medicine or taking family photos.‎ ‎ Social robots are not just finding their way into the home. They have potential applications in everything from education to health care and are already finding their way into some of these spaces.‎ Fellow Robots is one company bringing social robots to the market. The company’s “Oshbot” robot is built to assist customers in a store, which can help the customers find items and help guide them to the product’s location in the store. It can also speak different languages and make recommendations for different items based on what the customer is shopping for.‎ The more interaction the robot has with humans, the more it learns. But Oshbot, like other social robots, is not intended to replace workers, but to work alongside other employees. “We have technologies to train social robots to do things not for us, but with us,” said Breazeal.‎ ‎41. How are social robots different from household robots?‎ ‎ A. They can control their emotions. B. They are more like humans.‎ C. They do the normal housework. D. They respond to users more slowly.‎ ‎42. What can a Jibo robot do according to Paragraph 3?‎ A. Communicate with you and perform operations.‎ B. Answer your questions and make requests.‎ C. Take your family pictures and deliver milk.‎ D. Obey your orders and remind you to take pills.‎ ‎43. What can Oshbot work as?‎ A. A language teacher. B. A tour guide.‎ C. A shop assistant. D. A private nurse.‎ ‎44. We can learn from the last paragraph that social robots will ______. ‎ A. train employees B. be our workmates ‎ C. improve technologies D. take the place of workers ‎45. What does the passage mainly present?‎ A. A new design idea of household robots.‎ B. Marketing strategies for social robots.‎ C. Information on household robots.‎ D. An introduction to social robots.‎ ‎104‎ ‎(2019年天津卷) ‎ One day when I was 12, my mother gave me an order: I was to walk to the public library, and borrow at least one book for the summer. This was one more weapon for her to defeat my strange problem — inability to read.‎ ‎ In the library, I found my way into the “Children’s Room.” I sat down on the floor and pulled a few books off the shelf at random. The cover of a book caught my eye. It presented a picture of a beagle. I had recently had a beagle, the first and only animal companion I ever had as a child. He was my secret sharer, but one morning, he was gone, given away to someone who had the space and the money to care for him. I never forgot my beagle.‎ ‎ There on the book’s cover was a beagle which looked identical (相同的)to my dog. I ran my fingers over the picture of the dog on the cover. My eyes ran across the title, Amos, the Beagle with a Plan. Unknowingly, I had read the title. Without opening the book, I borrowed it from the library for the summer.‎ Under the shade of a bush, I started to read about Amos. I read very, very slowly with difficulty. Though pages were turned slowly, I got the main idea of the story about a dog who, like mine, had been separated from his family and who finally found his way back home. That dog was my dog, and I was the little boy in the book. At the end of the story, my mind continued the final scene of reunion, on and on, until my own lost dog and I were, in my mind, running together.‎ ‎ My mother’s call returned me to the real world. I suddenly realized something: I had read a book, and I had loved reading that book. Everyone knew I could not read. But I had read it. Books could be incredibly wonderful and I was going to read them.‎ ‎ I never told my mother about my “miraculous” (奇迹般的) experience that summer, but she saw a slow but remarkable improvement in my classroom performance during the next year. And years later, she was proud that her son had read thousands of books, was awarded a PhD in literature, and authored his own books, articles, poetry and fiction. The power of the words has held.‎ ‎46. The author’s mother told him to borrow a book in order to_____.‎ A. encourage him to do more walking B. let him spend a meaningful summer C. help cure him of his reading problem D. make him learn more about weapons ‎47. The book caught the author’s eye because_____.‎ A. it contained pretty pictures of animals B. it reminded him of his own dog C. he found its title easy to understand D. he liked children’s stories very much ‎48. Why could the author manage to read the book through?‎ ‎ A. He was forced by his mother to read it.‎ B. He identified with the story in the book.‎ C. The book told the story of his pet dog.‎ D. The happy ending of the story attracted him.‎ ‎49. What can be inferred from the last paragraph?‎ A. The author has become a successful writer.‎ B. The author’s mother read the same book.‎ C. The author’s mother rewarded him with books.‎ D. The author has had happy summers ever since.‎ ‎50. Which one could be the best title of the passage?‎ A. The Charm of a Book B. Mum’s Strict Order C. Reunion with My Beagle D. My Passion for Reading ‎105‎ ‎(2019年天津卷) ‎ Once when I was facing a decision that involved high risk, I went to a friend. He looked at me for a moment, and then wrote a sentence containing the best advice I’ve ever had: Be bold and brave — and mighty (强大的) forces will come to your aid.‎ Those words made me see clearly that when I had fallen short in the past, it was seldom because I had tried and failed. It was usually because I had let fear of failure stop me from trying at all. On the other hand, whenever I had plunged into deep water, forced by courage or circumstance, I had always been able to swim until I got my feet on the ground again.‎ Boldness means a decision to bite off more than you are sure you can eat. And there is nothing mysterious about the mighty forces. They are potential powers we possess: energy, skill, sound judgment, creative ideas — even physical strength greater than most of us realize.‎ ‎ Admittedly, those mighty forces are spiritual ones. But they are more important than physical ones. A college classmate of mine, Tim, was an excellent football player, even though he weighed much less than the average player. “In one game I suddenly found myself confronting a huge player, who had nothing but me between him and our goal line,” said Tim. “I was so frightened that I closed my eyes and desperately threw myself at that guy like a bullet(子弹) — and stopped him cold.”‎ ‎ Boldness — a willingness to extend yourself to the extreme—is not one that can be acquired overnight. But it can be taught to children and developed in adults. Confidence builds up. Surely, there will be setbacks (挫折) and disappointments in life; boldness in itself is no guarantee of success. But the person who tries to do something and fails is a lot better off than the person who tries to do nothing and succeeds.‎ ‎ So, always try to live a little bit beyond your abilities—and you’ll find your abilities are greater than you ever dreamed.‎ ‎51. Why was the author sometimes unable to reach his goal in the past?‎ A. He faced huge risks.‎ B. He lacked mighty forces.‎ C. Fear prevented him from trying.‎ D. Failure blocked his way to success.‎ ‎52. What is the implied meaning of the underlined part?‎ A. Swallow more than you can digest.‎ B. Act slightly above your abilities.‎ C. Develop more mysterious powers.‎ D. Learn to make creative decisions.‎ ‎53. What was especially important for Tim’s successful defense in the football game?‎ A. His physical strength. B. His basic skill.‎ C. His real fear. D. His spiritual force.‎ ‎54. What can be learned from Paragraph 5?‎ ‎ A. Confidence grows more rapidly in adults.‎ B. Trying without success is meaningless.‎ C. Repeated failure creates a better life.‎ D. Boldness can be gained little by little.‎ ‎55. What is the author’s purpose in writing this passage?‎ A. To encourage people to be courageous.‎ B. To advise people to build up physical power.‎ C. To tell people the ways to guarantee success.‎ D. To recommend people to develop more abilities.‎ ‎106‎ ‎(2019年全国卷I) ‎ Monthly Talks at London Canal Museum ‎ Our monthly talks start at 19:30 on the first Thursday of each month except August. Admission is at normal charges and you don’t need to book. They end around 21:00. ‎ November 7th ‎ The Canal Pioneers, by Chris Lewis. James Brindley is recognized as one of the leading early canal engineers. He was also a major player in training others in the art of nanal planning and building. Chris Lewis will explain how Brindley made such a positive contribution to the education of that group of early “civil enginerrs”. ‎ December 5th ‎ Ice for the Metropolis, by Malcolm Tucker. Well before the arrival of freezers, there was a demand for ice for food preservation and catering, Malcolm will explain the history of importing natural ice and the technology of building ice wells, and how London’s ice trade grew. ‎ February 6th ‎ An Update on the Cotsword Canals, by Liz Payne. The Smoudwater Canal is moving towards reopenling. The Thames and Severn Canal will take a little longer. We will have a report on the present state of play. ‎ March 6th ‎ Eyots and Aits- Thames Islands, by Miranda Vickers. The Thames had many islands. Miranda has undertaken a review of all of them. She will tell us about those of greatest interest. ‎ ‎ Online bookings:canalmuseum.org.uk/book ‎ ‎ More into:canalmuseum.org.uk/whatson ‎ ‎ London Canal Museum ‎ ‎ 12-13 New Wharf Road, London NI 9RT ‎ ‎ canalmuseum.org.uk canalmuseum ‎ ‎ Tel:020 77130836 ‎ ‎21.When is the talk on James Brindley? ‎ A. February 6th B. March 6th ‎ C. November 7th D. December 5th ‎ ‎22. What is the topic of the talk in February? ‎ A. The Canal Pioneers. ‎ B. Ice for the Metropolis ‎ C. Eyots and Aits- Thames Islands ‎ D. An Update on the Cotsword Canals ‎ ‎23. Who will give the talk on the islands in the Thames. ‎ A. Miranda Vickers ‎ B. Malcolm Tucker ‎ C. Chris Lewis ‎ D. Liz Payne ‎ ‎107‎ ‎(2019年全国卷I) ‎ The freezing Northeast hasn’t been a terribly fun place to spend time this winter, so when the chance came for a weekend to Sarasota, Florida, my bags were packed before you could say “sunshine”. I left for the land of warmth and vitamin C(维生素 C), thinking of beaches and orange trees. When we touched down to blue skies and warm air, I sent up a small prayer of gratefulness. Swimming pools, wine tasting, and pink sunsets (at normal evening hours, not 4 in the afternoon) filled the weekend, but the best part- particularly to my taste, dulled by months of cold- weather root vegetables- was a 7 a.m. adventure to the Sarasota farmers’ market that proved to be more than worth the early wake-up call. ‎ ‎ The market, which was founded in 1979, sets up its tents every Saturday from 7:00 am to 1 p.m, rain or shine, along North Lemon and State streets. Baskets of perfect red strawberries, the red-painted sides of the Java Dawg coffee truck; and most of all, the tomatoes: amazing, large, soft and round red tomatoes. ‎ Disappointed by many a broken, vine-ripened(蔓上成熟的) promise, I’ve refused to buy winter tomatoes for years. No matter how attractive they look in the store, once I get them home they’re unfailingly dry, hard, and tasteless. But I homed in, with uncertainty, on one particular table at the Brown’s Grove Farm’s stand, full of fresh and soft tomatoes the size of my fist. These were the real deal- and at that moment, I realized that the best part of Sarasota in winter was going to be eating things that back home in New York I wouldn’t be experiencing again for months. ‎ ‎ Delighted as I was by the tomatoes in sight, my happiness deepened when I learned that Brown’s ‎ Grove Farm is one of the suppliers for Jack Dusty, a newly opened restaurant at the Sarasota Ritz Carlton, where- luckily for me- I was planning to have dinner that very night. Without even seeing the menu, I knew I’d be ordering every tomato on it. ‎ ‎24. What did the author think of her winter life in New York? ‎ A. Exciting. B. Boring. C. Relaxing. D. Annoying. ‎ ‎25. What made the author’s getting up late early worthwhile? ‎ A. Having a swim. ‎ B. Breathing in fresh air. ‎ C. Walking in the morning sun. ‎ D. Visiting a local farmer’s market. ‎ ‎26. What can we learn about tomatoes sold in New York in winter? ‎ A. They are soft. ‎ B. They look nice. ‎ C. They taste great. ‎ D. They are juicy. ‎ ‎27. What was the author going to that evening? ‎ A. Go to a farm. ‎ B. Check into a hotel. ‎ C. Eat in a restaurant. ‎ D. Buy fresh vegetables. ‎ ‎108‎ ‎(2019年全国卷I) ‎ Salvador Dali (1904-1989) was one of the most popular of modern artists. The Pompidou Centre in Paris is showing its respect and admiration for the artist and his powerful personality with an exhibition bringing together over 200 paintings, sculptures, drawings and more. Among the works and masterworks on exhibition the visitor will find the best pieces, most importantly the Persistence of Memory. There is also L’Enigme sans Fin from 1938, works on paper, objects, and projects for stage and screen and selected parts from television programmes reflecting the artist’s showman qualities. ‎ The visitor will enter the World of Dali through an egg and is met with the beginning, the world of birth. The exhibition follows a path of time and subject with the visitor exiting through the brain. ‎ The exhibition shows how Dali draws the viewer between two infinities (无限). “From the infinity small to the infinity large, contraction and expansion coming in and out of focus: amazing Flemish accuracy and the showy Baroque of old painting that he used in his museum-theatre in Figueras,” explains the Pompidou Centre. ‎ The fine selection of the major works was done in close collaboration (合作)with the Museo Nacional Reina Sofia in Madrid, Spain, and with contributions from other institutions like the Salvador Dali Museum in St. Petersburg. ‎ ‎28. Which of the following best describe Dali according to Paragraph 1? ‎ A. Optimistic. B. Productive C. Generous. D. Traditional. ‎ ‎29. What is Dali’s The Persistence of Memory considered to be? ‎ ‎ A. One of his masterworks. ‎ ‎ B. A successful screen adaptation. ‎ ‎ C. An artistic creation for the stage. ‎ ‎ D. One of the beat TV programmes. ‎ ‎30. How are the exhibits arranged at the World of Dali? ‎ A. By popularity. ‎ B. By importance. ‎ C. By size and shape. ‎ D. By time and subject. ‎ ‎31. What does the word “contributions” in the last paragraph refer to? ‎ ‎ A. Artworks. B. Projects. C. Donations. D. Documents. ‎ ‎109‎ ‎(2019年全国卷I) ‎ Conflict is on the menu tonight at the café La Chope. This evening, as on every Thursday night, psychologist Maud Lehanne is leading two of France’s favorite pastimes, coffee drinking and the “talking cure”. Here they are learning to get in touch with their true feelings. It isn’t always easy. They customers-some thirty Parisians who pay just under $2 (plus drinks) per session-care quick to intellectualize (高谈阔论)，slow to open up and connect. “You are forbidden to say ‘one feels,’ or ‘people think’,”Lehane told them. “Say ‘I think,’ ‘Think me’.” ‎ A café society where no intellectualizing is allowed? It couldn’t seem more un-French. But Lehanne’s psychology café is about more than knowing oneself: It’s trying to help the city’s troubled neighborhood cafes. Over the years, Parisian cafes have fallen victim to changes in the French lifestyle-longer working hours, a fast food boom and a younger generation’s desire to spend more time at home. Dozens of new theme cafes appear to change the situation. Cafes focused around psychology, history, and engineering are catching on, filling tables well into the evening.‎ The city’s“psychology cafes”,which offer great comfort ,are among the most popular places.Middle-aged homemakers,retirees,and the unemployed come to such cafes to talk about love,anger,and dreams with a psychologist.And they come to Lehanne’s group just to learn to say what they ‎ feel.“There’s a strong need in Paris for communication，”says Maurice Frisch,a café La Chope regular who works as a religious instructor in nearby church.“Peaple have few real friends.And they need to open up”.Lehanne says she’d like to see psychology cafes all over ‎ France.“If people had normal lives,these cafes wouldn’t exist,”she says.“If life weren’t a battle,people would’t need a special place just to speak.”But then,it wouldn’t’ be France. ‎ ‎32.What are people encouraged to do at the cafe La Chope? ‎ A. Learn a new subject ‎ B. Keep in touch with friends. ‎ C. Show off their knowledge. ‎ D. Express their true feelings. ‎ ‎33. How are cafes affected by French lifestyle changes? ‎ A. They are less frequently visited. ‎ B. They stay open for longer hours. ‎ C. They have bigger night crowds. ‎ D. They start to serve fast food. ‎ ‎34. What are theme cafes expected to do? ‎ A. Create more jobs. ‎ B. Supply better drinks. ‎ C. Save the cafe business. ‎ D. Serve the neighborhood. ‎ ‎35. Why are psychology cafes becoming popular in Paris? ‎ A. They bring people true friendship. ‎ B. They give people spiritual support. ‎ C. They help people realize their dreams. ‎ D. They offer a platform for business links. ‎ ‎110‎ ‎(2019年全国卷II) ‎ My color television has given me nothing but a headache. I was able to buy it a little over a year ago because I had my relatives give me money for my birthday instead of a lot of clothes that wouldn’t fit. I let ‎ a salesclerk fool me into buying a discontinued model, I realized this a day late,when I saw newspaper advertisements for the set at seventy-five dollars less than I had paid,The set worked so beautifully when I first got it home that I would keep it on until stations signed off for the night, Fortunately, I didn’t got any channels showing all-night movies or I would never have gotten to bed.‎ ‎ Then I started developing a problem with the set that involved static (静电) noise. For some reason,when certain shows switched into a commercial, a loud noise would sound for a few seconds. Gradually, this noise began to appear during a show, and to get rid of it, I had to change to another channel and then change it back. Sometimes this technique would not work, and I had to pick up the set and shake it to remove the sound. I actually began to build up my arm muscles(肌肉) shaking my set.‎ ‎ When neither of these methods removed the static noise ,I would sit helplessly and wait for the noise to go away. At last I ended up hitting the set with my fist, and it stopped working altogether .My trip to the repair shop cost me $62, and the set is working well now,but I keep expecting more trouble.‎ 21. Why did the author say he was fooled into buying the TV set?‎ A. He got an older model than he had expected.‎ B. He couldn’t return it when it was broken.‎ C. He could have bought it at a lower price.‎ D. He failed to find any movie shows on it.‎ ‎22.Which of the following can best replace the phrase”signed off”in Paragraph 1?‎ A.ended all their programs B.provided fewer channels C.changed to commercials D.showed all-night movies 23. How did the author finally get his TV set working again?‎ A. By shaking and hitting it.‎ B. By turning it on and off.‎ C. By switching channels.‎ D. By having it repaired.‎ ‎24. How does the author sound when telling the story ?‎ A. Curious B. Anxious C. Cautious D. Humorous ‎111‎ ‎(2019年全国卷II) ‎ ‎ Your house may have an effect on your figure . Experts say the way you design your home could play a role in whether you pack on the pounds or keep them off . You can make your environment work for you instead of against you . Here are some ways to turn your home into part of diet plan.‎ ‎ Open the curtains and turn up the lights . Dark environments are more likely to encourage overeating , for people are often less self-conscious（难为情）when they’re in poorly lit places-and so more likely to eat lots of food . If your home doesn’t have enough window light , get more lamps and flood the place with brightness.‎ ‎ Mind the colors . Research suggests warm colors fuel our appetites . In one study , people who ate meals in a blue room consumed 33 percent less than those in a yellow or red room . Warm colors like yellow make food appear more appetizing, while cold colors make us feel less hungry . So when it’s time to repaint , go blue.‎ Don’t forget the clock-or the radio. People who eat slowly tend to consume about 70 fewer calories（卡路里） per meal than those who rush through their meals. Begin keeping track of the time, and try to make dinner last at least 30 minutes, And while you’re at it, actually sit down to eat. If you need some help slowing down, turn on relaxing music. It makes you less likely to rush through a meal.‎ Downsize the dishes, Big serving bowls and plates can easily make us fat. We eat about 22 percent more when using a 12-inch plate instead of a 10-inch plate. When we choose a large spoon over a smaller one ,total intake（摄入） jumps by 14 percent. And we’ll pour about 30 percent more liquid into a short, wide glass than a tall, skinny glass.‎ ‎25.The text is especially helpful for those who care about_______.‎ A. their home comforts ‎ B. their body shape ‎ C. house buying ‎ D. healthy diets ‎26.A home environment in blue can help people_________.‎ ‎ A.digest food better ‎ B.reduce food intake ‎ C.burn more calories ‎ D.regain their appetites ‎27.What are people advised to do at mealtimes?‎ ‎ A.Eat quickly.‎ ‎ B.Play fast music.‎ ‎ C.Use smaller spoons.‎ ‎ D.Turn down the lights.‎ ‎28.What can be a suitable title for the test?‎ ‎ A.Is Your House Making You Fat?‎ ‎ B.Ways of Serving Dinner ‎ C.Effects of Self-Consciousness ‎ D.Is Your Home Environment Relaxing?‎ ‎112‎ ‎(2019年全国卷II) ‎ More students than ever before are taking a gap-year (间隔年)before going to university.It used to be called the “year off” between school and university.The gap-year phenomenon originated(起源) with the months left over to Oxbridge applicants between entrance exams in November and the start of the next academic year. This year, 25,310 students who have accepted places in higher education institutions have put off their entry until next year, according to statistics on university entrance provided by University and College Admissions Serbice(UCAS).‎ That is a record 14.7% increase in the number of students taking a gap year. Tony Higgins from UCAS said that the statistics are good news for everyone in higher education. “Students who take a well-planned year out are more likely to be satisfied with, and complete, their chosen course. Students who take a gap year are often more mature and responsible,” he said.‎ But not everyone is happy. Owain James, the president of the National Union of Students(NUS), argued that the increase is evidence of student had ship – young people are being forced into earning money before finishing their education. “New students are now aware that they are likely to leave university up to ￡15,000 in debt. It is not surprising that more and More students are taking a gap year to earn money to support their study for the degree.NUS statistics show that over 40% of students are forced to work during term time and the figure increases to 90% during vacation periods,”he said.‎ ‎29. What do we learn about the gap year from the text?‎ ‎ A. It is flexible in length.‎ ‎ B. It is a time for relaxation.‎ ‎ C. It is increasingly popular.‎ ‎ D. It is required by universities.‎ ‎30. According to Tony Higgins, students taking a gap year______.‎ ‎ A.are better prepared for college studies ‎ B.know a lot more about their future jobs ‎ C.are more likely to leave university in debt ‎ D.have a better chance to enter top universities ‎31. How does Owain James feel about the gap-year phenomenon?‎ ‎ A. He's puzzled.‎ ‎ B. He's worried.‎ ‎ C. He's surprised.‎ ‎ D. He's annoyed.‎ ‎32. What would most students do on their vacation according to NUS statistics?‎ ‎ A.Attend additional courses.‎ ‎ B. Make plans for the new term.‎ ‎ C.Earn money for their education.‎ ‎ D.Prepare for their graduate studies.‎ ‎113‎ ‎(2019年全国卷II) ‎ Choose Your One-Day Tours Tour A-Bath & Stonchenge including entrance fees to the ancient Roman bathrooms and Stonehenge-￡37 until 26 March and ￡39 thereafter.‎ Visit the city with over 2,000 years of history and Bath Abbey,the Royal Crescent and the Costute Mtsan.Stonehenge is one of the world’s most famous prehistoric monuments dating back over 5,000 years.‎ Tour B-Oxford & Stratford including entrance fees to the University St Mary’s Church Tower and Anne Hathaway's house一￡32 until 12 March and ￡36 thereafter.‎ Oxford: Includes a guided of England’s oldest university city and colleges. Look over the “city of dreaming spires(尖顶)”form St Mary’s Church Tower. Stratford: Includes a guided tour exploring much of the Shakespeare wonder.‎ Tour C—Windsor Castle & Hampton Court including entrance fees to Hampton Court Palace--£34 until March and £37 thereafter.‎ Includes a guided tour of Windsor and Hampton Court, Henry Mill’s favourite palace. Free time to visit Windsor Castle（entrace fees not included）. With 500 years of history, Hampton Court was once the home of four Kings and one Queen. Now this former royal palace is open to the public as a major tourist attraction. Visit the palace and its various historic gardens, which include the famous maze(迷宫)where it is easy to get lost!‎ Tour D-Cambridge including entrance fees to the Tower of Saint Mary the Great-£33 .until 18 March and ‎ £37 thereafter. Includes a guided tour of Cambridge, the famous university town, and the gardens of the 18th century. ‎ ‎33.Which tour will you choose if you want to see England’s oldest university city? A.Tour A  B.Tour B  C.Tour C  ‎ D.Tour D  ‎ ‎34.Which of the following tours charges the lowest fee on 17 March? A.Windsor Castle & Hampton Court. B.Oxford & Stratford C.Bath &Stonehenge. D.Cambridge. 35.Why is Hampton Court a major tourist attraction? A.It used to be the home of royal families. B.It used to be a well-known maze ‎ C.It is the oldest palace in Britain D.It is a world-famous castle. ‎ ‎114‎ ‎(2019年浙江卷) ‎ From the very beginning of school we make books and reading a constant source of possible failure and public humiliation. When children are little we make them read aloud, before the teacher and other children, so that we can be sure they "know" all the words they are reading. This means that when they don't know a word, they are going to make a mistake, right in front of everyone. After having taught fifth-grade classes for four years, I decided to try at all costs to rid them of their fear and dislike of books, and to get them to read oftener and more adventurously.‎ One day soon after school had started, I said to them, "Now I'm going to say something about reading that you have probably never heard a teacher say before. I would like you to read a lot of books this year, but I want you to read them only for pleasure. I am not going to ask you questions to find out whether you understand the books or not. If you understand enough of a book to enjoy it and want to go on reading it, that's enough for me. Also I’m not going to ask you what words mean. "‎ The children sat stunned and silent. Was this a teacher talking? One girl, who had just come to us from a school where she had had a very hard time, looked at me steadily for a long time after I had finished. Then, still looking at me, she said slowly and seriously, Mr Holt, do you really mean that?" I said just as seriously, "I mean every word of it.‎ During the spring she really astonished me. One day, she was reading at her desk, From a glimpse of the illustrations I thought I knew what the book was. I said to myself, "It can't be," and went to take a closer look. Sure enough, she was reading Moby Dick , in edition with woodcuts. I said, "Don't you find parts of it rather heavy going?" She answered, Oh, sure, but I just skip over those parts and go on to the next good part. "‎ This is exactly what reading should be and in school so seldom is,an exciting, joyous adventure. Find something, dive into it, take the good parts, skip the bad parts, get what you can out of it, go on to something else. How different is our mean-spirited, picky insistence that every child get every last little scrap of "understanding" that can be dug out of a book.‎ ‎41. According to the passage, children's fear and dislike of books may result from .‎ A. reading little and thinking little ‎ B. reading often and adventurously C. being made to read too much D. being made to read aloud before others ‎42. The teacher told his students to read .‎ A. for enjoyment B. for knowledge C. for a larger vocabulary D. for higher scores in exams ‎43. Upon hearing the teacher's talk, the children probably felt that .‎ A. it sounded stupid B. it was not surprising at all C. it sounded too good to be true D. it was no different from other teachers' talk ‎44. Which of the following statements about the girl is TRUE according to the passage?‎ A. She skipped over those easy parts while reading.‎ B. She had a hard time finishing the required reading tasks.‎ C. She learned to appreciate some parts of the difficult books.‎ D. She turned out to be a top student after coming to this school.‎ ‎45. From the teacher's point of view, .‎ A. children cannot tell good parts from bad parts while reading B. children should be left to decide what to read and how to read C. reading is never a pleasant and inspiring experience in school D. reading involves understanding every little piece of information ‎115‎ ‎(2019年浙江卷) ‎ Graph can be a very useful tool for conveying information especially numbers， percentages,‎ and other data . A graph gives the reader a picture to interpret . That can be a lot more efficient than pages and pages explaining the data .‎ ‎ Graphs can seem frightening, but reading a graph is a lot like reading a story . The graph has a title ,a main idea ,and supporting details .You can use your active reading skills to analyze and understand graphs just like any other text .‎ ‎ Most graphs have a few basic parts: a caption or introduction paragraph, a title , a legend or key, and labeled axes. An active reader looks at each part of the graph before trying to interpret the data. Captions will usually tell you where the data came from (for example, a scientific study of 400 African elephants from 1980 to 2019). Captions usually summarize the author's main point as well. The title is very important. It tells you the main idea of the graph by stating what kind of information is being shown. A legend, also called a key ,is a guide to the symbols and colors used in the graph. Many graphs, including bar graphs and line graphs, have two axes that form a corner, Usually these axes are the left side and the bottom of the graph .Each axis will always have a label. The label tells you what each axis measures.‎ ‎ Bar Graphs ‎ A bar graph has two axes and uses bars to show ‎ amounts. In Graph 1 ,we see that the x-axis shows grades that students earned, and the y-axis shows bow many students earned each grade .You can see that 6 students earned an A because the bar for A stretches up to 6 on the vertical measurement. There is a lot of information we can get from a simple graph like this(See Graph 1).‎ ‎ Line Graphs ‎ A line graph looks similar to a bar graph ,but instead of Bars, it plots points and connects them with a line .It has the Same parts as a bar graph – two labeled axes –and can be read the same way .To read a line graph, it's important to focus on the points of intersection rather than the line segments between the points, This type of graph is most commonly used to show how something changes over time.‎ Here is a graph that charts how far a bird flies during the first Five days of its spring migration (See Graph 2).‎ ‎ The unit of measurement for the x-axis is days. The unit of measurement for the y-axis is kilometers. Thus we can see that ,on the first day, the pipit flew 20 kilometers. The line segment goes up between Day 1 and Day 2,which means that the bird flew farther on Day 2.If the line segment angled dawn, as between Day 4 and Day 5,it would mean that the bird flew fewer kilometers than the day before. This line graph is a quick, visual way to tell the reader about the bird's migration.‎ Pie Graphs A typical pie graph looks like a circular pie. The circle is divided into sections, and each section represents a fraction of the data. The graph is commonly used to show percentages; the whole pie represents l00 percent, so each piece is a fraction of the whole.‎ A pie graph might include a legend，or it might use icons or labels within each slice. This pie graph shows on month's expense, (See Graph 3 ).‎ Food $ 25‎ Movies $ 12‎ Clothing $ 36‎ Savings $ 20‎ Books $ 7‎ ‎46. When used in a graph，a legend is_____‎ A. a guide to the symbols and colors B. an introduction paragraph C. the main idea D. the data ‎ ‎47. What is the total number of students who earned a C or better ?‎ A .4. B.6. C.10. D.20 .‎ ‎48. The bird covered the longest distance on _____‎ A. Day 1 B. Day 2 C. Day 3 D. Day 4‎ ‎49. Which of the following cost Amy most ?‎ A. Food. B. Books C. Movies D. Clothing.‎ ‎116‎ ‎(2019年浙江卷) ‎ If humans were truly at home under the light of the moon and stars，we would go in darkness happily，the midnight world as visible to us as it is to the vast number of nocturnal(夜间活动的) species on this planet. Instead，we are diurnal creatures, with eyes adapted to living in the sun's light. This is a basic evolutionary fact , even though most of us don't think of ourselves as diurnal beings. Yet it's the only way to explain what we've done to the night: We've engineered it to receive us by filling it with light. ‎ The benefits of this kind of engineering come with consequences 一 called light pollution 一 whose effects scientists are only now beginning to study. Light pollution is largely the result of bad lighting design， which allows artificial light to shine outward and upward into the sky.Ⅲ-designed lighting washes out the darkness of night and completely changes the light levels 一 and light rhythms — to which many forms of life, including, ourselves, have adapted. Wherever human light spills into the natural l world , some aspect or life is affected . ‎ In most cities the sky looks as though it has been emptied of stars, leaving behind a vacant haze(霾) that mirrors our fear of the dark. We've grown so used to this orange haze that the original gloiy of an unlit nigh, - dark enough for the planet Venus to throw shadow on Earth, is wholly beyond our experience, beyond memory almost.‎ We’ve lit up the night as if it were an unoccupied country, when nothing could be further form the truth.‎ ‎ Among mammals alone, the number of nocturnal species is astonishing, Light is a powerful biological force, and on many species it acts as a magnet(磁铁). The effect is so powerful that scientists speak of songbirds and seabirds being“captured”by searchlights on land or by the light from gas flares on marine oil platforms. Migrating at night, birds tend to collide with brightly lit tall buildings.‎ Frogs living near brightly lit highways suffer nocturnal light levels that are as much as a million times righter than normal, throwing nearly every aspect of their behavior out of joint including most other creatures ,we do need darkness .Darkness is as essential to our biological welfare, to our internal clockwork, as light itself.‎ Living in a glare of our making ,we have cut ourselves off from our evolutionary and cultural heritage—the light of the stars and the rhythms of day and night .In a very real sense light pollution causes us to lose sight of our true place in the universe, to forget the scale of our being, which is best measured against the dimensions of a deep night with the Milky Way—the edge of our galaxy arching overhead.‎ ‎50. According to the passage, human being .‎ A. prefer to live in the darkness B. are used to living in the day light ‎ C. were curious about the midnight world ‎ D. had to stay at home with the light of the moon ‎51. What does “it”(Paragraph 1) most probably refer to?‎ A. The night. B. The moon C. The sky D. The planet ‎52. The writer mentions birds and frogs to .‎ A. provide examples of animal protection B. show how light pollution affects animals ‎ C. compare the living habits of both species ‎ D. explain why the number of certain species has declined ‎ ‎53. It is implied in the last paragraph that . ‎ A. light pollution dose harm to the eyesight of animals B. light pollution has destroyed some of the world heritages C. human beings cannot go to the outer space ‎ D. human beings should reflect on their position in the universe ‎54.What might be the best title for the passage?‎ A. The Magic light. B. The Orange Haze.‎ C. The Disappearing Night. D. The Rhythms of Nature.‎ ‎117‎ ‎(2019年浙江卷) ‎ ‎ In 2019 ,when my daughter Becky was ten , she and my husband ,Joe, were united in their desire for a dog . As for me , I shared none of their canine lust.‎ ‎ But why , they pleaded. “Because I don’t have time to take care of a dog.” But we’ll do it.” Really? You’re ‎ going to walk the dog? Feed the dog? Bathe the dog?” Yes, yes , and yes .”I don’t believe you .” We will . We ‎ promise.‎ ‎ They didn’t . From day two ( everyone wanted to walk the cute puppy that first day ) , neither thought to walk the dog . While I was slow to accept that I would be the one to keep thrack of her shots , to schedule her vet appointments , to feec and clean her , Misty knew this on day one . As she looked up at the ehree new humans in her life ( small , mediurn , and large ) , she calculated ,”The medium one is the sucker in the pack .”‎ ‎ Quickly , she and I developed something very similar to a Vulcan mind meld ( 心灵融合 ) . She’d look at me with those sad brown wyes of hers , beam her need , and then wait , trusting I would understand — which , strangely , I almost always did . In no time , she became my feet as I read , and splaying across my stomach as I watched television .‎ ‎ Even so , part of me continued to resent walking duty . Joe and Becky had promised . Not fair , I’d balk ( 不心甘情愿地做 ) silently as she and I walked . “Not fair , ” I’ d loudly remind anyone within earshot ‎ upon our retern home .‎ ‎ Then one day — January 1 , 2019 , to be exact — my huband ‘ s doctor uttered an unthinkable word : leukemia ( 白血病 ) .With that , I spent eight to ten hours a day with Joe ine the hopital , doing anything and everything I could to ease his discomfort . During those six months of hospitalizations ,Becky , 12 at the time , adjusted to other adults being in the house when she returned from school. My work colleagues adjusted to my taking off at a moment's notice for medical emergencies. Every part of my life changed; no part of my old routine remained.‎ ‎ Save one: Misty still needed walking. At the beginning, when friends offered to take her through her paces, I declined because I knew they had their own households to deal with.‎ ‎ As the months went by，I began to realize that I actually wanted to walk Misty. The walk in the morning before I headed to the hospital was a quiet, peaceful time to gather my thoughts or to just be before the day's medical drama unfolded. The evening walk was a time to shake off the day's upsets and let the worry tracks in my head go to white noise.‎ ‎ When serious illness visits your household, it's , not just your daily routine and your assumptions about the future that are no longer familiar. Pretty much everyone you acts differently.‎ ‎ Not Misty. Take her for a walk, and she had no interest in Joe's blood counts or bone marrow test results. On the street or in the park, she had only one thing on her mind: squirrels! She Was so joyous that even on the worst days, she could make me smile. On a daily basis she reminded me that life goes on.‎ ‎ After Joe died in 2009，Misty slept on his pillow.‎ I'm grateful一to a point. The truth is, after years of balking, I've come to enjoy my walks with Misty. As I watch her chase after a squirrel, throwing her whole being into the here-and-now of an exercise that has never once ended in victory, she reminds me, too, that no matter how harsh the nt or unpredictable the future , there's almost always some measure of joy to be extracted from the moment.‎ ‎55. why didn't the writer agree to raise a dog at the beginning of the story?‎ ‎ A. She was afraid the dog would get the family, into trouble.‎ ‎ B. It would be her business to take care of the.dog ‎ C. Her husband and daughter were united as one.‎ ‎ D. She didn't want to spoil her daughter.‎ ‎ 56. Which of the following is the closest in meaning to "The medium one is the sucker in the pack.” (Paragraph 3)?‎ ‎ A."The middle-aged person loves me most.”‎ ‎ B.”The medium-sized woman is the hostess.”‎ ‎ C."The man in the middle is the one who has the final say.”‎ ‎ D. "The woman is the kind and trustworthy one in the family.”‎ ‎57. It can be inferred from Paragraph 3 that_______.‎ ‎ A.Misty was quite clever ‎ B. Misty could solve math problems ‎ C. the writer was a slow learner ‎ D. no one walked Misty the first day ‎58.The story came to its turning point when________.‎ ‎ A. Joe died in 2009‎ ‎ B. Joe fell ill in 2019‎ ‎ C.The walk provided her with spiritual comfort.‎ ‎ D.She didn't want Misty to be others companion.‎ 59. Why did the writer continue to walk Misty while Joe was in hospital?‎ A. Misty couldn’t live without her B. Her friends didn’t offer any help.‎ C. The walk provided her with spiritual comfort.‎ D. She didn’t want Misty to be others’ companion.‎ 60. What is the message the writer wants to convey in the passage?‎ ‎ A. One should learn to enjoy hard times.‎ ‎ B .A disaster can change everything in life.‎ ‎ C. Moments of joy suggest that there is still hope ahead.‎ ‎ D. People will change their attitude toward you when you are in difficulty.‎ ‎118‎ ‎(2019年广东卷) ‎ Samuel Osmond is a 19-year-old law student from Cornwall, England. He never studied the piano. However, he can play very difficult musical pieces by musicians such as Chopin and Beethoven just a few minutes after he hears them. He learns a piece of music by listening to it in parts. Then he thinks about the notes in his head. Two years ago, he played his first piece Moonlight Sonata（奏鸣曲）by Beethoven. He surprised everyone around him.‎ Amazed that he remembered this long and difficult piece of music and played it perfectly, his teachers say Samuel is unbelievable .They say his ability is very rare, but Samuel doesn’t even realize that what he can do is special. Samuel wanted to become a lawyer as it was the wish of his parents, but music teachers told him he should study music instead. Now, he studies law and music.‎ Samuel can’t understand why everyone is so surprised. “I grew up with music. My mother played the piano and my father played the guitar. About two years ago, I suddenly decided to start playing the piano, without being able to read music and without having any lessons. It comes easily to me ---I hear the notes and can bear them in mind---each and every note,” says Samuel.‎ Recently, Samuel performed a piece during a special event at his college. The piece had more than a thousand notes. The audience was impressed by his amazing performance. He is now learning a piece that is so difficult that many professional pianists can’t play it. Samuel says confidently,” It’s all about super memory---I guess I have that gift.”‎ However, Samuel’s ability to remember things doesn’t stop with music. His family says that even when he was a young boy, Samuel heard someone read a story, and then he could retell the story word for word.‎ Samuel is still only a teenager. He doesn’t know what he wants to do in the future. For now, he is just happy to play beautiful music and continue his studies.‎ ‎26. What is special about Samuel Osmond?‎ A. He has a gift for writing music.‎ B. He can write down the note he hears.‎ C. He is a top student at the law school.‎ D. He can play the musical piece he hears.‎ ‎27. What can we learn form the passage?‎ A. Samuel chose law against the wish of his parents.‎ B. Samuel planned to be a lawyer rather than a musician.‎ C. Samuel thinks of himself as a man of great musical ability.‎ D. Samuel studies law and music on the advice of his teachers.‎ ‎28. Everyone around Samuel was surprised because he _________.‎ A. received a good early education in music B. played the guitar and the piano perfectly C. could play the piano without reading music D. could play the guitar better than his father ‎29. What can we infer about Samuel in Paragraph 4?‎ A. He became famous during a special event at his college.‎ B. He is proud of his ability to remember things accurately.‎ C. He plays the piano better than many professional pianists.‎ D. He impressed the audience by playing all the musical pieces.‎ ‎30. Which of the following is the best title of the passage?‎ A. The Qualities of a Musician B. The Story of a Musical Talent C. The Importance of Early Education D. The Relationship between Memory and Music.‎ ‎119‎ ‎(2019年广东卷) ‎ It was a cold winter day. A woman drove up to the Rainbow Bridge tollbooth (收费站). “I’m paying for myself, and for the six cars behind me,” she said with a smile, handing over seven tickets. One after another, the next six drivers arriving at the tollbooth were informed, “Some lady up ahead already paid your fare.”‎ It turned out that the woman, Natalie Smith, had read something on a friend’s refrigerator: “Practice random kindness and senseless acts of beauty.” The phrase impressed her so much that she copied it down.‎ Judy Foreman spotted the same phrase on a warehouse wall far away from home. When it stayed on her mind for days, she gave up and drove all the way back to copy it down. “I thought it was beautiful,” she said, explaining why she’d taken to writing it at the bottom of all her letters, “like a message from above.” Her husband, Frank, liked the phrase so much that he put it up on the classroom wall for his students, one of whom was the daughter of Alice Johnson, a local news reporter. Alice put it in the newspaper, admitting that though she liked it, she didn’t know where it came from or what it really meant.‎ Two days later, Alice got a call from Anne Herbert, a woman living in Marin. It was in a restaurant that Anne wrote the phrase down on a piece of paper, after turning it around in her mind for days.‎ ‎“Here’s the idea,” Anne says. “Anything you think there should be more of, do it randomly.” Her fantasies include painting the classrooms of shabby schools, leaving hot meals on kitchen tables in the poor part of town, and giving money secretly to a proud old lady. Anne says, “Kindness can build on itself as much as violence can.”‎ The acts of random kindness spread. If you were one of those drivers who found your fare paid, who knows what you might have been inspired to do for someone else later. Like all great events, kindness begins slowly, with every single act. Let it be yours!‎ ‎31. Why did Natalie Smith pay for the six cars behind her?‎ ‎ A. She knew the car drivers well.‎ ‎ B. She wanted to show kindness.‎ ‎ C. She hoped to please others.‎ ‎ D. She had seven tickets.‎ ‎32. Judy Foreman copied down the phrase because she.‎ ‎ A. thought it was beautifully written ‎ B. wanted to know what it really meant ‎ C. decided to write it on a warehouse wall ‎ D. wanted her husband to put it up in the classroom ‎33. Who came up with the phrase according to the passage?‎ ‎ A. Judy Foreman.‎ ‎ B. Natalie Smith.‎ ‎ C. Alice Johnson.‎ ‎ D. Anne Herbert.‎ ‎34. Which of the following statements is closest in the meaning to the underlined sentence above?‎ ‎ A. Kindness and violence can change the world.‎ ‎ B. Kindness and violence can affect one’s behavior.‎ ‎ C. Kindness and violence can reproduce themselves.‎ ‎ D. Kindness and violence can shape one’s character.‎ ‎35. What can we infer from the last paragraph?‎ ‎ A. People should practice random kindness to those in need.‎ ‎ B. People who receive kindness are likely to offer it to others.‎ ‎ C. People should practice random kindness to strangers they meet.‎ ‎ D. People who receive kindness are likely to pay it back to the giver.‎ ‎120‎ ‎(2019年广东卷) ‎ ‎ Like many new graduates, I left university full of hope for the future but with no real idea of what I wanted ‎ to do. My degree, with honors, in English literature had not really prepared me for anything practical. I knew I wanted to make a difference in the world somehow, but I had no idea how to do that. That’s when I learned about the Lighthouse Project. ‎ ‎ I started my journey as a Lighthouse Project volunteer by reading as much as I could about the experiences of previous volunteers. I knew it would be a lot of hard work, and that I would be away from my family and friends for a very long time. In short, I did not take my decision to apply for the Lighthouse Project lightly. Neither did my family. ‎ ‎ Eventually, however, I won the support of my family, and I sent in all the paperwork needed for the application. After countless interviews and presentations, I managed to stand out among the candidates and survive the test alone. Several months later, I finally received a call asking me to report for the duty. I would be going to a small village near Abuja, Nigeria. Where? What? Nigeria? I had no idea. But I was about to find out. ‎ ‎ After completing my training, I was sent to the village that was small and desperately in need of proper accommodation. Though the local villagers were poor, they offered their homes, hearts, and food as if I were their own family. I was asked to lead a small team of local people in building a new schoolhouse. For the next year or so, I taught in that same schoolhouse. But I sometimes think I learned more from my students than they did from me. ‎ ‎ Sometime during that period, I realized that all those things that had seemed so strange or unusual to me no longer did, though I did not get anywhere with the local language, and returned to the United States a different man. The Lighthouse Project had changed my life forever. ‎ ‎36. What do we know about the author?‎ ‎ A. His university education focused on the theoretical knowledge.‎ ‎ B. His dream at university was to become a volunteer.‎ ‎ C. He took pride in having contributed to the world.‎ ‎ D. He felt honored to study English literature.‎ ‎37. According to the Project Lighthouse, it is likely that the author ‎ A. Discussed his decision with his family.‎ ‎ B. Asked previous volunteers about voluntary work ‎ C. Attended special training to perform difficult tasks ‎ D. Felt sad about having to leave his family and friends ‎38. In his application for the volunteer job, the author ‎ A. Participated in many discussions ‎ B. Went through challenging survival tests ‎ C. Wrote quite a few paper on voluntary work ‎ D. Faced strong competition from other candidates ‎39. On arrival at the village, the author was ‎ A. Asked to lead a farming team ‎ B. Sent to teach in schoolhouse ‎ C. Received warmly by local villagers ‎ D. Arranged to live in a separate house.‎ ‎40. What can we infer from the author’s experiences in Nigeria?‎ ‎ A. He found some difficulty adapting to the local culture ‎ B. He had learned to communicate in the local language.‎ ‎ C. He had overcome all his weakness before he left for home.‎ ‎ D. He was chosen as the most respectable teacher by his students.‎ ‎121‎ ‎(2019年广东卷) ‎ ‎ Scientists today are making greater effort to study ocean currents (洋流) . Most do it using satellites and other high-tech equipment. However, ocean expert Curtis Ebbesmeyer does it in a special way --- by studying movements of random floating garbage. A scientist with many years’ experience, he started this type of research in the early 1990s when he heard about hundreds of athletic shoes washing up on the shores of the northwest coast of the United States. There were so many shoes that people were setting up swap meets to try and match left and right shoes to sell or wear.‎ ‎ Ebbesmeyer found out in his researches that the shoes — about 60,000 in total — fell into the ocean in a shipping accident. He phoned the shoe company and asked if they wanted the shoes back. As expected, the company told him that they didn't. Ebbesmeyer realized this could be a great experiment. If he learned when and where the shoes went into the water and tracked where they landed, he could learn a lot about the patterns of ocean currents.‎ ‎ The Pacific Northwest is one of the world's best areas for beachcombing(海滩搜寻) because winds and currents join here, and as a result, there is a group of serious beachcombers in the area. Ebbesmeyer got to know a lot of them and asked for their help in collecting information about where the shoes landed. In a year he collected reliable information on 1, 600 shoes. With this data, he and a colleague were able to test and improve a computer program designed to model ocean currents, and publish the findings of their study.‎ ‎ As the result of his work, Ebbesmeyer has become known as the scientist to call with questions about any unusual objects found floating in the ocean. He has even started an association of beachcombers and ocean experts, with 500 subscribers from West Africa to New Zealand. They have recorded all lost objects ranging from potatoes to golf gloves.‎ ‎41. The underlined phrase swap meets in Paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to ______________.‎ A. fitting rooms B. trading fairs C. business talks D. group meetings ‎42. Ebbesmeyer phoned the shoe company to find out _____________.‎ A. what caused the shipping accident B. when and where the shoes went missing C. whether it was all right to use their shoes D. how much they lost in the shipping accident ‎122‎ ‎(2019年安徽卷) ‎ Recordings of angry bees are enough to send big, tough African elephants running away, a new study says. Beehives (蜂窝)-either recorded or real-may even prevent elephants from damaging farmer's crops.‎ In 2019, scientist Lucy King and her team found that elephants avoid certain trees with bees living in them. Today, Lucy wants to see if African honeybees might discourage elephants from eating crops. But before she asked farmer to go to the trouble of setting up beehives on their farms, she needed to find out if the bees would scare elephants away.‎ Lucy found a wild beehive inside a tree in northern Kenya and set up a recorder. Then she threw a stone into the beehive, which burst into life. Lucy and her assistant hid in their car until the angry bees had calmed down. Next，Lucy searched out elephant families in Samburu National Reserve in northern Kenya and put a speaker in a close to each family.‎ From a distance, Lucy switched on the pre-recorded sound of angry bees while at the same time recording the elephants with a video camera. Half the elephant groups left the area within ten seconds. Out of a total of 17 groups, only one group ignored the sound of the angry bees. Lucy reported that all the young elephants immediately ran to their mothers to hide under them. When Lucy Played the sound of a waterfall (瀑布) instead of the angry bees to many of the same elephant families, the animals were undisturbed. Even after four minutes, most of the groups stayed in one place.‎ Lucy is now studying whether the elephants will continue to avoid the sound of angry bees after hearing it several times. She hasn't tested enough groups yet to know, but her initial (最初的) results were promising enough to begin trials with farmers. She has now begun placing speakers in the fields to see if elephants are frightened away.‎ ‎60. We know from the passage that elephants may he frightened of .‎ A. loud noises B. some crops C. video cameras D. angry bees ‎61. As mentioned in the passage, Lucy A. works by herself in Africa B. needs to test more elephant groups C. has stopped elephants eating crops D. has got farmers to set up beehives on their farms ‎62. Why did Lucy throw a stone into a wild beehive?‎ A. To record the sound of bees.‎ B. To make a video of elephants.‎ C. To see if elephants would run away.‎ D. To find out more about the behavior of bees.‎ ‎63. Which of the following is true according to the passage?‎ A. Young elephants ignore African honeybees.‎ B. Waterfalls can make elephants stay in one place.‎ C. Elephants do not go near trees with bees living in them. ‎ D. Farmers do not allow Lucy to conduct tests in their fields.‎ ‎123‎ ‎(2019年安徽卷) ‎ You are the collector in the gallery of your life. You collect. You might not mean to but you do. One out of three people collects tangible（有形的）things such as cats, photos and noisy toys.‎ There are among some 40 collections that are being shown at “The Museum Of”—the first of several new museums which, over the next two years, will exhibit the objects accumulated by unknown collectors. In doing so, they will promote a popular culture of museums, not what museums normally represent.‎ Some of the collections are fairly common—records, model houses. Others are strangely beautiful—branches that have fallen from tree, for example. But they all reveal （显露）a lot of things: ask someone what they collect and their answers will tell you who they are.‎ Other on the way include “The museum of Collectors” and “The Museum of Me.”These new ones, it is hoped, will build on the success of “The Museum Of.” The thinkers behind the project want to explore why people collect, and what it means to do so. They hope that visitors who may not have considered themselves collectors will begin to see they, too, collect.‎ Some collectors say they started or stopped making collections at important point: the beginning or end of adolescence—“it’s a growing-up thing; you stop when you grow up,”says one. Other painful times are mentioned, such as the end of a relationship. For time and life can seem so uncontrollable that a steady serial（顺序排列的）arrangement is comforting.‎ ‎64. How will the new museums promote a popular culture of museums?‎ A. By collecting more tangible things.‎ B. By showing what ordinary people have collected.‎ C. By correcting what museums normally represent.‎ D. By accumulating 40 collections two years from now.‎ ‎65. What can be learned about collectors from their collections?‎ A. Who they are.‎ B. How old they are.‎ C.Where they were born.‎ D. Why they might not mean to collect.‎ ‎66. Which of the following is an aim of the new museums?‎ A. To help people sell their collections.‎ B. To encourage more people to collect.‎ C. To study the significance of collecting.‎ D. To find out why people visit museums.‎ ‎67. According to the last paragraph, people may stop collecting when they ‎ A. become adults B. feel happy with life C. are ready for a relationship D. feel time to he uncontrollable ‎124‎ ‎(2019年安徽卷) ‎ Should we allow modern buildings to be built next to older buildings in a historic area of a city? In order to answer this question, we must first examine whether people really want to preserve the historic feel of an area. Not all historical buildings are attractive. However, there may be other reasons for example, economic (经济的) reasons-why they should be preserved. So, let us assume that historical buildings are both attractive and important to the majority of people. What should we do then if a new building is needed?‎ In my view, new architectural styles can exist perfectly well alongside an older style. Indeed, there are many examples in my own home town of Tours where modern designs have been placed very successfully next to old buildings. As long as the building in question is pleasing and does not dominate (影响) its surroundings too much, it often improves the attractiveness of the area.‎ It is true that there are examples of new buildings which have spoilt (破坏) the area they are in, but the same can be said of some old buildings too. Yet people still speak against new buildings in historic areas. I think this is simply because people are naturally conservative(保守的)and do not like change.‎ Although we have to respect people's feelings as fellow users of the buildings, I believe that it is the duty of the architect and planner to move things forward . If we always reproduced what was there before,we would all still be living in caves . Thus , I would argue against copying previous architectural styles and choose something fresh and different , even though that might be the more risky choice.‎ 68. What does the author say about historical buildings in the first paragraph?‎ A. Some of them are not attractive.‎ B. Most of them ate too expensive to preserve.‎ C. They are more pleasing than modern buildings.‎ D. They have nothing to do with the historic feel of an area.‎ 69. Which of the following is true according to the author ?‎ A. We should reproduce the same old buildings.‎ B. Buildings should not dominate their surroundings.‎ A. Some old buildings have spoilt the area they are in.‎ B. No one understands why people speak against new buildings.‎ 70. By “move things forward ” in the last paragraph , the author probably means“ ”‎ A. Destroy old buildings B. Put things in a different place ‎ C. Choose new architectural styles D. Respect people’s feelings for historical buildings 71. What is the main purpose of the passage?‎ A. To explain why people dislike change.‎ B. To warn that we could end up living in caves.‎ C. To admit how new buildings have ruined their surroundings.‎ D. To argue that modern buildings can be built in historic areas.‎ ‎125‎ ‎(2019年安徽卷) ‎ You may not have heard of Ashoka, but for the past 27 years,this association, founded by Bill Drayton, has fought poverty (贫穷)and sickness, promoted education and encouraged small businesses. To support these worthy causes, Ashoka provides money for the world's most promising "changemakers" seeking to solve (解决) urgent problems and would like to create a world in which every citizen is a changemaker.‎ Drayton believes that anyone can become an agent for change. The important thing is to simply give yourself permission. If you see a problem that you care about, you can help solve it. The young in particular are willing to accept this concept because at heart every child wants to grow into a happy, healthy, contributing adult. In fact It is many young people's ambition to set up programmes or businesses that improve social conditions. An excellent example is an Ashoka project started in 2019 in Dhaka, which handled the rubbish problem facing the city ,helped local farmers and provided an income for poor people ‎ there .‎ When Masqsood and Iftekhar began to study the problem of all the uncollected rubbish that lay in Dhaka’s streets,Attracting tats and disease , they discovered that 80% of it was natural waste . So they educated the poor people in the city to compost (把……制成堆粪)this waste . They kmew that they would have a market for the end product because local farmers were struggling with chemical ferntilisers (化肥) which were expensive and had reduced the natural minerals in the soil over the years . At first , they were refused ,but once they were able to persuade them that there was money to be made , the project took off. In 2009 sales were $14,000.‎ Drayton is optimistic that in ten years Ashoka will be making really serious ,practical progress in bringing about social change by changing the way we look at economic development.‎ ‎72. Which of the following could be the best title for the passage?‎ A. Cltungemakers B. Businessmen C. Social Conditions D.Rubbish Problem ‎73. The underlined word "them" in Paragraph 3 probably refers to" "‎ A. the local farmers B. Masqsood and Iftekhar C. Drayton and his team D. the poor people in Dhaka ‎74. It can be concluded from the passage that anyone can become a changemaker if he .‎ A. considers Drayton's concept B. gets permission from Ashoka C. tries to improve social conditions D. is a young, happy and healthy adult 75. The authors attitude towards Ashoka's program can be described as ‎ A. changing B. forgiving C. cautious D. Positive ‎126‎ ‎(2019年北京卷) ‎ Sea Life Melbourne Aquarium (水族馆)‎ ‎ The all-new Sea Life Melbourne Aquarium, situated in the heart of Melbourne’s CBD, is one of Victoria’s leading visitor attractions and an unforgettable outing for the whole family. Having 12 amazing zones of discovery, Sea Life Melbourne Aquarium is the very place that you cannot miss when you visit the city.‎ ‎* Opening Times ‎ Sea Life Melbourne Aquarium is open from 9:30 am until 6:00 pm every day of the year, including public holidays. Last admission is at 5:00 pm, one hour before closing.‎ ‎* Location ( 位置)‎ ‎ Sea Life Melbourne Aquarium is located on the corner of Flinders Street and King Street, Melbourne. It is siyuated on the Yarra River, opposite Crown Entertainment Complex.‎ ‎* Getting to Sea Life Melbourne Aquarium ‎ Train ‎ The Sea Life Melbourne Aquarium train stop is located on the free City Circle Tram route (公交线路) and also routes 70 and 75. City Circle trams run every 10 minutes in both directions.‎ ‎ Shuttle Bus ‎ The Sea Life Melbourne Aquarium is a free bus service, stopping at key tourist attractions in and around the City. Running daily, every 15 minutes from 10:00 am to 4:00 pm. ‎ ‎ Car Parking ‎ While there is no public car parking at Sea Life Melbourne Aquarium, there are several public car parking lots available only a short walk away.‎ ‎* Wheelchair Access ‎ Sea Life Melbourne Aquarium provides people in wheelchairs with full access to all 12 zones. Each floor also has wheelchair accessible toilets.‎ ‎* Terms ‎ Tickets will be emailed to you immediately after purchase or you can download and print your ticket once payment has been accepted. Please print out all tickets purchased and present at the front entrance of Sea Life Melbourne Aquarium. No ticket, no entry!‎ ‎56. Sea Life Melbourne Aquarium _________ .‎ A. is located at the center of the CBD in the city ‎ B. has 12 most attractive places in Melbourne C. admits visitors from 9:30 am untill 6:00 pm D. is beside Crown Entertainment Complex ‎57. Getting to Sea Life Melbourne Aquarium, visitors can take ________.‎ A. trains from southern Cross train station B. shuttle buses around the train station C. boats across the yarra River ‎ D. either tram route 70 or 75‎ ‎58. Sea Life Melbourne Aquarium offers visitors ________.‎ A. free car parking B. wheelchair access C. Internet connection D. transportation service ‎59. Tickets to Sea Life Melbourne Aquarium ________ .‎ A. are free to all visitors B. can be pursed by email C. rare checked at the entrance D.can be printed at the ticket office ‎127‎ ‎(2019年北京卷) ‎ The Brown Bear ‎ My wife Laura and I were on the beach, with three of our children, taking pictures of shore birds near ‎ our home in Alaska when we spotted a bear. The bear was thin and small, moving aimlessly.‎ ‎ Just a few minutes later, I heard my daughter shouting, “Dad! The bear is right behind us!” An aggressive bear will usually rush forward to frighten away its enemy but would suddenly stop at the last minute. This one was silent and its ears pinned back---- the sign (迹象) of an animal that is going in for the kill. And it was a cold April day. The bear behaved abnormally, probably because of hunger.‎ I held my camera tripod (三脚架) in both hands to form a barrier as the bear rushed into me. Its huge head was level with my chest and shoulders, and the tripod stuck across its mouth. It bit down and I found myself supporting its weight. I knew I would not be able to hold it for long.‎ Even so, this was a fight I had to win: I was all that stood between the bear and my family, who would stand little chance of running faster than a brown bear.‎ The bear hit at the camera, cutting it off the tripod. I raised my left arm to protect my face; the beast held tightly on the tripod and pressed it into my side. My arm could not move, and I sensed that my bones were going to break.‎ Drawing back my free hand, I struck the bear as hard as I could for five to six times. The bear opened its mouth and I grasped its fur, trying to push it away. I was actually wrestling (扭打) with the bear at this point. Then, as suddenly as it had begun, the fight ended. The bear moved back toward the forest, before returning for another attack----- The first time I felf panic.‎ Apparently satisfied that we caused no further threat, the bear moved off, destroying a fence as it went. My arm was injured, but the outcome for us could hardly have been better. I’m proud that my family reminded clear-headed when panic could have led to a very different outcome.‎ ‎60. The brown bear approached the family in order to _______.‎ A. catch shore birds B. start an attack C. protect the children D. set up a barrier for itself ‎61. The bear finally went away after it _______.‎ A. felt safe B. got injured C. found some food D. took away the camera ‎62. The writer and his family survived mainly due to their ______ .‎ A. pride B. patience C. calmness D. cautiousness ‎128‎ ‎(2019年北京卷) ‎ Choosing the Right Resolution (决定)‎ ‎ Millions of Americans began 2019 with the same resolution they started 2019 with, a goal of losing weight. However, setting weight loss as a goal is a mistake.‎ ‎ To reach our goal of losing weight --- the output, we need to control what we eat --- the input ( 输入). That is, we tend to care about the output but not to control the input. This is a bad way to construct goals. The alternative is to focus your resolution on the input. Instead of resolving to lose weight, try an actionable resolution: “I’ll stop having desert for lunch,” or “I’ll walk every day for 20 minutes.” Creating a goal that focuses on a well-specified input will likely be more effective than concentrating on the outcome.‎ ‎ Recently a new science behind incentives (激励) , including in education, has been discussed. For example, researcher Roland Fryer wanted to see what works best in motivating children to do better in school. In some cases, he gave students incentives based on input, like reading certain books, while in others, the incentives were based on output, like results on exams. His main finding was that incentives increased achievement when based on input but had no effect on output. Fryer’s conclusion was that the intensives for inputs might be more effective because do not know how to do better on exam, aside from general rules like “study harder.” Reading certain books, on the other hand, is a well-set task over which they have much more control.‎ ‎ As long as you have direct control over your goal, you have a much higher chance of success. And it’s easier to start again if you fail, because you know exactly what you need to do.‎ ‎ If you want to cut down on your spending, a good goal would be making morning coffee at home instead of going to a cafe, for example. This is a well-specified action-based goal for which you can measure your success easily. Spending less money isn’t a goal because it’s too general. Similarly, if you want to spend more time with your family, don’t stop with this general wish. Think bout an actionable habit that you could adopt and stick to, like a family movie night every Wednesday.‎ ‎ In the long run, these new goals could become a habit.‎ ‎63. The writer thinks that setting weight loss as a goal is a mistake because _______ .‎ A. it is hard to achieve for most Americans B. it is focused too much on the result C. it is dependent on too many things D. it is based on actionable decisions ‎64. In Roland Fryer’s research, some students did better than the others because ______ .‎ A. they obeyed all the general rules B. they paid more attention to exams C. they were motivated by their classmates D. they were rewarded for reading some books ‎65. According to the writer, which of the following statements is a good goal?‎ A. “I’ll give up desert.” B. “I’ll study harder.”‎ C. “I’ll cut down my expense” D. “I’ll spend more time with my family”‎ ‎66. The writer strongly believes that we should ________ .‎ A. develop good habits and focus on the outcome B. be optimistic about final goals and stick to them C. pick specific actions that can be turned into good habits D. set ambitious goals that can balance the input and output ‎129‎ ‎(2019年北京卷) ‎ Multitasking What is the first thing you notice when you walk into a shop? The products displayed (展示) at the entrance? Or the soft background music?‎ But have you ever notice the smell? Unless it is bad, the answer is likely to be no. But while a shop’s scent may not be outstanding compared with sights and sounds, it is certainly there. And it is providing to be an increasing powerful tool in encouraging people to purchase.‎ A brand store has become famous for its distinctive scent which floats through the fairly dark hall and out to the entrance, via scent machines. A smell may be attractive but it may not just be used for freshening air. One sports goods company once reported that when it first introduced scent into its stores, customers’ intension to purchase increased by 80 percent.‎ When it comes to the best shopping streets in Pairs, scent is just as important to a brand’s success as the quality of its window displays and goods on sales. That is mainly because shopping is a very different experience to what it used to be.‎ Some years ago,the focus for brand name shopping was on a few people with sales assistants’ disproving attitude and don’t-touch-what-you-can’t-afford displays. Now the rise of electronic commerce (e-commerce) has opened up famous brands to a wider audience. But while e-shops can use sights and sounds, only bricks-and-mortar stores (实体店) can offer a full experience from the minute customers step through the door to the moment they leave. Another brand store seeks to be much more than a shop, but rather a destination. And scent is just one way to achieve this.‎ Now a famous store uses complex man-made smell to make sure that the soft scent of baby powder floats through the kid department, and coconut (椰子) scent in the swimsuit section. A department store has even opened a new lab, inviting customers on a journey into the store’s windows to smell books, pots and drawers, in search of their perfect scent.‎ ‎67. According to the passage, what is an increasingly powerful tool in the success of some brand store?‎ A. Friendly assistant. B. Unique scents.‎ C. Soft background music D. attractive window display.‎ ‎68. E-shops are mentioned in the passage to _______ .‎ A. show the advantages of brick-and-mortar stores B. urge shop assistants to change their attitude C. push stores to use sights and sounds D. introduce the rise of e-commerce ‎69. The underlined word “destination” in Paragraph 5 means _______ .‎ A. a platform that exhibits goods B. a spot where travelers like to stay C.a place where customers love to go D. a target that a store expects to meet ‎70. The main purpose of the passage is to ______ .‎ A. compare and evaluate B. examine and assess C. argue and discuss Drm and explain ‎130‎ ‎(2019年福建卷) ‎ It was Mother’s Day morning last year and I was doing my shopping at our local supermarket with my five-year-old son, Tenyson. As we were leaving, we found that only minutes earlier an elderly woman had fallen over at the entrance and had hit her head on the concrete. Her husband was with her, but there was blood everywhere and the woman was embarrassed and clearly in shock.‎ Walking towards the scene, Tenyson became very upset about what had happened to the couple. He said to me, “Mum, it’s not much fun falling over in front of everyone.”‎ At the front of the supermarket a charity(慈善) group had set up a stand selling cooked sausages and flowers to raise funds. Tenyson suggested that we should buy the lady a flower. “It will make her feel better,” he said. I was amazed that he’d come up with such a sweet idea. So we went over to the flower seller and asked her if we could buy a flower for the lady to cheer her up. “Just take it,” she replied. “I can’t take your money for such a wonderful gesture.”‎ By now paramedics（救援人员）had arrived, and were attending the injured woman. As we walked up to her, my son became intimidated by all the blood and medical equipment. He said he was just too scared to ‎ go up to her. ‎ Instead I gave the flower to the woman’s husband and told him, “ My son was very upset for your wife and wanted to give her this flower to make her feel better.”‎ At that, the old man started crying and said, “Thank you so much, you have a wonderful son. Happy Mother’s Day to you.”‎ The man then bent down and gave his wife the flower, telling her who it was from. Though badly hurt and shaken, the old lady looked up at Tenyson with love in her eyes and gave him a little smile.‎ ‎56. What dose the author intend to tell us?‎ A. One can never be too careful.‎ B. Actions speak louder than words.‎ C. Love begins with a little smile.‎ D. A small act of kindness brings a great joy.‎ ‎57. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?‎ A. The elderly woman was knocked down by Tenyson.‎ B. Tenyson’s idea of buying a flower gained his father’s support.‎ C. Tenyson’s care for the elderly woman puzzled the flower seller.‎ D. The elderly woman was moved to tears by Tenyson’s gesture.‎ ‎58. The underlined word “intimidated” in the fourth paragraph probably means “___________”.‎ A. astonished B. struck C. frightened D. excited ‎59. What would be the best title for the passage?‎ A. Flower Power B. Mother’s Day C. An Accidental Injury D. An Embarrassing Moment ‎131‎ ‎(2019年福建卷) ‎ Walt Disney is credited for creating such wonderful things as Donald Duck and Mickey Mouse. However, he cannot take the credit for creating other well-loved characters, such as Cinderella and Snow White. They are almost automatically associated with Disney because Disney turned old fables(寓言) into cartoon movies.‎ ‎ The original Cinderella varies very much from the Disney version we know today. It started off with the girl mourning her mother’s death and going to her tomb three times a day. In addition, there were only birds that helped Cinderella; there was no such thing as a fairy godmother or helpful mice, nor was there mention of a horse and carriage.‎ ‎ The stepsisters were cruel: they always threw Cinderella’s food into the ashes of the fire and made her sleep on the ashes on the floor, hence（因此）her name.‎ ‎ In the original story, the king’s ball actually lasted for three days. With the help of the birds, the girl, beautifully dressed, danced with the prince on all three nights and the prince fell in love with her. However, she broke away from him to rush back home each night. On the last night, the prince placed soothing sticky on the stairs; as Cinderella made her escape, a shoe got stuck on it.‎ Here now is where the story becomes unpleasant: when the prince went to the house looking for the girl whose foot fit the shoe, the wicked(邪恶的) stepmother told one of her two daughters to cut off her big toe to fit into the shoe. The daughter did as told. So the prince took her away to be his bride. But when they passed the tomb of Cinderella’s mother, the birds called out to the prince,‎ ‎“Turn and peep, there’s blood in the shoe;‎ the shoe is too small, the true bride waits for you.” ‎ Realizing he had been tricked, the prince returned the daughter to her mother. The other then had to cut off part of her heel in order to fit into the shoe, with the same result. Only Cinderella’s foot fit perfectly and so the prince chose to marry her. The story ends with the wedding day: as Cinderella’s two stepsisters followed her, pretending to be devoted to her so that they could enjoy the king’s riches, two birds flew by and plucked(啄) out their eyes. Because of their wickedness and falsehood, they had to spend the rest of their days blind.‎ The original Cinderella is so different from the Disney version. Thank goodness Disney made such changes; it indeed was a wise move.‎ ‎60. What dose the underlined word “They” in the first paragraph refer to?‎ A. Such wonderful things.‎ B. Other well-loved characters.‎ C. Old fables.‎ D. Cartoon movies.‎ ‎61. How did Cinderella get her name?‎ A. The Birds came up with it.‎ B. It was given by Disney.‎ C. It came from the word “ash”.‎ D. She got it from her mother.‎ ‎62. Which of the following is TRUE according to the original story?‎ A. Helpful mice got Cinderella a beautiful dress.‎ B. The ball was held to celebrate the prince’s wedding.‎ C. Cinderella left her shoe on the stairs on purpose.‎ D. The birds told the prince that he had been cheated.‎ ‎63. The moral of the original story is that ____________.‎ A. a wicked person cannot escape punishment.‎ B. a devoted person certainly deserves respect.‎ C. a well-behaved child earns a great reward.‎ D. a dishonest child cannot get mother love.‎ ‎64. What does the author think of the Disney version?‎ A. Excellent. B. Ordinary C. Dull. D. Ridiculous.‎ ‎132‎ ‎(2019年福建卷) ‎ Perhaps you think you could easily add to your happiness with more money. Strange as it may seem, if you're unsatisfied, the issue is not a lack of means to meet your desires but a lack of desires—not that you cannot satisfy your tastes but that you don't have enough tastes.‎ ‎ Real riches consist of well-developed and hearty capacities (能力) to enjoy life. Most people are already swamped(淹没) with things. They eat, wear, go and talk too much. They live in too big a house with too many rooms, yet their house of life is a hut.‎ ‎ Your house of life ought to be a mansion (豪宅) , a royal palace. Every new taste, every additional interest, every fresh enthusiasm adds a room. Here are several rooms your house of life should have.‎ ‎ Art should be a desire for you to develop simply because the world is full of beautiful things. If you only understood how to enjoy them and feed your spirit on them, they would make you as happy as to find plenty of ham and eggs when you're hungry.‎ ‎ Literature, classic literature, is a beautiful, richly furnished room where you might find many an hour of rest and refreshment. To gain that love would go toward making you a rich person, for a rich person is not someone who has a library but who likes a library.‎ ‎ Music like Mozart's and Bach's shouldn't be absent. Real riches are of the spirit. And when you've brought that spirit up to where classical music feeds it and makes you a little drunk, you have increased your thrills and bettered them. And life is a matter of thrills.‎ ‎ Sports, without which you remain poor, mean a lot in life. No matter who you are, you would be more human, and your house of life would be better supported against the had days, if you could, and did, play a bit.‎ ‎ Whatever rooms you might add to your house of life, the secret of enjoying life is to keep adding.‎ ‎68. The author intends to tell us that____________.‎ ‎ A. true happiness lies in achieving wealth by fair means ‎ B. big houses are people's most valued possessions ‎ C. big houses can in a sense bring richness of life ‎ D. true happiness comes from spiritual riches ‎69. The underlined sentence in the second paragraph probably implies that__________.‎ ‎ A. however materially rich, they never seem to be satisfied ‎ B. however materially rich, they remain spiritually poor ‎ C. though their house is big, they prefer a simple life ‎ D. though their house is big, it seems to be a cage ‎70. It can be learned from the passage that __________.‎ ‎ A. more money brings more happiness ‎ B. art is needed to make your house beautiful ‎ C. literature can enrich your spiritual life ‎ D. sports contribute mainly to your physical fitness ‎71. What would be the best title for the passage?‎ ‎ A. House of Life B. Secret of Wealth ‎ C. Rest and Refreshment D. Interest and Enthusiasm ‎133‎ ‎(2019年福建卷) ‎ ‎ As has been all too apparent in recent days at Balcombe, few issues cause greater concern than energy policy. Many village communities feel their countryside is being ruined by the power-producing machines of wind farms; yet they never take "direct action", even though the planning laws put them at a severe disadvantage. And the generous subsidies (财政补贴) , which encourage the expansion of wind power, are not favorable to the village communities and set landowners in conflict with other residents (居民) .‎ ‎ Those who disagree with the rapid expansion of wind farms state that the damage they cause is out of proportion(比例) to the benefits they bring, because their energy output cannot match that of the carbon-based power stations they are supposed to replace. Supporters insist that wind must be part of a mix of renewables, nuclear and carbon, and that the country is committed to meeting EU ( European Union) targets for non-carbon energy generation. ‎ ‎ Against this background, the fact that there is an argument within the Government over whether to publish an official report on wind farms' impact on the countryside becomes even more extraordinary. The two parties in the coalition (联合) government are in disagreement over what it should say.‎ ‎ We have some advice for the two parties: publish the report, and let the country be the judge. Even if it contains evidence that wind farms are harmful, it will hardly be a pleasant surprise to people who do not like them. Equally, supporters must argue their case by acknowledging the concerns and explaining why they are either misplaced or worthy of much attention.‎ ‎ The suggestion that further negotiations are to take place to produce an "acceptable" report suggests that the politics of coalition government are doing the country harm in a certain way. Given the sensitivities involved, all the information should be available so that people can reach their own conclusions, rather than being left with the suspicion（猜疑）that facts are being replaced by political beliefs.‎ ‎72. We can learn from the first paragraph that__________.‎ ‎ A. energy policy catches much attention of the public ‎ B. the residents are in favor of the expansion of wind farms ‎ C. many village communities are satisfied with the subsidies ‎ D. the planning laws offer great benefits to the residents ‎73. Supporters think that the expansion of wind power____.‎ ‎ A. is more rapid than that of carbon-based power ‎ B. guarantees an increase in energy output ‎ C. is expected to be much better than that of nuclear power ‎ D. agrees with EU targets for non-carbon energy generation ‎74. It can be inferred from the passage that____.‎ ‎ A. an official report will settle the energy problem ‎ B. the two parties are divided over the issue of wind farms ‎ C. the two parties have agreed on a further negotiation ‎ D. political beliefs concerning energy issue go against facts ‎75. Which of the following reflects the author's opinion?‎ ‎ A. Increase political impact on energy policy.‎ ‎ B. Release a statement of supporters on wind farms.‎ ‎ C. Let the nation judge the facts about wind power.‎ ‎ D. Leave the two parties to reach their own conclusions.‎ ‎134‎ ‎(2019年湖北卷) ‎ Before I had my son, I spent two years working with children with disabilities. I learned that shouting and threats of punishment would result in a disaster. Coming up against their behaviour could only make the job harder and their behaviour more extreme. I found something that worked, though.‎ There was a very naughty boy in the nursery and a teacher who was generally very confident with the children was asked to take charge of him. One day the boy joined a session in the room next to mine. His appearance created an atmosphere of tension. He spent the entire session running around, hitting and kicking, and destroying property.‎ I was in the craft room working with some other children when my co-worker told me that this boy’s teacher was in tears, and could not get control of the situation. As we were talking, the boy ran in. I told my co-worker that I would take care of him.‎ I closed the door. He was full of energy, throwing things around and making a huge mess. But I could see that he was doing all these to annoy me. He needed connection, and this was the only way he knew how to ask for it. So I sat back down and kept quiet. Then he slowed down and began making a rocket. I talked to him about it. We continued like this for a few minutes before I slipped into the conversation:‎ ‎“So what happened today?”‎ It was purely a question, no blame or anger in my tone. I believe that if I had criticized him, the gate that was slowly opening would have shut firmly closed. He told me that the teacher didn’t let him do what he knew well due to safety but asked him to do what he disliked. He also admitted that he had enjoyed making her run around and saw it as a game. I explained that his teacher had not seen it as a game and was very upset. This again was stated simply as a fact. I suggested that next time he had a session, he talk about what he hoped to do at the start, which might be easier for everyone. He agreed and was quiet for a moment. Then he looked at me with tears in his eyes before quietly asking if he could go to find his teacher to apologize. ‎ ‎51. The boy made trouble for his teacher because he ______.‎ A. was accused of destroying property B. was told not to yell at other children C. was made to do things against his will D. was blamed for creating an air of tension ‎52. Why didn’t the author do anything about the boy’s bad behavior at first?‎ A. She didn’t want to make it worse.‎ B. She didn’t mind the huge mess at all.‎ C. She was tired of shouting and threats.‎ D. She hadn’t thought of a coping strategy.‎ ‎53. The author managed to get the boy to talk to her by ______.‎ A. playing games with him ‎ B. giving him a good suggestion ‎ C. describing his teacher’s feelings ‎ D. avoiding making critical remarks ‎ ‎54. Why did the boy have tears in his eyes in the end? ‎ A. He was sorry about his reputation.‎ B. He was regretful about his behavior.‎ C. He was fearful of the author’s warning.‎ D. He was sad for the author’s misunderstanding.‎ ‎135‎ ‎(2019年湖北卷) ‎ London’s newest skyscraper (摩天大楼) is called the Shard and it cost about 430 million pounds to build. At a height of almost 310 metres, it is the tallest building in Europe. The Shard has completely changed the appearance of London. However, not everyone thinks that it is a change for the better.‎ The Shard was designed by the famous Italian architect Renzo Piano. When he began designing the Shard for London, Piano wanted a very tall building that looked like a spire (尖顶). He wanted the glass surfaces to reflect the sky and the city. The sides of the building aren’t regular. So the building has an unusual shape. It looks like a very thin, sharp piece of broken glass. And that is how the building got the name: the Shard. Piano says that the spire shape of the Shard is part of a great London tradition. The shape reminds him of the spires of the churches of London or the tall masts (桅杆) of the ships that were once on the river Thames.‎ The Shard has 87 floors. At the top, there is an observatory. At the moment the building is empty, but eventually there will be a five-star hotel. There will also be top quality restaurants, apartments and offices.‎ Before building work began, a lot of people didn’t want the Shard though the plans were approved. Now they are still unhappy about the Shard. Some critics say that such a tall skyscraper might be good in a city like New York, but not in London. They say that the best thing about the Shard is its spire shape. But that is the only thing. There is no decoration, only flat surfaces. The Egyptians did that 4,500 years ago. They also think the Shard is too big for London. It destroys the beauty of the city.‎ Other critics don’t like what the Shard seems to represent. They say that the Shard shows how London is becoming more unequal. Only very rich people can afford to buy the expensive private apartments and stay in the hotel. But the people who live near the Shard are among the poorest in London. So the Shard seems a symbol of the division in society between the very rich and the poor.‎ The Shard now dominates the London skyline. It is not certain, however, that ordinary London citizens will ever accept it as a valuable addition to the city. ‎ ‎55. London’s newest skyscraper is called the Shard because of ______.‎ A. its cost ‎ B. its size ‎ C. its shape ‎ D. its height ‎ ‎56. When he designed the Shard, Piano wanted it to ______.‎ A. change London’s skyline ‎ B. inherit London’s tradition ‎ C. imitate the Egyptian style D. attract potential visitors ‎57. The critics who refer to social division think the Shard ______.‎ A. is only preferred by the rich ‎ B. is intended for wealthy people C. is far away from the poor area D. is popular only with Londoners ‎58. Which would be the best title for the passage?‎ A. The Shard: Cheers and Claps B. The Shard: Work of a Great Architect C. The Shard: New Symbol of London?‎ D. The Shard: A Change for the Better?‎ ‎136‎ ‎(2019年湖北卷) ‎ Working with a group of baboons (狒狒) in the Namibian desert, Dr. Alecia Carter of the Department of Zoology, Cambridge University set baboons learning tasks involving a novel food and a familiar food hidden in a box. Some baboons were given the chance to watch another baboon who already knew how to solve the task, while others had to learn for themselves. To work out how brave or anxious the baboons were, Dr. Carter presented them either with a novel food or a threat in the form of a model of a poisonous snake.‎ She found that personality had a major impact on learning. The braver baboons learnt, but the shy ones did not learn the task although they watched the baboon perform the task of finding the novel food just as long as the brave ones did. In effect, despite being made aware of what to do, they were still too shy to do what the experienced baboon did.‎ The same held true for anxious baboons compared with calm ones. The anxious individuals learnt the task by observing others while those who were relaxed did not, even though they spent more time watching.‎ This mismatch between collecting social information and using it shows that personality plays a key role in social learning in animals, something that has previously been ignored in studies on how animals learn to do things. The findings are significant because they suggest that animals may perform poorly in cognitive (认知的) tasks not because they aren’t clever enough to solve them, but because they are too shy or nervous to use the social information. ‎ The findings may impact how we understand the formation of culture in societies through social learning. If some individuals are unable to get information from others because they don’t associate with the knowledgeable individuals, or they are too shy to use the information once they have it, information may not travel between all group members, preventing the formation of a culture based on social learning. ‎ ‎59. What is the first paragraph mainly about? ‎ A. The design of Dr. Carter’s research.‎ B. The results of Dr. Carter’s research.‎ C. The purpose of Dr. Carter’s research.‎ D. The significance of Dr. Carter’s research.‎ ‎60. According to the research, which baboons are more likely to complete a new learning task?‎ A. Those that have more experience.‎ B. Those that can avoid potential risks.‎ C. Those that like to work independently.‎ D. Those that feel anxious about learning.‎ ‎61. Which best illustrates the “mismatch” mentioned in Paragraph 4?‎ A. Some baboons are intelligent but slow in learning.‎ B. Some baboons are shy but active in social activities.‎ C. Some baboons observe others but don’t follow them.‎ D. Some baboons perform new tasks but don’t concentrate.‎ ‎62. Dr. Carter’s findings indicate that our culture might be formed through ______.‎ A. storing information ‎ B. learning from each other ‎ C. understanding different people ‎ D. travelling between social groups ‎ ‎137‎ ‎(2019年湖北卷) ‎ You’ve flown halfway around the world; you’ve sniffed out this place that nobody in Falongland or Thailand seems to have ever heard of; so what on earth is there to do here? You consider this question as you sink into an old wooden beach chair that holds you above the sand.‎ It was a long journey from Bangkok to Huaplee. By the time you found the bus station and got yourself sorted out, it took almost as long as the flight from Falongland.‎ Huaplee is located just south of Hua Hin, about two hundred kilometres from Bangkok, down the west side of the Gulf of Thailand. Not many tourists find this place, and the ones that do wonder if finding it has been their purpose all along.‎ There’s an apparent laziness that surrounds you here. It’s what this place offers, and it’s free of charge. The small waves that tap the shoreline seem to slow everything down. You settle into your beach chair in ‎ preparation for a long rest. You sit there and watch the sea.‎ It’s early afternoon, so the cook comes out and asks what you’d like to eat this evening. Before long he’s rushed off to the market to buy the ingredients for whatever it was that you ordered—every meal fresh and to order. No menu here.‎ There is no poolside noise here but just that wonderfully warm, clear blue sea. There’s no street noise. The only sounds are the murmurs of nature.‎ For now you just count your blessings (福祉), listing them in the sand with your toe (脚趾). You don’t have to worry about being late for work. You don’t have to do anything.‎ The beach to your right stretches off to the horizon (地平线), slowly narrowing to nothingness only to re-emerge again on your left, now steadily widening until it covers the chair beneath you. Sand to your left and sand to your right; it’s unbroken, endless. No start, no end, just sand, sun, and peace. Step off it, and you re-enter the world of traffic, stress, work, and hurry.‎ Normally you’re the type who can’t sit still for more than ten minutes, but you’re on Huaplee Lazy Beach now and, in the right frame of mind, it stretches all the way around the world.‎ ‎“How could it take me so long to find it?” you wonder. ‎ ‎63. When the author first went to Huaplee Beach, ______.‎ A. he found it unworthwhile B. he failed to sort himself out C. he became sensitive to smell D. he had difficulty in finding it ‎64. What is special about the food service at Huaplee Beach?‎ ‎ A. No menu.‎ ‎ B. Free food.‎ ‎ C. Self service.‎ ‎ D. Quick delivery.‎ ‎65. In the author’s opinion, a tourist can enjoy Huaplee Beach most when he ______.‎ A. sits in a beach chair B. forgets his daily routine C. plans a detailed schedule D. draws pictures in the sand ‎66. What does the author imply by his question at the end of the passage?‎ A. He shouldn’t have counted his blessings.‎ B. He should have understood the wonder of nature.‎ C. He shouldn’t have spent so much time on the trip.‎ D. He should have come to the place earlier.‎ ‎138‎ ‎(2019年湖北卷) ‎ For most city people, the elevator is an unremarkable machine that inspires none of the enthusiasm or interest that Americans afford trains, jets, and even bicycles. Dr. Christopher Wilk is a member of a small group of elevator experts who consider this a misunderstanding. Without the elevator, they point out, there could be no downtown skyscrapers or tall buildings, and city life as we know it would be impossible. In that sense, they argue, the elevator’s role in American history has been no less significant than that of cars. In fact, according to Wilk, the car and the elevator have been locked in a “secret war” for over a century, with cars making it possible for people to spread horizontally (水平地), and elevators pushing them toward life in close groups of towering vertical (垂直的) columns.‎ If we tend to ignore the significance of elevators, it might be because riding in them tends to be such a brief, boring, and even awkward experience—one that can involve unexpectedly meeting people with whom we have nothing in common, and an unpleasant awareness of the fact that we’re hanging from a cable in a long passage.‎ In a new book, Lifted, German journalist and cultural studies professor Andreas Bernard directed all his attention to this experience, studying the origins of elevator and its relationship to humankind and finding that riding in an elevator has never been a totally comfortable experience. “After 150 years, we are still not used to it,” Bernard said. “We still have not exactly learned to cope with the mixture of closeness and displeasure.” That mixture, according to Bernard, sets the elevator ride apart from just about every other situation we find ourselves in as we go about our lives.‎ ‎ Today, as the world’s urban population explodes, and cities become more crowded, taller, and more crowded, America’s total number of elevators—900,000 at last count, according to Elevator World magazine’s “2019 Vertical Transportation Industry”—are a force that’s becoming more important than ever. And for the people who really, really love them, it seems like high time that we looked seriously at just what kind of force they are. ‎ ‎67. What does the underlined word “this” in Paragraph 1 refer to?‎ A. The general view of elevators.‎ B. The particular interests of experts.‎ C. The desire for a remarkable machine.‎ D. The enthusiasm for transport vehicles.‎ ‎68. The author’s purpose in mentioning cars is ______.‎ ‎ A. to contrast their functions with elevators’‎ ‎ B. to emphasize the importance of elevators ‎ C. to reveal their secret war against elevators ‎ D. to explain people’s preference for elevators ‎69. According to Prof. Bernard, what has made the elevator ride different from other life experiences?‎ A. Vertical direction.‎ B. Lack of excitement.‎ C. Little physical space.‎ D. Uncomfortable conditions.‎ ‎70. The author urges readers to consider ______.‎ A. the exact number of elevator lovers ‎ B. the serious future situation of elevators ‎ C. the role of elevators in city development ‎ D. the relationship between cars and elevators ‎139‎ ‎(2019年湖南卷) ‎ Want to improve your writing skills? New Writing South is directing the way!‎ ‎·Towner Writer Squad (班组）for kids aged 13-17‎ Led by comedy and TV writer, Marian Kilpatrick, Towner Writer Squad will meet once a month at the contemporary art museum for 11 months, starting 12 October, 2019.‎ The FREE squad sessions will include introductions to a wide range of writing styles, from poetry to play writing and lyrics (抒情诗）to flash fiction, to support the development of young writers.‎ Application & Selection If you would like to apply to be part of the Towner Writer Squad, please send a sample piece of your writing (about 500 words), responding to the title‘LUNCH,’with your name, age, address and e-mail address to: debo@newwritingsouth.com.‎ Once all applications are in, com you will be invited to an open selection event on 17 September，4-5pm, at the gallery of Towner. This will be an informal opportunity to meet the Squad Leader, Squad Associate and other young people.‎ You will also have a chance to get to know the fantastic gallery space and get a taste of what’s to come.‎ Deadline for applications: 8 September, 2019‎ For further information go to: facebook/towner or towner.org.uk or newwritingsouth Any questions 一 feel free to send your e-mail to Towner Writer Squad Associate: whame@towner.gov.uk ‎·Beginner Writing Project for kids aged 10-13‎ Due to popular demand, a writing project will be started for eager beginners.‎ Start time: 6 September, 2019‎ Meet every other Saturday，2-4pm, at the Towner Study Centre.‎ Study and write at your own pace 一 you do not have to rush 一 as you have a year to go through the project.‎ ‎ Practise under the guidance of some experienced writers and teachers who can help you with basic writing skills. Most importantly, build confidence and have fun while writing! ‎ No previous experience or special background is required. Many others have been successful this way. If they can do it, why can’t you?‎ Fee: £179‎ For more information go to: newtowner.org.uk or generate.org.uk ‎56. Towner Writer Squad will be started _______.‎ A. to train comedy and TV writers B. to explore the fantastic gallery space C. to introduce a contemporary art museum D. to promote the development of young writers ‎57. To join the Writer Squad，each applicant should first _______.‎ A. provide a piece of their writing B. meet the Writer Squad Leader C. offer their family information D. complete an application form ‎58. Applications for the Writer Squad should be e-mailed no later than _______.‎ A. 6 September, 2019‎ B. 8 September, 2019‎ C. 17 September, 2019‎ D. 12 October, 2019‎ ‎59. What is most important for the beginners?‎ A. Practising as much as possible.‎ B. Gaining confidence and having fun.‎ C. Studying and writing at their own pace.‎ D. Learning skills from writers and teachers.‎ ‎60. More information about Beginner Writing Project can be found at _______.‎ A. facebook/towner B. newwritingsouth C. newtowner.org.uk D. towner.org.uk ‎140‎ ‎(2019年湖南卷) ‎ In the mid-1950s, I was a somewhat bored early-adolescent male student who believed that doing any more than necessary was wasted effort. One day, this approach threw me into embarrassment In Mrs. Totten’s eighth-grade math class at Central Avenue School in Anderson, Indiana, we were learning to add and subtract decimals (小数).‎ Our teacher typically assigned daily homework, which would be recited in class the following day. On most days, our grades were based on our oral answer to homework questions.‎ Mrs. Totten usually walked up and down the rows of desks requesting answers from student after student in the order the questions had apeared on our homework sheets. She would start either at the front or the back of the classroom and work toward the other end.‎ Since I was seated near the middle of about 35 students, it was easy to figure out which questions I might have to answer. This particular time, I had completed my usual two or three problems according to my calculations.‎ What I failed to expect was that several students were absent, which threw off my estimate. As Mrs. Totten made her way from the beginning of the class，I desperately tried to determine which math problem I would get. I tried to work it out before she got to me, but I had brain freeze and couldn’t function.‎ When Mrs. Totten reached my desk，she asked what answer I’d got for problem No. 14. “I…I didn’t get ‎ anything,” I answered，and my face felt warm. ‎ ‎“Correct,” she said.‎ It turned out that the correct answer was zero.‎ What did I learn that day? First, always do all your homework. Second, in real life it isn’t always what you say but how you say it that matters. Third，I would never make it as a mathematician.‎ If I could choose one school day that taught me the most, it would be that one.‎ ‎61. What does the underlined part in Paragraph 1 indicate?‎ A. It is wise to value one’s time.‎ B. It is important to make an effort C. It is right to stick to one’s belief.‎ D. It is enough to do the necessary.‎ ‎62. Usually, Mrs. Totten asked her students to _______.‎ A. recite their homework together B. grade their homework themselves C. answer their homework questions orally D. check the answers to their homework questions ‎63. The author could work out which questions to answer since the teacher always _______.‎ A. asked questions in a regular way B. walked up and down when asking questions C. chose two or three questions for the students D. requested her students to finish their usual questions ‎64. The author failed to get the questions he had expected because _______.‎ A. the class didn’t begin as usual B. several students didn’t come to school C. he didn’t try hard to make his estimate D. Mrs. Totten didn’t start from the back of the class ‎65，Which of the following can be the best title for the passage?‎ A. An Unforgettable Teacher B. A Future Mathematician C. An Effective Approach D. A Valuable Lesson ‎141‎ ‎(2019年湖南卷) ‎ The behaviour of a building’s users may be at least as important as its design when it comes to energy use, according to new research from the UK Energy Research Centre (UKERC). The UK promises to reduce its carbon emissions (排放）by 80 percent by 2050, part of which will be achieved by all new homes being zero-carbon by 2019. But this report shows that sustainable building design on its own — though extremely important- is not enough to achieve such reductions: the behaviour of the people using the building has to change too.‎ ‎ The study suggests that the ways that people use and live in their homes have been largely ignored by existing efforts to improve energy efficiency (效率)，which instead focus on architectural and technological developments.‎ ‎‘Technology is going to assist but it is not going to do everything,’explains Katy Janda, a UKERC senior researcher，‘consumption patterns of building users can defeat the most careful design. ’In other words，old habits die hard, even in the best-designed eco-home.‎ Another part of the problem is information. Households and bill-payers don’t have the knowledge they need to change their energy-use habits. Without specific information，it’s hard to estimate the costs and benefits of making different choices. Feedback (反馈） facilities, like smart meters and energy monitors，could help bridge this information gap by helping people see how changing their behaviour directly affects their energy ‎ use; some studies have shown that households can achieve up to 15 percent energy savings using smart meters.‎ Social science research has added a further dimension (方面），suggesting that individuals’ behaviour in the home can be personal and cannot be predicted——whether people throw open their windows rather than turn down the thermostat (恒温器) , for example.‎ Janda argues that education is the key. She calls for a focused programme to teach people about buildings and their own behaviour in them.‎ ‎66. As to energy use, the new research from UKERC stresses the importance of________.‎ A. zero-carbon homes B. the behaviour of building users C. sustainable building design D. the reduction of carbon emissions ‎67. The underlined word “which” in Paragraph 2 refers to”________.”‎ ‎ A. the ways B. their homes ‎ C. developments D. existing efforts ‎68. What are Katy Janda’s words mainly about?‎ A. The importance of changing building users, habits.‎ B. The necessity of making a careful building design.‎ C. The variety of consumption patterns of building users.‎ D. The role of technology in improving energy efficiency. ‎ ‎69. The information gap in energy use _______. ‎ A. can be bridged by feedback facilities B. affects the study on energy monitors C. brings about problems for smart meters D. will be caused by building users’ old habits ‎70. What does the dimension added by social science research suggest?‎ A. The social science research is to be furthered.‎ B. The education programme is under discussion.‎ C. The behaviour of building users is unpredictable.‎ D. The behaviour preference of building users is similar.‎ ‎142‎ ‎(2019年江苏卷) ‎ ‎56. Why did the BeauxArts style attract American entrepreneurs?‎ A. It helped display their money status. B. It was created by famous architects.‎ C. It was named after a famous institute. D. It represented the 19th century urban culture.‎ ‎57. What is unique of SieMatic BeauxArts?‎ A. Its designs are anti-conventional.‎ B. Its designs come from famous structures.‎ C. Its customers can enjoy their own composition.‎ D. Its customers can choose from various new styles.‎ ‎143‎ ‎(2019年江苏卷) ‎ However wealthy we may be, we can never find enough hours in the day to do everything we want. Economics deals with this problem through the concept of opportunity cost, which simply refers to whether someone’s time or money could be better spent on something else.‎ Every hour of our time has a value. For every hour we work at one job we could quite easily be doing another, or be sleeping or watching a film. Each of these options has a different opportunity cost—namely, what they cost us in missed opportunities.‎ Say you intend to watch a football match but the tickets are expensive and it will take you a couple of ‎ hours to get to and from the stadium. Why not, you might reason, watch the game from home and use the leftover money and time to have dinner with friends? This—the alternative use of your cash and time—is the opportunity cost.‎ For economists, every decision is made by knowledge of what one must forgo—in terms of money and enjoyment—in order to take it up. By knowing precisely what you are receiving and what you are missing out on, you ought to be able to make better-informed, more reasonable decisions. Consider that most famous economic rule of all: there’s no such thing as a free lunch. Even if someone offers to take you out to lunch for free, the time you will spend in the restaurant still costs you something in terms of forgone opportunities.‎ Some people find the idea of opportunity cost extremely discouraging: imagine spending your entire life calculating whether your time would be better spent elsewhere doing something more profitable or enjoyable. Yet, in a sense it’s human nature to do precisely that—we assess the advantages and disadvantages of decisions all the time.‎ In the business world, a popular phrase is “value for money.” People want their cash to go as far as possible. However, another is fast obtaining an advantage: “value for time.” The biggest restriction on our resources is the number of hours we can devote to something, so we look to maximize the return we get on our investment of time. By reading this passage you are giving over a bit of your time which could be spent doing other activities, such as sleeping and eating. In return, however, this passage will help you to think like an economist, closely considering the opportunity cost of each of your decisions.‎ ‎58. According to the passage, the concept of “opportunity cost” is applied to ________.‎ A. making more money B. taking more opportunities C. reducing missed opportunities D. weighing the choice of opportunities ‎59. The “leftover ... time” in Paragraph 3 probably refers to the time ________.‎ A. spared for watching the match at home B. taken to have dinner with friends C. spent on the way to and from the match D. saved from not going to watch the match ‎60. What are forgone opportunities?‎ A. Opportunities you forget in decision-making. B. Opportunities you give up for better ones.‎ C. Opportunities you miss accidentally. D. Opportunities you make up for.‎ ‎144‎ ‎(2019年江苏卷) ‎ Most damagingly, anger weakens a person’s ability to think clearly and keep control over his behaviour. The angry person loses objectivity in evaluating the emotional significance of the person or situation that arouses his anger.‎ Not everyone experiences anger in the same way; what angers one person may amuse another. The specific expression of anger also differs from person to person based on biological and cultural forces. In contemporary culture, physical expressions of anger are generally considered too socially harmful to be tolerated. We no longer regard duels (决斗) as an appropriate expression of anger resulting from one person’s awareness of insulting behaviour on the part of another. ‎ Anger can be identified in the brain, where the electrical activity changes. Under most conditions EEG (脑电图) measures of electrical activity show balanced activity between the right and left prefrontal (额叶前部) areas. Behaviourally this corresponds to the general even-handed disposition (意向) that most of us possess most of the time. But when we are angry the EEG of the right and left prefrontal areas aren’t balanced and, as a result of this, we’re likely to react. And our behavioural response to anger is different from our response to other emotions, whether positive or negative.‎ Most positive emotions are associated with approach behaviour: we move closer to people we like. Most negative emotions, in contrast, are associated with avoidance behaviour: we move away from people and things that we dislike or that make us anxious. But anger is an exception to this pattern. The angrier we are, the more likely we are to move towards the object of our anger. This corresponds to what psychologists refer to as of ensive anger: the angry person moves closer in order to influence and control the person or situation causing his anger. This approach-and-confront behaviour is accompanied by a leftward prefrontal asymmetry (不对称) of EEG activity. Interestingly, this asymmetry lessens if the angry person can experience empathy (同感) towards the individual who is bringing forth the angry response. In defensive anger, in contrast, the EEG asymmetry is directed to the right and the angry person feels helpless in the face of the anger-inspiring situation.‎ ‎61. The “duels” example in Paragraph 2 proves that the expression of anger ________.‎ A. usually has a biological basis B. varies among people C. is socially and culturally shaped D. influences one’s thinking and evaluation ‎62. What changes can be found in an angry brain? ZXXK A. Balanced electrical activity can be spotted.‎ B. Unbalanced patterns are found in prefrontal areas.‎ C. Electrical activity corresponds to one’s behaviour.‎ D. Electrical activity agrees with one’s disposition.‎ ‎63. Which of the following is typical of offensive anger?‎ A. Approaching the source of anger. B. Trying to control what is disliked.‎ C. Moving away from what is disliked. D. Feeling helpless in the face of anger.‎ ‎64. What is the key message of the last paragraph?‎ A. How anger differs from other emotions. B. How anger relates to other emotions.‎ C. Behavioural responses to anger. D. Behavioural patterns of anger.‎ ‎145‎ ‎(2019年江苏卷) ‎ ‎65. Why is June 6, 1990 a special day for Mommy?‎ A. Her dream of being a mother came true.‎ B. She found her origin from her Chinese mother.‎ C. She wrote the letter to her daughter.‎ D. Her female line was well linked.‎ ‎66. How does Mommy feel about her being given away?‎ A. It is bitter and disappointing.‎ B. It is painful but understandable.‎ C. She feels sorry but sympathetic.‎ D. She feels hurt and angry.‎ ‎67. What does “I stood out like a sore thumb” in Paragraph 5 mean?‎ A. I walked clumsily out of pains.‎ B. I was not easy to love due to jealousy.‎ C. I was impatient out of fear.‎ D. I looked different from others.‎ ‎68. What can be inferred from Mommy’s Anglo family life?‎ A. She used to experience an identity crisis.‎ B. She fought against her American identity.‎ C. She forgot the pains of her early years.‎ D. She kept her love for Asia from childhood.‎ ‎69. Why did Mommy name her daughter “Shao-ming?”‎ A. To match her own birth-name.‎ B. To brighten the lives of the family.‎ C. To identify her with Chinese origin.‎ D. To justify her pride in Chinese culture.‎ ‎70. By “Your past is more complete than mine,” Mommy means ________.‎ A. her past was completed earlier than Shao-ming’s B. Shao-ming has got motherly care and a sense of roots C. her mother didn’t comfort her the way she did Shao-ming D. her past was spent brokenly, first in Asia, then in the US ‎146‎ ‎(2019年江西卷) ‎ Larry was on another of his underwater expeditions(探险)but this time, it was different. He decided to take his daughter along with him. She was only ten years old. This would be her first trip with her father on what he had always been famous for.‎ ‎ Larry first began diving when he was his daughter’s age. Similarly, his father had taken him along on one of his expeditions. Since then, he had never looked back. Larry started out by renting diving suits from the small diving shop just along the shore. He had hated them. They were either too big or too small. Then, there was the instructor. He gave him a short lesson before allowing him into the water with his father. He had made an exception. Larry would never have been able to go down without at least five hours of theory and another similar number of hours on practical lessons with a guide. Children his age were not even allowed to dive.‎ After the first expedition, Larry’s later diving adventures only got better and better. There was never a dull moment. In his black and blue suit and with an oxygen tank fastened on his back, Larry dived from boats into the middle of the ocean. Dangerous areas did not prevent him from continuing his search. Sometimes, his was limited zxxk to a cage underwater but that did not bother him. At least, he was still able to take photographs of the underwater creatures.‎ ‎ Larry’s first expedition without his father was in the Cayman Islands.There were numerous diving spots in the area and Larry was determined to visit all of them .Fortunaly for him,a man offered to take him around the different spots for free. Larry did not even know what the time was, how many spots he dived into or how many photographs he had taken.The diving spots afforded such a wide array of fish and sea creatures that Larry saw more than thirty varieties of creatures.‎ Larry looked at his daughter.She looked as excited as he had been when he was her age.He hoped she would be able to continue the family tradition.Already,she looked like she was much braver than had been then.This was the key to a successful underwater expedition.‎ ‎56.In what way was this expedition different for Larry?‎ A.His daughter had grown up.‎ B.He had become a famous diver.‎ C.His father would dive with him.‎ D.His daughter would dive with him.‎ ‎57.What can be inferred from Paragraph2?‎ A.Larry had some privileges.‎ B. Larry liked the rented diving suits.‎ C.Divers had to buy diving equipment.‎ D.Ten-year-old children were permitted to dive.‎ ‎58.Why did Larry have to stay in a cage underwater sometimes?‎ A.To protect himself from danger.‎ B.To dive into the deep water.‎ C.To admire the underwater view.‎ D.To take photo more conveniently.‎ ‎59.What can be learned from the underlined sentence?‎ A.Larry didn’t wear a watch.‎ B. Larry was not good at math.‎ C. Larry had a poor memory.‎ D. Larry enjoyed the adventure.‎ ‎60.What did Larry expect his daughter to do?‎ A.Become a successful diver.‎ B. Make a good diving guide.‎ C. Take a lot of photo underwater.‎ D. Have longer hours of training.‎ ‎147‎ ‎(2019年江西卷) ‎ HOLIDAY FUN AT THE POWERHOUSE ‎500 HARRIS STREET ULTIMO ·TELEPHONE (02) 9270111‎ ‎ Join in the holiday fun at the powerhouse this month linked to our new exhibition, Evolution & Revolution: Chinese dress 1700s to now. DON’T FORGET our other special event, the Club Med Circus School which is part of the Circus（马戏团）！150 years of circus in Australia exhibition experience!‎ ‎◆Chinese Folk Dancing: Colorful Chinese dance and musical performances by The Chinese Folk Dancing School of Sydney. Dances include: the Golden and the Chinese drum dance. A feature will be the Qin dynasty Emperor’s count dance. Also included is a show of face painting for Beijing opera performances.‎ Sunday 29 June and Wednesday 2 July in the Turbine Hall, at 11.30 am & 1.30 pm.‎ ‎◆Australian Chinese Children’s Arts Theatre: Well-known children’s play experts from Shanghai leas this dynamic youth group. Performance include Chinese fairy tales and plays.‎ Thursday 3 to Sunday 6 July in the Turbine Hall, at 11.30 am & 1.30 pm.‎ ‎◆Chinese Youth League: A traditional performing arts group featuring performance highlights such as Red scarf and Spring flower dances, and a musician playing Er Hu.‎ ‎ Sunday 6 to Tuesday 8 July in the Turbine Hall, 11.30 am to 1.30 pm.‎ ‎◆Kids Activity : Make a Paper Horse: Young children make a paper horse cut-out. (The horse is a frequent theme in Chinese painting, including a kind of advancement.) Suitable for ages 8-12 years.‎ Saturday 28 June to Tuesday 8 July in the Turbine Hall, 12.30 pm to 1.00 pm.‎ ‎◆Club Med Circus School: Learn circus skills, including the trapeze, trampolining and magic. Note only for children over 5. There are 40 places available in each 1 hour session and these must be booked at the front desk, level 4, on the day.‎ Tuesday 1 to Saturday 5 July at 11.30 am & 1.00 pm.‎ Enjoy unlimited free visits and many other benefits by becoming a Family member of the Powerhouse. Our family memberships cover two adults and all children under the age of 16years at the one address.‎ Members receive Powerline, our monthly magazine, discounts in the shops and restaurants, as well as free admission to the Museum. All this for as little as $50,00 a year! Call (02)9217 0600 for more details.‎ 61. When can you watch the Chinese drum dance?‎ A.On July 2. B. On July 3.‎ C. On July 6. D. On July 8.‎ 62. To learn the magic tricks, you can go to .‎ A. Kids Activity. B. Chinese Youth League.‎ C. Club Med Circus School. D. Children’s Arts Theatre.‎ 63. what is required if you want to enjoy free visits to the Museum?‎ A.Calling (02)92170600. B. Gaining family membership.‎ C. Coming for the holiday fun. D. Paying powerline $50.00 a year.‎ 64. What is the main purpose of the text?‎ A. To attract visitors. B. To present schedules.‎ C. To report the performances. D. To teach kids Chinese arts.‎ ‎148‎ ‎(2019年江西卷) ‎ Close your eyes foe a minutes and imagine what life would be like of you had a hundred dollars less. Also imagine what it would be like spending the rest of your life with you eyes closed. Imagine having to read this page, not with your eyes but with your finger-tips.‎ With existing medical knowledge and skills, two-thirds of the world’s 42 million blind should not have to suffer. Unfortunately, rich countries posses most of this knowledge, while developing countries do not. ‎ ORBIS is an international non-profit organization which operates the world’s only flying teaching eye ‎ hospital. ORBIS intends to help fight blindness worldwide. Inside a DC-8 aircraft, there is a fully-equipped teaching hospital with television studio and classroom. Doctors are taught the latest techniques of bringing sight back to people there. Project ORBIS also aims at promoting peaceful cooperation(合作) among countries. ‎ ‎ ORBIS tries to help developing countries by providing training during three-week medical programs. ORBIS has taught sight-saving techniques to over 35,000 doctors and nurses, who continue to cure tens of thousands of blind people every year. ORBIS has conducted 17 plane programs is China so far. For the seven to ten million blind in China ORBIS is planning to do more for them. At the moment an ORBIS is working on a long-term plan to develop a training center and to provide eye care service to Shanxi Province.ORBIS needs your help to continue their work and free people from blindness. For just US$38,you can help one person see; for $380 you can bring sight to 10 people; $1,300 helps teach a doctor new skills; and for $13,000 you can provide a training programme for a group of doctors who can make thousands of blind people see again.Your money can open their eyes to the world.Please help ORBIS improve the quality of life for so many people less fortunate than ourselves.‎ 65. The first paragraph is intended to ______.‎ A.introduce a new way of reading B.advise the public to lead a simple life C.direct the public’s attention to the blind D.Encourage the public to use imagination 66. What do we learn about existing medical knowledge and skills in the world?‎ A.They are adequate B.They have not been updated.‎ C.They are not equally distributed D.They have benefited most of the blind 67. ORRIS aims to help the blind by ______.‎ A.teaching medical students B.training doctors and nurses C.running flying hospitals globally D. setting up non-profit organization 68. What does the authour try to do in the last paragragh?‎ A.Appeal for donations B.Make an advertisement C. Promote training programs D.Show sympathy for the blind 69. What can be the best title for the passage?‎ A.ORRIS in China B.Fighting Blindness C.ORRIS Flying Hospital D.Sight-seeing Techniques ‎149‎ ‎(2019年江西卷) ‎ Everyone looks forward to progress, whether in one’s personal life or in the general society. Progress indicates a person’s ability to change the way he is living at the moment. Progress must lead a better way of doing things.All these, however, remains true only in so far as people want to accept technology and move forward by finding new and more efficient ways of doing things.‎ However,at the back of the minds of many people,especially those who the “good old days”, efficiency comes with a price. When communication becomes efficient,people are able to conduct one another no matter where they are and at whatever time they wish to.The click of a button allows people miles apart to talk or to see each other without even leaving their homes. With the communication gadets, such as mobile phones and ipads, people often do not take the effect to visit one another personally.A personal visit carries with the additional feature of having to be in the person’s presence for as long as the visit lasts. We cannot unnecessarily excuse our selves or turn the other person off.‎ With efficiency also comes mass production.Such is the nature of factories and the success of industrialization today.Factories have improved efficiency. Unskillful tasks are left to machines and products are better made and and produced with greater accuracy than any human hand could ever have done. However, with the improvements in efficiency also comes the loss of the personal ‎ Touch when making these products. For example, many handcrafts(手工艺品) are now produced in a factory.‎ Although this means that supply is better able to increase demand, now that the supply is quick and efficient, the demand might fall because mass production lowers the quality of the handicraft and it is difficult to find unique designs on each item.‎ Nevertheless, we must not commit the mistake of analyzing progress only from one point of view. In ‎ fact, progress has allowed tradition to keep up. It is only with progress and the invention of new technology that many old products can be brought back to their old state. New technology is required for old products to stay old.‎ It is people’s attitude towards progress that causes the type of influence that technology has on society. Technology is flexible. There is no fixed way of making use of it. Everything depends on people’s attitude. The worst effects of progress will fall on those who are unable to rethink their attitudes and views of society. When we accept progress and adapt it to suit our needs, a new “past” is created.‎ ‎70. According to Paragraph 1, progress can benefit people when they are willing to _______.‎ ‎ A. live a better life B. look for better methods ‎ C. change ways of living D. accept technology and advance steadily ‎71. The underlined word “gadgets” is closest in meaning to _______.‎ ‎ A. tools B. messages C. barriers D. skills ‎72. The author explains “efficiency comes with a price” by _______.‎ ‎ A. describing a process B. using examples ‎ C. following time order D. making classification ‎73. Compared with home-made handicrafts, machine made products _______.‎ ‎ A. lack great accuracy B. lack the personal touch ‎ C. are of high value D. are quite welcome ‎74. What can be learned about technology from Paragraph 4?‎ ‎ A. It can destroy old traditions. B. It can lead to social progress.‎ ‎ C. It can be used to correct mistakes. D. It can be used to preserve old products.‎ ‎75. What can be concluded from the last paragraph?‎ ‎ A. Progress can suit the needs of daily life.‎ ‎ B. People review the past with great regret.‎ ‎ C. Technology should be introduced in a fixed way.‎ ‎ D. People’s attitude decides the use of technology.‎ ‎150‎ ‎(2019年山东卷) ‎ One morning, Ann’s neighbor Tracy found a lost dog wandering around the local elementary school. She asked Ann if she could keep an eye on the dog. Ann said that she could watch it only for the day. ‎ ‎ Tracy took photos of the dog and printed off 400 FOUND fliers（传单）, and put them in mailboxes. Meanwhile, Ann went to the dollar store and bought some pet supplies, warning her two sons not to fall in love with the dog. At the time, Ann’s son Thomas was 10 years old, and Jack, who was recovering from a heart operation, was 21 years old. ‎ ‎ Four days later Ann was still looking after the dog, whom they had started to call Riley. When she arrived home from work, the dog threw itself against the screen door and barked madly at her. As soon as she opened the door, Riley dashed into the boys’ room where Ann found Jack suffering from a heart attack. Riley ran over to Jack, but as soon as Ann bent over to help him the dog went silent. ‎ ‎ “If it hadn’t come to get me, the doctor said Jack would have died,” Ann reported to a local newspaper. At this point, no one had called to claim the dog, so Ann decided to keep it. ‎ ‎ The next morning Tracy got a call. A man named Peter recognized his lost dog and called the number on the flier. Tracy started crying, and told him, “That dog saved my friend’s son.” ‎ ‎ Peter drove to Ann’s house to pick up his dog, and saw Thomas and Jack crying in the window. After a few moments Peter said, “Maybe Odie was supposed to find you, maybe you should keep it.” ‎ ‎41. What did Tracy do after finding the dog? ‎ A. She looked for its owner B. She gave it to Ann as a gift. ‎ C. She sold it to the dollar store. D. She bought some food for it. ‎ ‎42. How did the dog help save Jack? ‎ A. By breaking the door for Ann. B. By leading Ann to Jack’s room. ‎ C. By dragging Jack out of the room. D. By attending Jack when Ann was out. ‎ ‎43. What was Ann’s attitude to the dog according to Paragraph 4? ‎ A. Sympathetic B. Doubtful C. Tolerant D. Grateful ‎ ‎44. For what purpose did Peter call Tracy? ‎ A. To help her friend’s son. B. To interview Tracy ‎ C. To take back his dog. D. To return the flier to her. ‎ ‎45. What can we infer about the dog from the last paragraph? ‎ A. It would be given to Odie. B. It would be kept by Ann’ family. ‎ C. It would be returned to Peter. D. It would be taken away by Tracy. ‎ ‎151‎ ‎(2019年山东卷) ‎ It was one of those terribly hot days in Baltimore. Needless to say, it was too hot to do anything outside. But it was also scorching in our apartment. This was 1962, and I would not live in a place with an air conditioner for another ten years. So my brother and I decided to leave the apartment to find someplace indoors. He suggested we could see a movie. It was a brilliant plan. ‎ ‎ Movie theaters were one of the few places you could sit all day and—most important —sit in air conditioning. In those days, you could buy one ticket and sit through two movies. Then, the theater would show the same two movies again. If you wanted to, you could sit through them twice. Most people did not do that, but the manager at our theater. Mr. Bellow did not mind if you did. ‎ ‎ That particular day, my brother and I sat through both movies twice, trying to escape the heat. We bought three bags of popcorn and three sodas each. Then, we sat and watched The Music Man followed by The Man Who Shot Liberty Valance. We’d already seen the second movie once before. It had been at the theater since January, because Mr. Bellow loved anything with John Wayne in it. ‎ We left the theater around 8, just before the evening shows began. But we returned the next day and saw the same two movies again, twice more. And we did it the next day too. Finally, on the fourth day, the heat wave broke. ‎ Still, to this day I can sing half the songs in The Music Man and recite half of John Wayne and Jimmy Stewart’s dialogue from The Man Who Shot Liberty Valance! Those memories are some of the few I have of the heat wave of 1962. They’re really memories of the screen, not memories of my life. ‎ ‎46.In which year did the author first live in a place with an air conditioner? ‎ A. 1952 B. 1962 C. 1972 D. 1982 ‎ ‎47.What does the underlined word”It” in Paragraph 3 refer to? ‎ A. The heat B. The theater. ‎ C. The Music Man D. The Man Who Shot Liberty Valance ‎ ‎48.What do we know about Mr. Bellow? ‎ A. He loved children very much. B. He was a fan of John Wayne. ‎ C. He sold air conditioners. D. He was a movie star. ‎ ‎49.Why did the author and his/her brother see the same movies several times? ‎ A. The two movies were really wonderful. ‎ B. They wanted to avoid the heat outside. ‎ C. The manager of the theater was friendly. ‎ D. They liked the popcorn and the soda at the theater. ‎ ‎50.What can we learn from the last paragraph? ‎ A. The author turned out to be a great singer. ‎ B. The author enjoyed the heat wave of 1962. ‎ C. The author’s life has been changed by the two movies. ‎ D. The author considers the experience at the theater unforgettable. ‎ ‎152‎ ‎(2019年山东卷) ‎ Elizabeth Freeman was born about 1742 to African American parents who were slaves. At the age of six months she was acquired, along with her sister, by John Ashley, a wealthy Massachusetts slaveholders. She became known as “Mumbet” or “Mum Bett.” ‎ For nearly 30 years Mumbet served the Ashley family. One day, Ashley’s wife tried to strike Mumbet’s sister with a spade. Mumbet protected her sister and took the blow instead. Furious, she left the house and refused to come back. When the Ashleys tried to make her return, Mumbet consulted a lawyer, Theodore Sedgewick. With his help, Mumbet sued(起诉) for her freedom. ‎ While serving the Ashleys, Mumbet had listened to many discussions of the new Massachusetts constitution. If the constitution said that all people were free and equal, then she thought it should apply to her. Eventually, Mumbet won her freedom---- the first slave in Massachusetts to do so under the new constitution. ‎ Strangely enough, after the trial, the Ashleys asked Mumbet to come back and work for them as a paid employee. She declined and instead went to work for Segdewick. Mumbet died in 1829, but her legacy lived on in her many descendants(后裔). One of her great-grandchildren was W.E.B. Du Bois, one of the founder of the NAACP, and an important writer and spokesperson for African American civil rights. ‎ Mumbet’s tombstone still stands in the Massachusetts cemetery where she was buried. It reads, in part: “She was born a slave and remained a slave and remained a slave for nearly thirty years. She could neither read nor write, yet in her own sphere she had no superior or equal.” ‎ ‎51. What do we know about Mumbet according to Paragraph 1? ‎ A. She was born a slave B. She was a slaveholder ‎ C. She had a famous sister D. She was born into a rich family ‎ ‎52. Why did Mumbet run away from the Ashleys? ‎ A. She found an employer B. She wanted to be a lawyer ‎ C. She was hit and got angry D. She had to take care of her sister ‎ ‎53. What did Mumbet learn from discussions about the new consititution? ‎ A. She should always obey her owners’ orders B. She should be as free and equal as whites ‎ C. How to be a good servant D. How to apply for a job ‎ ‎54. What did Mumbet do after the trial? ‎ A. She chose to work for a lawyer B. She found the NAACP ‎ C. She continued to serve the Ashleys D. She went to live with her grandchildren ‎ ‎55. What is the test mainly about? ‎ A. A story of a famous writer and spokesperson B. The friendship between a lawyer and a slave ‎ C. The life of a brave African American woman D. A trial that shocked the whole world ‎ ‎153‎ ‎(2019年山东卷) ‎ How fit are your teeth? Are you lazy about brushing them? Never fear: An inventor is on the case. An electric toothbrush senses how long and how well you brush, and it lets you track your performance on your phone. ‎ The Kolibree toothbrush was exhibited at the International Consumer Electronics Show in Las Vegas this week. It senses how it is moved and can send the information to an Android phone or iPhone via a Bluetooth wireless connection. ‎ The toothbrush will be able to teach you to brush right (don’t forget the insides of the teeth!) and make sure you’re brushing long enough. “It’s kind of like having a dentist actually watch your brushing on a day-to-day basis,” says Thomas Serval, the French inventor. ‎ The toothbrush will also be able to talk to other applications on your phone, so developers could, for instance, create a game controlled by your toothbrush. You could score points for beating monsters among your teeth. “We try to make it smart but also fun,” Several says. ‎ Serval says he was inspired by his experience as a father. He would come home from work and ask his kids if they had brushed their teeth. They said “yes,” but Serval would find their toothbrush heads dry. He decided he needed a brush that really told him how well his children brushed. ‎ The company says the Kolibree will go on sale this summer, for $99 to $199, developing on features. The U.S. is the first target market. ‎ Serval says that one day, it’ll be possible to replace the brush on the handle with a brushing unit that ‎ also has a camera. The camera can even examine holes in your teeth while you brush. ‎ ‎56. Which is one of the feature of the Kolibree toothbrush? ‎ A. It can sense how users brush their teeth. B. It can track users’ school performance. ‎ C. It can detect users’ fear of seeing a dentist. D. It can help users find their phones. ‎ ‎57. What can we learn from Serval’s words in Paragraph 3? ‎ A. You will find it enjoyable to see a dentist. ‎ B. You should see your dentist on a day-to –day basis. ‎ C. You can brush with the Kolibree as if guided by a dentist. ‎ D. You’d like a dentist to watch you brush your teeth every day. ‎ ‎58. Which of the following might make the Kolibree toothbrush fun? ‎ A. It can be used to update mobile phones. B. It can be used to play mobile phone games ‎ C. It can send messages to other users D. It can talk to its developers. ‎ ‎59. What is Paragraph 5 mainly about? ‎ A. How Serval found out his kids lied to him. ‎ B. Why Serval thought brushing teeth was necessary. ‎ C. How Serval taught his kids to brush their teeth. ‎ D. What inspired Serval to invent the toothbrush ‎ ‎60. What can we infer about Serval’s children? ‎ A. They were unwilling to brush their teeth ‎ B. They often failed to clean their toothbrushes. ‎ C. They preferred to use a toothbrush with a dry head. ‎ D. They liked brushing their teeth after Serval came home. ‎ ‎61. What can we learn about the future development of the Kolibree? ‎ A. The brush handle will be removed. B. A mobile phone will be built into it. ‎ C. It will be used to fill holes in teeth D. It will be able to check users’ teeth ‎ ‎154‎ ‎(2019年山东卷) ‎ The kids in this village wear dirty, ragged clothes. They sleep beside cows and sheep in huts made of sticks and mud. They have no school. Yet they all can chant the English alphabet, and some can make words. ‎ The key to their success: 20 tablet computers(平板电脑) dropped off in their Ethiopian village in February by a U.S. group called One Laptop Per Child. ‎ The goal is to find out whether kids using today’s new technology can teach themselves to read in places where no schools or teachers exist. The Massachusetts Institute of Technology researchers analyzing the project data say they’re already amazed. “What I think has already happened is that the kids have already learned more than they would have in one year of kindergarten,” said Matt Keller, who runs the Ethiopia program. ‎ The fastest learner—and the first to turn on one of the tablets—is 8-year-old Kelbesa Negusse. The device’s camera was disabled to save memory, yet within weeks Kelbesa had figured out its workings and made the camera work. He called himself a lion, a marker of accomplishment in Ethiopia. ‎ With his tablet, Kelbasa rearranged the letters HSROE into one of the many English animal names he knows. Then he spelled words on his own. “Seven months ago he didn’t know any English. That’s unbelievable,” said Keller. ‎ The project aims to get kids to a stage called “deep reading,” where they can read to learn. It won’t be in Amharic, Ethiopia’s first language, but in English, which is widely seen as the ticket to higher paying jobs. ‎ ‎62. How does the Ethiopia program benefit the kids in the village? ‎ ‎ A. It trains teachers for them. B. It contributes to their self-study. ‎ ‎ C. It helps raise their living standards. D. It provides funds for building schools. ‎ ‎63. What can we infer from Keller’s words in Paragraph 3? ‎ ‎ A. They need more time to analyze data. ‎ B. More children are needed for the research. ‎ ‎ C. He is confident about the future of the project. ‎ D. The research should be carried out in kindergartens. ‎ ‎64. It amazed Keller that with the tablet Kelbesa could _______. ‎ ‎ A. learn English words quickly. B. draw pictures of animals. ‎ ‎ C. write letters to researchers. D. make phone calls to his friends. ‎ ‎65. What is the aim of the project? ‎ ‎ A. To offer Ethiopians higher paying jobs. ‎ ‎ B. To make Amharic widely used in the world. ‎ ‎ C. To help Ethiopian kids read to learn in English. ‎ ‎ D. To assist Ethiopians in learning their first language. ‎ ‎155‎ ‎(2019年陕西卷) ‎ ‎ When I told my father that I was moving to Des Moines, Iowa, he told me about the only time he had been there. It was in the 1930s, when he was an editor of the literary magazine of Southern Methodist University（SMU）in Dallas, Texas. He also worked as a professor at SMU, and there was a girl student in his class who suffered from a serious back disease. She couldn’t afford the operation because her family was poor.‎ ‎ Her mother ran a boardinghouse in Galveston, a seaside town near Houston, Texas. She was cleaning out the attic（阁楼）one day when she came across an old dusty manuscript（手稿）. On its top page were the words, “By O. Henry”. It was a nice story, and she sent it to her daughter at SMU, who showed it to my father. My father had never read the story before, but it sounded like O. Henry, and he knew that O. Henry had once lived in Houston. So it was possible that the famous author had gone to the beach and stayed in the Galveston boardinghouse, and had written the story there and left the manuscript behind by accident. My ‎ father visited an O. Henry expert at Columbia University in New York, who authenticated the story as O. Henry’s.‎ ‎ My father then set out to sell it. Eventually, he foud himself in Des Moines, meeting with Gardner Cowles, a top editor at the Des Moines Register. Cowles loved the story and bought it on the spot. My father took the money to the girl. It was just enough for her to have the operation she so desperately needed.‎ ‎ My father never told me what the O. Henry story was about. But I doubt that it could have been better than his own story.‎ ‎49. Who found the O. Henry’s manuscript?‎ A. The girl’s mother. B. The author’s father.‎ C. The girl. D. The author.‎ ‎50. Which of the following might explain the fact that the manuscript was found in the attic?‎ A. O. Henry once worked in Houston. B. O. Henry once stayed in Galveston.‎ C. O. Henry once moved to Des Moines. D. O. Henry once taught at SMU.‎ ‎51. The underlined word “authenticated” in Paragraph 2 probably means __________.‎ A. named B. treated C. proved D. described ‎52. According to the text, why did the author’s father go to Des Moines?‎ A. To sell the O. Henry story. B. To meet the author himself.‎ C. To talk with the O. Henry expert. D. To give money to the girl.‎ ‎156‎ ‎(2019年陕西卷) ‎ ‎ Why do Americans struggle with watching their weight, while the French, who consume rich food, continue to stay thin? Now a research by Cornell University suggests how life style and decisions about eating may affect weight. Researchers conclude that the French tend to stop eating when they feel full. However, Americans tend to stop when their plate is empty or their favorite TV show is over.‎ ‎ According to Dr. Joseph Mercola, a health expert, the French see eating as an important part of their life style. They enjoy food and therefore spend a fairly long time at the table, while Americans see eating as something to be squeezed between the other daily activities. Mercola believes Americans lose the ability to sense when they are actually full. So they keep eating long after the French would have stopped. In addition, he points out that Americans drive to huge supermarkets to buy canned and frozen foods for the week. The French, instead, tend to shop daily, walking to small shops and farmers’ markets where they have a choice of fresh fruits, vegetables, and eggs as well as high-quality meats for each meal.‎ ‎ After a visit to the United States, Mireille Guiliano, author of French Women Don’t Get Fat, decided to write about the importance of knowing when to stop rather than suggesting how to avoid food. Today she continues to stay slim and rarely goes to the gym.‎ ‎ In spite of all these differences, evidence shows that recent life style changes may be affecting French eating habits. Today the rate of obesity — or extreme overweight — among adults is only 6%. However, as American fast food gains acceptance and the young reject older traditions, the obesity rate among French children has reached 17% — and is growing.‎ ‎53. In what way are the French different from Americans according to Dr. Joseph Mercola?‎ A. They go shopping at supermarkets more frequently. ‎ B. They squeeze eating between the other daily activities.‎ C. They regard eating as a key part of their life style.‎ D. They usually eat too much canned and frozen food.‎ ‎54. This text is mainly the relationship between _________.‎ A. Americans and the French ‎ B. life style and obesity C. children and adults ‎ D. fast food and overweight ‎55. The text is mainly developed __________.‎ A. by contrast ‎ B. by space ‎ C. by process ‎ D. by classification ‎56. Where does this text probably come from?‎ A. A TV interview B. A food advertisement C. A health report D. A book review ‎157‎ ‎(2019年陕西卷) ‎ One afternoon last week, I saw three tearful children from my son’s school being comforted by teachers. That morning, my 11-year-old had stomach pains, retching（干呕）into a bowl. Talking to other mothers later, I heard about other children with stomachache or difficulty sleeping the night before.‎ ‎ What caused so much pain? Sports day. Sports day might be necessary at a highly-competitive independent school, but not at a village primary school. For the children who can fly like the wind, sports day cause no problem. For those who are overweight or just not good at sport, it is nightmare（恶梦）. Even for those who enjoy running but fall halfway down the track in front of the entire school and their parents, it can prove a disaster.‎ ‎ Why do we put our children through this annual suffering? Some may say competition is character building; or it’s taking part, not winning, that’s important; or that it is a tradition of school life. I just felt great pity for those children in tears or in pain.‎ ‎ Team games at the end of sports day produced some close races, wild enthusiasm, lots of shouting — and were fun to watch. More importantly, the children who were not so fast or quick at passing the ball were hidden a little from everyone’s eyes. Some of them also had the thrill of being on the winning side.‎ ‎ I wish that sports day could be abandoned and replaced with some other less-competitive event. Perhaps an afternoon of team games, with a few races for those who want them, would be less stressful for the children and a lot more fun to watch.‎ ‎57. What can we learn about the author’s son from Paragraph 1?‎ A. He talked with some mothers. B. He comforted his classmates.‎ C. He had difficulty in sleeping. D. He suffered from stomachache.‎ ‎58. Sports day is still an annul event in this school probably because __________.‎ A. this is an independent school B. it is a tradition of the school C. it helps children lose weight D. children enjoy watching sports ‎59. What does the author think about team games?‎ A. They should include more stressful races. ‎ B. They are acceptable to different children.‎ C. They should be abandoned at primary schools. ‎ D. They are less fun for those who love running.‎ ‎60. What is the author’s attitude towards sports day?‎ A. Critical. B. Neutral. C. Positive. D. Ambiguous.‎ ‎158‎ ‎(2019年上海卷) ‎ Most people agree that honesty is a good thing. But does Mother Nature agree? Animals can't talk, but can they lie in other ways? Can they lie with their bodies and behavior? Animal experts may not call it lying, but they do agree that many animals, from birds to chimpanzees, behave dishonestly to fool other animals. Why? Dishonesty often helps them survive.‎ Many kinds of birds are very successful at fooling other animals. For example, a bird called the plover sometimes pretends to be hurt in order to protect its young. When a predator（猎食动物）gets close to its nest, the plover leads the predator away from the nest. How? It pretends to have a broken wing. The predator follows the "hurt" adult, leaving the baby birds safe in the nest. ‎ Another kind of bird, the scrub jay, buries its food so it always has something to eat. Scrub jays are also thieves. They watch where others bury their food and steal it. But clever scrub jays seem to know when a thief is watching them. So they go back later, unbury the food, and bury it again somewhere else.‎ Birds called cuckoos have found a way to have babies without doing much work. How? They don't ‎ make nests. Instead, they get into other birds' nests secretly. Then they lay their eggs and fly away. When the baby birds come out, their adoptive parents feed them. ‎ Chimpanzees, or chimps, can also be sneaky. After a fight, the losing chimp will give its hand to the other. When the winning chimp puts out its hand, too, the chimps are friendly again. But an animal expert once saw a losing chimp take the winner's hand and start fighting again. ‎ Chimps are sneaky in other ways, too. When chimps find food that they love, such as bananas, it is natural for them to cry out. Then other chimps come running. But some clever chimps learn to cry very softly when they find food. That way, other chimps don't hear them, and they don't need to share their food.‎ As children, many of us learn the saying "You can't fool Mother Nature." But maybe you can't trust her, either.‎ ‎66. A plover protects its young from a predator by___________.‎ A. getting closer to its young B. driving away the adult predator C. leaving its young in another nest D. pretending to be injured ‎67. By "Chimpanzees, or chimps, can also be sneaky" (paragraph 5), the author means_______.‎ A. chimps are ready to attack others B. chimps are sometimes dishonest C. chimps are jealous of the winners D. chimps can be selfish too ‎68. Which of the following is true according to the passage?‎ A. Some chimps lower their cry to keep food away from others.‎ B. The losing chimp won the fight by taking the winner's hand.‎ C. Cuckoos fool their adoptive parents by making no nests.‎ D. Some clever scrub jays often steal their food back.‎ ‎69. Which of the following might be the best title of the passage?‎ A. Do animals lie? B. Does Mother Nature fool animals?‎ C. How do animals learn to lie? D. How does honesty help animals survive?‎ ‎159‎ ‎(2019年上海卷) ‎ Let's say you want to hit the gym more regularly this year. How do you make that happen? Consider putting the habit loop to use.‎ Here's how it works:‎ A habit is a 3-step process. First, there's a cue, something that tells your brain to operate automatically. Then there's a routine. And finally, a reward, which helps your brain learn to desire the behavior. It's what you can use to create-or break-habits of your own.‎ Here's how to apply it:‎ Choose a cue, like leaving your running shoes by the door, then pick. a reward-say, a piece of chocolate when you get home from the gym. That way, the cue and the reward become interconnected. Finally, when you see the shoes, your brain will start longing for the reward, which will make it easier to work out day after day. The best part? In a couple of weeks, you won't need the chocolate at all. Your brain will come to see the workout itself as the reward. Which is the whole point, right?‎ ‎70. Which of the following best fits in the box with a “?” in THE HABIT LOOP?‎ A. Pick a new cue. B. Form a new habit.‎ C. Choose a new reward. D. Design a new resolution.‎ ‎71. According to THE HABIT LOOP, you can stick to your plan most effectively by______.‎ A. changing the routine B. trying it for a week C. adjusting your goal D. writing it down ‎72. What's the purpose of putting the habit loop to use?‎ A. To test out different kinds of cues.‎ B. To do something as a habit even without rewards.‎ C. To work out the best New Year's resolution.‎ D. To motivate yourself with satisfactory rewards.‎ ‎73. "This year when I see the Harry Potter poster, I will read 30 pages of an English novel or an English newspaper in order to watch TV for half an hour." What is the cue in this resolution?‎ A. The Harry Potter poster.‎ B. Reading 30 pages of an English novel.‎ C. An English newspaper.‎ D. Watching TV for half an hour.‎ ‎160‎ ‎(2019年上海卷) ‎ ‎ If you could be anybody in the world, who would it be? Your neighbour or a super star? A few people have experienced what it might be like to step into the skin of another person, thanks to an unusual virtual reality（虚拟现实）device. Rikke Wahl, an actress, model and artist, was one of the participants in a body swapping experiment at the Be Another lab, a project developed by a group of artists based in Barcelona. She swapped with her partner, an actor, using a machine called The Machine to Be Another and temporarily became a man. "As I looked down, I saw my whole body as a man, dressed in my partner's pants," she said. "That's the picture I remember best."‎ The set-up is relatively simple. Both users wear a virtual reality headset with a camera on the top. The video from each camera is sent to the other person, so what you see is the exact view of your partner. If she moves her arm, you see it. If you move your arm, she sees it.‎ To get used to seeing another person's body without actually having control of it, participants start by raising their arms and legs very slowly, so that the other can follow along. Eventually, this kind of slow synchronised（同步的）movement becomes comfortable, and participants really start to feel as though they are living in another person's body.‎ Using such technology promises to alter people's behaviour afterwards-potentially for the better. Studies have shown that virtual reality can be effective in fighting racism-the bias（偏见）that humans have against those who don't look or sound like them. Researchers at the University of Barcelona gave people a questionnaire called the Implicit Association Test, which measures the strength of people's associations ‎ between, for instance, black people and adjectives such as good, bad, athletic or awkward. Then they asked them to control the body of a dark skinned digital character using virtual reality glasses, before taking the test again. This time, the participants' bias scores were lower. The idea is that once you've "put yourself in another's shoes" you're less likely to think ill of them, because your brain has internalised the feeling of being that person.‎ ‎ The creators of The Machine to Be Another hope to achieve a similar result. "At the end of body swapping, people feel like holding each other in their arms," says Arthur Pointeau, a programmer with the project. "It's a really nice way to have this kind of experience. I would really, really recommend it to everyone."‎ ‎74. The word "swapping" (paragraph 1) is closest in meaning to_________.‎ A. building B. exchanging C. controlling D. transplanting ‎75. We can infer from the experiment at the Be Another lab that____________.‎ A. our feelings are related to our bodily experience B. we can learn to take control of other people's bodies C. participants will live more passionately after the experiment D. The Machine to Be Another can help people change their sexes ‎76. In the Implicit Association Test, before the participants used virtual reality glasses to control a dark skinned digital character, __________.‎ A. they fought strongly against racism B. they scored lower on the test for racism C. they changed their behaviour dramatically D. they were more biased against those unlike them ‎77. It can be concluded from the passage that_________.‎ A. technology helps people realize their dreams B. our biases could be eliminated through experiments C. virtual reality helps promote understanding among people D. our points of view about others need changing constantly ‎161‎ ‎(2019年四川卷) ‎ Do you want to get home from work knowing you have made a real difference in someone's life? If yes. don't care about sex or age! Come and join us, then you'll make it! ‎ Position: Volunteer Social Care Assistant ‎(No Pay with Free Meals) ‎ Place: Manchester ‎ Hours: Part Time We arc now looking for volunteers to support people with learning disabilities to live active lives! Only 4 days left. Don't miss the chance of lending your warm hands to help others! ‎ Role:‎ You will provide people with learning disabilities with all aspects of their daily lives. You will help them to develop new skills. You will help them to protect their rights and their safety. But your primary concern is to let them know they are valued. ‎ Skills and Experience Required:‎ You will have the right values and great listening skills. You will be honest and patient. You will have the ability to drive a car and to communicate in fluent written and spoken English since you'll have to help those people with different learning disabilities. Previous care-related experience will be a great advantage for you.‎ ‎31. The text is meant to ______ .‎ A. leave a note B. send an invitation C. present a document D. carry an advertisement ‎32. What docs the underlined part mean?‎ A. You'll make others' lives more meaningful with this job.‎ B. You'll arrive home just in time from this job.‎ C. You'll earn a good salary from this job.‎ D. You'll succeed in getting this job.‎ ‎33. The volunteers' primary responsibility is to help people with learning disabilities ______ .‎ A. to get some financial support B. to properly protect themselves C. to learn some new living skills D. to realize their own importance ‎34. Which of the following can first be chosen as a volunteer?‎ A. The one who can drive a car.‎ B. The one who has done similar work before.‎ C. The one who has patience to listen to others.‎ D. The one who can use English to communicate.‎ ‎162‎ ‎(2019年四川卷) ‎ In 1943, when I was 4, my parents moved from Coeur d'Alene, Idaho, to Fairbanks, Alaska, where adventure was never very far away.‎ We arrived in the summer, just in time to enjoy the midnight sun. All that sunlight was fantastic for Mom's vegetable garden. Working in the garden at midnight tended to throw her timing off, so she didn't care much about my bedtime. thegarden Dad was a Railway Express agent and Mom was his clerk. That left me in a mess. I usually managed to find some trouble to get into. Once I had a little Are going in the dirt basement of a hotel. I had tried to light a barrel（桶）of paint but couldn't really get a good fire going. The smoke got pretty bad, though, and when 1 made my exit, a crowd and the police were there to greet me. The policemen took my matches and drove ‎ me Mom and Dad were occupied in the garden and Dad told the police to keep me, and they did! I had a tour of the prison before Mom rescued me. 1 hadn't turned 5 yet.‎ As I entered kindergarten, the serious cold began to set in. Would it surprise you to know that I soon left part of my tongue on a metal handrail at school?‎ As for Leonhard Seppala, famous as a dog sledder (驾雪橇者), I think I knew him well because I was taken for a ride with his white dog team one Sunday. At the time I didn't realize what a superstar he was, but I do remember the ride well. I was wrapped (包裹) heavily and well sheltered from the freezing and blowing weather.‎ In 1950, we moved back to Coeur d'Alene, but we got one more Alaskan adventure when Leonhard invited us eight years later by paying a visit to Idaho to attend a gathering of former neighbors of Alaska.‎ ‎35. What can be inferred about the author's family?‎ A. His father was a cruel man. B. His parents didn't love him.‎ C. His parents used to be very busy. D. His mother didn't have any jobs.‎ ‎36. What happened when the author was 4?‎ A. He learned to smoke. B. He was locked in a basement.‎ C. He was arrested by the police. D. He nearly caused a fire accident.‎ ‎37. Which of the following is true?‎ A. Leonhard was good at driving dog sleds.‎ B. The author spent his whole childhood in Alaska.‎ C. Leonhard often visited the author's family after 1950.‎ D. The author suffered a lot while taking the dog sled in Alaska.‎ ‎38. What is the author's purpose of writing the text?‎ A. To look back on his childhood with adventures.‎ B. To describe the extreme weather of Alaska.‎ C. To express how much he misses Leonhard.‎ D. To show off his pride in making trouble.‎ ‎163‎ ‎(2019年四川卷) ‎ A schoolgirl saved her father's life by kicking him in the chest after he suffered a serious allergic (过敏的) reaction which stopped his heart.‎ Izzy, nine, restarted father Colm's heart by stamping (踩) on his chest after he fell down at home and stopped breathing.‎ Izzy's mother, Debbie, immediately called 999 but Izzy knew doctors would never arrive in time to save her father, so decided to use CPR.‎ However, she quickly discovered her arms weren't strong enough, so she stamped on her father's chest Debbie then took over with some more conventional chest compressions (按压) until the ambulance Izzy, who has been given a bravery award by her school, said: "I just kicked him really hard. My mum taught me CPR but I knew I wasn't strong enough to use hands. I was quite scared. The doctor said I might as well be a doctor or a nurse. My mum said that Dad was going to hospital with a big footprint on his ‎"She's a little star," said Debbie, "i was really upset but Izzy just took over. I just can't believe what she did. I really think all children should be taught first aid. Izzy did CPR then the doctor turned up. Colm had to have more treatment on the way to the hospital and we've got to see an expert."‎ Truck driver Colm, 35, suffered a mystery allergic reaction on Saturday and was taken to hospital, but was sent home only for it to happen again the next day. The second attack was so serious that his airway swelled, preventing him from breathing, his blood pressure dropped suddenly, and his heart stopped for a moment. ‎ He has now made a full recovery from his suffering.‎ ‎39. Izzy kicked her father in the chest ______ .‎ A. to express her helplessness B. to practise CPR on him C. to keep him awake D. to restart his heart ‎40. What's the right order of the events?‎ Izzy kicked Colm. ‎ Debbie called 999. ‎ Izzy learned CPR. ‎ Colm's heart stopped.‎ A. B. C. D. ‎41. What does Paragraph 8 mainly talk about?‎ A. What Colm suffered. B. Colm's present condition.‎ C. What caused Colm's allergy. D. Symptoms of Colm's allergic reaction.‎ ‎42. Why does the author write the news?‎ A. To describe a serious accident. B. To prove the importance of CPR.‎ C. To report a 9-year-old girl's brave act. D. To call people's attention to allergic reaction.‎ ‎164‎ ‎(2019年四川卷) ‎ Willi around 100 students scheduled to be in that 9 am Monday morning lecture, it is no surprise that almost 20 people actually make it to the class and only 10 of them arc still awake after the first IS minutes; it is not even a surprise that most of them are still in their pyjamas (睡衣). Obviously, students are terrible at adjusting their sleep cycles to their daily schedule.‎ All human beings possess a body clock. Along with other alerting (警报) systems, this governs the sleep/wake cycle and is therefore one of the main processes which govern sleep behaviour. Typically, the preferred sleep/wake cycle is delayed in adolescents, which leads to many students not feeling sleepy until much later in the evenings. This typical sleep pattern is usually referred to as the "night owl" schedule of This is opposed to the "early bird" schedule, and is a kind of disorder where the individual tends to stay up much past midnight. Such a person has great difficulty in waking up in the mornings. Research suggests that night owls feel most alert and function best in the evenings and at night. Research findings have shown that about 20 percent of people can be classified as "night owls" and only 10 percent can be classified as "early birds" - the other 70 percent are in the middle. Although this is clearly not true for all students, for the ones who are true night owls this gives them an excellent excuse for missing their lectures which unfortunately fall before midday.‎ ‎43. What docs the author stress in Paragraph I?‎ A. Many students are absent from class.‎ B. Students are very tired on Monday mornings.‎ C. Students do not adjust their sleep patterns well.‎ D. Students are not well prepared for class on Mondays.‎ ‎44. Which of the following is true according to Paragraph 2?‎ A. Most students prefer to get up late in the morning.‎ B. Students don't sleep well because of alerting systems.‎ C. One's body clock governs the sleep/wake cycle independently.‎ D. Adolescents' delayed sleep/wake cycle isn't the preferred pattern.‎ ‎45. Which of the following is closest in meaning to the underlined word "classified"? ‎ A. Criticised. B. Grouped. C. Organised. D. Named.‎ ‎46. What docs the text mainly talk about?‎ A. Functions of the body clock. B. The "night owl" phenomenon.‎ C. Human beings' sleep behaviour. D. The school schedule of "early birds".‎ ‎165‎ ‎(2019年四川卷) ‎ Women are friendly. But men are more competitive. Why? Researchers have found it's all down to the hormone oxytocin (荷尔蒙催生素). Although known as the love hormone, it affects the sexes differently.‎ ‎"Women tend to be social in their behavior. They often share with others. But men lend to be competitive. They are trying to improve their social status," said Professor Ryan.‎ Generally, people believe that the hormone oxytocin is let out in our body in various social situations and our body creates a large amount of it during positive social interactions (互动) such as falling in love or giving birth.‎ But in a previous experiment Professor Ryan found that the hormone is also let out in our body during negative social interactions such as envy.‎ Further researches showed that in men the hormone oxytocin improves the ability to recognize competitive relationships, but in women it raises the ability to recognize friendship. Professor Ryan's recent experiment used 62 men and women aged 20 to 37. Half of the participants（参与者）received oxytocin. The other half received placebo (安慰剂).‎ After a week, the two groups switched with participants. They went through the same procedure with the other material.‎ Following each treatment, they were shown some video pictures with different social interactions. Then they were asked to analyze the relationships by answering some questions. The questions were about telling friendship from competition. And their answers should be based on gestures, body language and facial expressions.‎ The results indicated that, after treatment with oxytocin, men's ability to correctly recognize competitive relationships improved, but in women it was the ability to correctly recognize friendship that got better.‎ Professor Ryan thus concluded: "Our experiment proves that the hormone oxytocin can raise people's abilities to better distinguish different social interactions. And the behavior differences between men and women are caused by biological factors (因素) that are mainly hormonal."‎ ‎47. What causes men and women to behave differently according to the text? ‎ A. Placebo. B. Oxytocin. C. The gesture. D. The social status.‎ ‎48. What can we learn from Professor Ryan's previous experiment?‎ A. Oxytocin affects our behavior in a different way.‎ B. Our body lets out oxytocin when we are deep in love.‎ C. Our body produces oxytocin when we feel unhappy about others' success.‎ D. Oxytocin improves our abilities to understand people's behavior differences.‎ ‎49. Why did Professor Ryan conduct the recent experiment?‎ A. To test the effect of oxytocin on the ability to recognize social interactions.‎ B. To know the differences between friendship and competition.‎ C. To know people's different abilities to answer questions.‎ D. To test people's understanding of body language.‎ ‎50. The author develops the text by______.‎ A. explaining people's behaviors B. describing his own experiences C. distinguishing sexual differences D. discussing research experiments ‎166‎ （2014天 津卷）‎ A Guide to the University Food The TWU Cafeteria is open 7am to 8pm. It serves snacks(), drinks, ice cream bars and meals. You can pay with cash or your ID cards. You can add meal money to your ID cards at the Front Desk. Even if you do not buy your food in the cafeteria, you can use the tables to eat your lunch, to have meetings and to study.‎ If you are on campus in the evening or lat at night, you can buy snacks, fast food, and drinks in the Lower Café located in the bottom level of the Gouglas Centre. This area is often used for entertainment such as concerts, games or TV watching.‎ Relaxation The Globe, located in the bottom level of McMillan Hall, is available for relaxing, studying , cooking, and eating. Monthly activities are held here for all international students. Hours are 10 am to 10 pm, closed on Sundays.‎ Health Located on the top floor of Douglas Hall, the Wellness Centre is committed to physical, emotional and social health. A doctor and nurse is available if you have health questions or need immediate medical help or personal advice. The cost of this is included in your medical insurance. Hours are Monday to Friday, 9am to noon and 1;00 to 4;30pm.‎ Academic Support All students have access to the Writing Centre on the upper floor of Douglas Hall. Here, qualified volunteers will work with you on written work, grammar, vocabulary, and other academic skills. You can sign up for an appointment on the sign-up sheet outside the door two 30 –minute appointments per week maximum. This service is free.‎ Transportation The TWU Express is a shuttle() service. The shuttle transports students between campus and the shopping centre, leaving from the Mattson Centre. Operation hours are between 8am and 3pm. Saturdays only. Round trip fare is $1.‎ ‎36. What can you do in the TWU Cafeteria?‎ A. Do homework and watch TV B. Buy drinks and enjoy concerts ‎ C. have meals and meet with friends D. Add money to your ID and play chess ‎37. Where and when can you cook your own food?‎ A. The Globe, Friday B. The Lower Café, Sunday C. The TWU Cafeteria , Friday D. The McMillan Hall , Sunday.‎ ‎38. The Guide tells us that the Wellness Centre _________.‎ A. is open six days a week B. offers services free of charge C. trains students in medical care D. gives advice on mental health ‎39. How can you seek help from the Writing Centre?‎ A. By applying online B. By calling the centre C. By filling in a sign-up form D. By going to the centre directly ‎40. What is the function of TWU Express?‎ A. To carry students to the lecture halls.‎ B. To provide students with campus tours C. To take students to the Mattson Centre.‎ D. To transport students to and from the stores.‎ ‎167‎ ‎（2019天津卷）‎ A world-famous Canadian author, Margaret Atwood, has created the world’s first long-distance signing device(装置), the LongPen.‎ After many tiring……from city to city, Atwood thought there must be a better way to do them . She hired some technical experts and started her own company in 2019. Together they designed the LongPen. Here’s how it works: The author writes a personal message and signature on a computer tablet(手写板) using a ‎ special pen. On the receiving end, in another city, a robotic arm fitted with a regular pen signs the book. The author and fan can talk with each other via webcams(网络摄像机) and computer screens。‎ Work on the LongPen began in Atwood’s basement(地下室). At first, they had no idea it would be as hard as it turned out to be. The device went through several versions, including one that actually had smoke coming out of it. The investing finally completed, teat runs w ere made in Ottawa, and the LongPen was officially launched at the 2019 London Book Fair. From here , Atwood conducted two transatlantic book signings of her latest book for fans in Toronto and New York City.‎ The LongPen produces a unique signature each time because it copies the movement of the author in real time. It has several other potential applications. It could increase credit card security and allow people to sign contracts from another province. The video exchange between signer and receiver can be recorded on DVD for proof when legal documents are used.‎ ‎“It’s really fun”, said the owner of a bookstore, who was present for one of the test runs. “Obviously you can’t shake hands with the author but there are chances for a connection that you don’t get from a regular book signing..‎ The response to the invention has not been all favorable. Atwood has received criticism from authors who think she is trying to end book tours. But she said, “It will be possible to go to places that you never got sent to before because the publishers couldn’t afford it.”‎ ‎41. Why did Atwood decide to invent the LongPen?‎ A. To set up her own company B. To win herself greater popularity C. To write her books in a new way C. To make book signings less tiring ‎42. How does the LongPen work?‎ A. I copies the author’s signature and prints it on a book.‎ B. It signs a book while receiving the author’s signature.‎ C. The webcam sends the author’s signature to another city.‎ D. The fan uses it to copy the author’s signature himself.‎ ‎43. What do we know about the invention of the LongPen?‎ A. It has been completed but not put into use.‎ B. The basement caught fire by accident.‎ C. Some versions failed before its test run.‎ D. The designers were well-prepared for the difficulty.‎ ‎44. How could the LongPen be used in the future?‎ A. To draft legal documents.‎ B. To improve credit card security C. To keep a record of the author’s ideas.‎ D. To allow author and fan to exchange videos ‎45. What could be inferred from Paragraphs 5 and 6?‎ A. Atwood doesn’t mean to end book tours.‎ B. Critics think the LongPen is of little use C. Bookstore owners do not support the LongPen D. Publishers dislike the LongPen for its high cost ‎168‎ ‎（2019天津卷）‎ ‎“Dad,” I say one day …..take a trip. Why don’t you fly and meet me?”‎ My father had just reired……….. His job filled his day, his thought, his life. While he woke up and took a warm shower, I screamed under a freezing waterfall Peru. While he tied a tie and put on the same Swiss watch, I rowed a boat across Lake of the Ozarks.‎ My father sees me drfting aimlessly, nothing to show for my 33 years but a passport full of funny stamps. He wants me to settle down, but now I want him to find an adventure.‎ He agrees to travel with me through the national parks. We meet four weeks later in Rapid City.‎ ‎“ What is our first stop?” asks my father.‎ ‎“What time is it?”‎ ‎“Still don’t have a watch?”‎ Less than an hour away is Mount Rushmore. As he stares up at the four Presidents carved in granite(), his mouth and eyes open slowly, like those of little boy.‎ ‎“Unbelievable,” he says, “How was this done?”‎ A film in the information center shows sculptor Gutzon Borglum devoted 14 years to the sculpture and then left the final touches to his son.‎ We stare up and I ask myself, Would I ever devote my life to anything?‎ No directions, …… I always used to hear those words in my father’s voice. Now I hear them in my own.‎ The next day we’re at Yellowstone National Park, where we have a picnic.‎ ‎“Did you ever travel with your dad? I ask.‎ ‎“Only once,” he says. “ I never spoke much with my father. We loved each other---but never said it. Whatever he could give me, he gave.”>‎ The kast sebtebce----it’s probably the same thing I’s say about my father. And what I’d want my child to say about me.‎ In Glacier National Park, my father says, “I’ve never seen water so blue.” I have, in several places of the world, I can keep traveling, I realize--- and maybe a regular job won’t be as dull as I feared.‎ Weeks after our trip, I call my father. ‎ ‎“The photos from the trip are wonderful,” he says.” We have got to take another trip like that sometime.‎ I tell him I’ve learn decided to settle down, and I’m wearing a watch.‎ ‎46. We can learn from Paragraphs 2 and 3 that the father _________.‎ A. followed the fashion B. got bored with his job C. was unhappy with……‎ D. liked the author’s collection of stamps ‎47. What does the author realize at Mount Rushmore?‎ A. His father is interested in sculpture B. His father is as innocent as a little boy C. He should learn sculpture in the future D. He should pursue a specific aim in life.‎ ‎48. From the underlined paragraph, we can see that the author________.‎ A. wants his children to learn from their grandfather B. comes to understand what parental love means C. learns how to communicate with his father D. hopes to give whatever he can to his father ‎49. What could be inferred about the author and his father from the end of the story?‎ A. The call solves their disagreements B. The Swiss watch has drawn them closer C. They decide to learn photography together.‎ D. They begin to change their attitudes to life ‎50. What could be the best title for the passage?‎ A. Love Nature, Love Life ‎ B. A Son Lost in Adventure C. A Journey with Dad The Art of Travel ‎169‎ ‎（2019天津卷）‎ People aren’t walking any more---if they can figure out a way to avoid it.‎ I felt superior about this matter until the other day I took my car to mail a small parcel. The journey is a matter of 281 steps. But I used the car. And I wasn’t in a hurry, either, I had merely become one more victim of a national sickness: motorosis.‎ It is an illness to which I had thought myself immune, for I was bred in the tradition of going to places on my own two legs. At that time, we regarded 25 miles as good day’s walk and the ability to cover such a distance in ten hours as sign of strength and skill. It did not occur to us that walking was a hardship. And the effect was lasting. When I was 45 years old I raced –and beat—a teenage football player the 168 steps up the Stature of Liberty.‎ Such enterprises today are regarded by many middle-aged persons as bad for the heart. But a well-known British physician, Sir Adolphe Abrhams, pointed out recently that hearts and bodies need proper…… is more likely to have illnesses than one who exercises regularly. And walking is an ideal form of exercise--- the most familiar and natural of all.‎ It was Henry Thoreau who showed mankind the richness of going on foot. The man walking can learn the trees, flower, insects, birds and animals, the significance of seasons, the very feel of himself as a living creature in a living world, He cannot learn in a car.‎ The car is a convenient means of transport, but we have made it our way of life. Many people don’t dare to approach Nature any more; to them the world they were born to enjoy is all threat. To them security is a steel river thundering on a concrete road. And much of their thinking takes place while waiting for the traffic light to turn green.‎ I say that the green of forests is the mind’s best light. And none but the man on foot can evaluate what is basic and everlasting.‎ ‎51. What is the national sickness?‎ A. Walking too much B. Traveling too much C. Driving cars too much D. Climbing stairs too much.‎ ‎52. What was life like when the author was young?‎ A. People usually went around on foot.‎ B. people often walked 25 miles a day C. People used to climb the Statue of Liberty.‎ D. people considered a ten-jhour walk as a hardship.‎ ‎53. The author mentions Henry Thoreau to prove that A. middle-aged people like getting back to nature B. walking in nature helps enrich one’s mind C. people need regular exercise to keep fit D. going on foot prevents heart disease ‎54. What is compared to “a steel river” in Paragraph6?‎ A. A queue of cars B. A ray of traffic light C. A flash of lightning D. A stream of people ‎55. What is the author’s intention of writing this passage?‎ A. To tell people to reflect more non life.‎ B. To recommend people to give up driving C. To advise people to do outdoor activities D. To encourage people to return to walking ‎170‎ ‎（2019山西卷）‎ Passenger pigeons(旅鸽) once flew over much of the United States in unbelievable numbers. Written accounts from the 18th and 19th centuries described flocks(群) so large that they darkened the sky for hours.‎ It was calculated that when its population reached its highest point, there were more than 3 billion passenger pigeons – a number equal to 24 to 40 percent of the total bird population in the United States, making it perhaps the most abundant bird in the world. Even as late as 1870 when their numbers had already become smaller, a flock believed to be 1 mile wide and 320 miles (about 515 kilometers) long was seen near Cincinnati.‎ Sadly, the abundance of passenger pigeons may have been their undoing. Where the birds were most abundant, people believed there was an ever-lasting supply and killed them by the thousands. Commercial hunters attracted them to small clearings with grain, waited until pigeons had settled to feed, then threw large nets over them, taking hundreds at a time. The birds were shipped to large cities and sold in restaurants.‎ By the closing decades of the 19th century, the hardwood forests where passenger pigeons nested had been damaged by Americans’ need for wood, which scattered (驱散) the flocks and forced the birds to go farther north, where cold temperatures and spring storms contributed to their decline. Soon the great flocks were gone, never to be seen again.‎ In 1897, the state of Michigan passed a law prohibiting the killing of passenger pigeons, but by then, no sizable flocks had been seen in the state for 10 years. The last confirmed wild pigeon in the United States was shot by a boy in Pike County, Ohio, in 1900. For a time, a few birds survived under human care. The last of them, known affectionately as Martha, died at the Cincinnati Zoological Garden on September 1, 1914.‎ ‎24. In the 18th and early 19th centuries, passenger pigeons _______.‎ A. were the biggest bird in the world B. lived mainly in the south of America C. did great harm to the natural environment D. were the largest bird population in the US ‎25. The underlined word “undoing” probably refers to the pigeons’ ______.‎ A. escape B. ruin C. liberation D. evolution ‎26. What was the main reason for people to kill passenger pigeons?‎ A. To seek pleasure. B. To save other birds. C. To make money. D. To protect crops.‎ ‎27. What can we infer about the law passed in Michigan?‎ A. It was ignored by the public. B. It was declared too late.‎ C. It was unfair. D. It was strict.‎ ‎171‎ ‎（2019山西卷）‎ A typical lion tamer (驯兽师) in people’s mind is an entertainer holding a whip (鞭) and a chair. The whip gets all of the attention, but it’s mostly for show. In reality, it’s the chair that does the important work. When a lion tamer holds a chair in front of the lion’s face, the lion tries to focus on all four legs of the chair at the same time. With its focus divided, the lion becomes confused and is unsure about what to do next. When faced with so many options, the lion chooses to freeze and wait instead of attacking the man holding the chair.‎ How often do you find yourself in the same position as the lion? How often do you have something you want to achieve (e.g. lose weight, start a business, travel more) ---- only to end up confused by all of the options in front of you and never make progress?‎ This upsets me to no end because while all the experts are busy debating about which option is best, the people who want to improve their lives are left confused by all of the conflicting information. The end result is that we feel like we can’t focus or that we’re focused on the wrong things, and so we take less action, make less progress, and stay the same when we could be improving.‎ It doesn’t have to be that way. Anytime you find the world waving a chair in your face, remember this: All you need to do is focus on one thing. You just need to get started. Starting before you feel ready is one of the habits of successful people. If you have somewhere you want to go, something you want to ‎ accomplish, someone you want to become … take immediate action. If you’re clear about where you want to go, the rest of the world will either help you get there or get out of the way.‎ ‎28. Why does the lion tamer use a chair?‎ A. To show off his skills. B. To trick the lion.‎ C. To get ready for a fight. D. To entertain the audience.‎ ‎29. In what sense are people similar to a lion facing a chair?‎ A. They feel puzzled over choices. B. They hold on to the wrong things.‎ C. They find it hard to make changed. D. They have to do something for show.‎ ‎30. What is the author’s attitude towards the experts mentioned in Paragraph 3?‎ A. Tolerant. B. Doubtful. C. Respectful. D. Supportive.‎ ‎31. When the world is “waving a chair in your face”, you’re advised to _______.‎ A. wait for a better chance B. break your old habits C. make a quick decision D. ask for clear guidance ‎172‎ ‎（2019山西卷）‎ As more and more people speak the global languages of English, Chinese, Spanish, and Arabic, other languages are rapidly disappearing. In fact, half of the 6,000—7,000 languages spoken around the world today will likely die out by the next century, according to the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization (UNESCO).‎ In an effort to prevent language loss, scholars from a number of organizations ---- UNESCO and National Geographic among them ---- have for many years been documenting dying languages and the cultures they reflect.‎ Mark Turin, a scientist at the Macmillan Center, Yale University, who specializes in the languages and oral traditions of the Himalayas, is following in that tradition. His recently published book, A grammar of Thangmi with an Ethnolinguistic Introduction to the Speakers and Their Culture, grows out of his ‎ experience living, working, and raising a family in a village in Nepal.‎ Documenting the Thangmi language and culture is just a starting point for Turin, who seeks to include other languages and oral traditions across the Himalayan reaches of India, Nepal, Bhutan, and China. But he is not content to simply record these voices before they disappear without record.‎ At the University of Cambridge Turin discovered a wealth of important materials ---- including photographs, films, tape recordings, and field notes ---- which had remained unstudied and were badly in need of care and protection.‎ Now, through the two organizations that he has founded ---- the Digital Himalaya Project and the World Oral Literature Project ---- Turin has started a campaign to make such documents, found in libraries and stores around the world, available not just to scholars but to the younger generations of communities from whom the materials were originally collected. Thanks to digital technology and the widely available Internet, Turin notes, the endangered languages can be saved and reconnected with speech communities.‎ ‎32. Many scholars are making efforts to _____.‎ A. promote global language B. rescue disappearing languages C. search for language communities D. set up language research organizations ‎33. What does “that tradition” in Paragraph 3 refer to?‎ A. Having full records of the languages.‎ B. Writing books on language teaching.‎ C. Telling stories about language users.‎ D. Living with the native speakers.‎ ‎34. What is Turin’s book based on?‎ A. The cultural studies in India. B. The documents available at Yale.‎ C. His language research in Bhutan. D. His personal experience in Nepal.‎ ‎35. Which of the following best describes Turin’s work?‎ A. Write, sell and donate. B. Record, repair and reward.‎ C. Design, experiment and report. D. Collect, protect and reconnect.‎ ‎173‎ ‎（2019全国卷II）‎ Arriving in Sydney on his own from India, my husband, Rashid, stayed in a hotel for a short time while looking for a short time while looking for a house for me and our children.‎ ‎ During the first week of his stay, he went out one day to do some shopping. He came back in the late afternoon to discover that his suitcase was gone. He was extremely worried as the suitcase had all his important papers, including his passport.‎ ‎ He reported the case to the police and then sat there，lost and lonely in strange city, thinking of the terrible troubles of getting all the paperwork organized again from a distant country while trying to settle down in a new one. ‎ ‎ Late in the evening, the phone rang. It was a stranger. He was trying to pronounce my husband’s name and was asking him a lot of questions. Then he said they had found a pile of papers in their trash can（垃圾桶）that had been left out on the footpath.‎ ‎ My husband rushed to their home to find a kind family holding all his papers and documents. Their young daughter had gone to the trash can and found a pile of unfamiliar papers. Her parents had carefully sorted them out, although they had found mainly foreign addresses on most of the documents. At last they had seen a half-written letter in the pile in which my husband had given his new telephone number to a friend.‎ That family not only restored the important documents to us that day but also restored our faith and trust in people. We still remember their kindness and often send a warm wish their way.‎ ‎21. What did Rashid plan to do after his arrival in Sydney?‎ A. Go shopping B. Find a house C. Join his family D. Take his family ‎22. The girl’s parents got Rashid’s phone number from_______.‎ A. a friend of his family B. a Sydney policeman C. a letter in his papers ‎ D. a stranger in Sydney ‎23. What does the underlined word “restored” in the last paragraph mean?‎ A. Showed B. Sent out C. Delivered D. Gave back ‎24. Which of the following can be the best title for the text?‎ A. From India to Australia.‎ B. Living in a a New Country.‎ C. Turning Trash to Treasure.‎ D. In Search of New Friends. ‎ ‎174‎ ‎（2019全国卷II）‎ Since the first Earth Day in 1970,American have gotten a lot “greener” toward the environment . “We didn’t know at that time there even was an environment, let alone that there was a problem with it,” says Bruce Anderson, president of Earth Day USA.‎ ‎ But what began as nothing important in public affairs has grown into a social movement .Business people, political leaders, university professors, and especially millions of grass-roots Americans are taking part in the movement. “The understanding has increased many ,many times,” says Gaylord Nelson, the former governor from Wisconsin, who thought up the first. According to US government reports , emissions ‎ (排放)from cars and trucks have dropped from 10.3 million tons a year to 5.5 tons .The number of cities producing CO beyond the standard has been reduced from 40 to 9 .Although serious problems still remain and need to be dealt with , the world is a safer and healthier place .A kind of “Green thinking ” has become part of practices .‎ Great improvement has been achieved .In 1988 there were only 600 recycling programs ,; today in 2019 there are about 6,600 .Advanced lights ,motors , and building designs have helped save a lot of energy and therefore prevented pollution .‎ ‎ Twenty –five years ago , there were hardly any education programs for environment .Today , it’s hard to find a public school , university , or law school that does not have such a kind of program .” Until we do that , nothing else will change! ” say Bruce Anderson .‎ ‎25 According to Anderson , before 1970, Americans had little idea about ___‎ A. the social movement ‎ B. recycling techniques C. environmental problems D. the importance of Earth Day ‎ ‎26 Where does the support for environmental protection mainly come from?‎ A. The grass –roots level ‎ B. The business circle ‎ C. Government officials D. University professors ‎ ‎27. What have Americans achieved in environmental protection ?‎ A. They have cut car emissions to the lowest ‎ B. They have settled their environmental problems ‎ C. They have lowered their CO levels in forty cities.‎ D. They have reduced pollution through effective measures .‎ ‎28. What is especially important for environmental protection according to the last paragraph ?‎ A. Education ‎ B. Planning ‎ C. Green living ‎ D. CO reduction ‎ ‎175‎ ‎（2019全国卷II）‎ ‎ One of the latest trend（趋势） in American Childcare is Chinese au pairs. Au Pair in Stamford, for example, has got increasing numbers of request for Chinese au pairs from aero to around 4,000 since 2019. And that’s true all across the country.‎ ‎ “I thought it would be useful for him to learn Chinese at an early age” Joseph Stocke, the managing director of s company, says of his 2-year old son. “I would at least like to give him the chance to use the language in the future,” After only six months of being cared by 25-year-old woman from China, the boy can already understand basic Chinese daily expressions, his dad says. ‎ ‎ Li Drake, a Chinese native raising two children in Minnesota with an American husband, had another reason for looking for an au pair from China. She didn’t want her children to miss out on their roots.” Because I am Chinese, my husband and I wanted the children to keep exposed to(接触) the language and culture.” she says.‎ ‎ “Staying with a native speaker is better for children than simply sitting in a classroom,” says Suzanne Flynn, a professor in language education of Children.” But parents must understand that just one year with au pair is unlikely to produce wonders. Complete mastery demands continued learning until the age of 10 or 12.”‎ ‎ The popularity if au pairs from china has been strengthened by the increasing numbers of American parents who want their children who want their children to learn Chinese. It is expected that American demand for au pairs will continue to rise in the next few years.‎ ‎29.What does that term” au pair” in the text mean?‎ ‎ A. A mother raising her children on her own ‎ B. A child learning a foreign language at home ‎ C. A professor in language education of children ‎ D. A young foreign woman taking care of children.‎ ‎30. Li Drake has her children study Chinese because she wants them ______.‎ ‎ A. to live in China some day ‎ B. to speak the language at home ‎ C. to catch up wit other children ‎ D. to learn about the Chinese culture ‎31. What can we infer from the text?‎ ‎ A. Learning Chinese is becoming popular In America,‎ ‎ B. Educated woman do better in looking after children ‎ C. Chinese au pairs need to improve their English Skills.‎ ‎ D. Children can learn a foreign language well in six months. ‎ ‎176‎ ‎（2019全国卷II）‎ Metro Pocket Guide Metrorail(地铁)‎ Each passenger needs a farecard to enter and go out. Up to two children under ago five may travel free with a paying customer.‎ Farecard machine are in every station, Bring small bills because there are no change machines in the station and farecard machine only provide up to $ 5 in change.‎ Get one of unlimited Metrorail rides with a One Day Pass. Buy it from a farecard machine in Metro stations.‎ ‎ Use it after 9:30 a.m. until closing on weekdays, and all day on weekends and holidays.‎ Hours of Service Open 5am Mon-Fri 7a.m Sat-Sun Close midnight Sun-Thurs. 3a.m. Sat-Sun Last train times vary .To avoid missing the last train , please check the last train time posted in the station.‎ Train times Posted in stations ‎ Metrobus ‎ When paying with exact change, the fare is $ 1.35 . when paying with a smatTripâ CARD the fare is $1.25‎ Fares for the Senior /disabled customers ‎ Senior citizens 65 and older and disabled customers may ride for half the regular fare. On Metrorail and Metrobus, use a senior/disabled farecard or SmarTripâ card. For more information about buying senior/disabled farecards, farecard or SmarTripR card and passes, please visit MetroOpenDoors or call 202-637-7000 and 202-637-8000.‎ Senior citizens and disabled customers can get free guide on how to use proper Metrobus and Metrorail services by calling 202-962-1100‎ Travel tips ‎ . avoid riding during weekday rush periods –before 9:30 a.m. and between 4 and 6 p.m.‎ ‎ . if you lose something on a bus or train or in a station, please call Lost & Found at 202-962-1195.‎ ‎32. what should you know about farecard machine?‎ ‎ A. They start selling tickets at 9:30 a.m.‎ ‎ B. They are connected to change machines.‎ ‎ C. They offer special service to the elderly.‎ ‎ D. They make change for no more than $5. ‎ ‎33. At what time does Metrorail stop service on Saturday?‎ ‎ A. At midnight B. at 3 a.m. C. at 5 am D. at 7 p.m.‎ ‎34. What is good about a SmarTripâ card?‎ A. It is convenient for old people B. It saves money for its users C. it can be bought at any time D. it is sold on the Internet.‎ ‎35. Which number should you call if you lose something on the Metro?‎ A. 202-962-1195 B.202-962-1100‎ C.202-673-7000 D.202-673-8000‎ ‎177‎ ‎（2019浙江卷）‎ Wealth starts with a goal saving a dollar at a time. Call it the piggy bank strategy(策略). There are lessons in that time-honored coin-saving container.‎ ‎ Any huge task seems easier when reduced to baby steps. I f you wished to climb a 12,000-foot mountain, and could do it a day at a time, you would only have to climb 33 feet daily to reach the top in a year. If you want to take a really nice trip in 10 years for a special occasion, to collect the $15,000 cost, you have to save $3.93 a day. If you drop that into a piggy bank and then once a year put $1,434 in a savings account at 1% interest rate after-tax, you will have your trip money.‎ ‎ When I was a child, my parents gave me a piggy bank to teach me that, if I wanted something, I should save money to buy it. We associate piggy banks with children, but in many countries, the little containers are also popular with adults. Europeans see a piggy bank as a sign of good fortune and wealth. Around the world, many believe a gift of a piggy bank on New Year’s Day brings good luck and financial success. Ah, but you have to put something in it.‎ ‎ Why is a pig used as a symbol of saving? Why not an elephant bank, which is bigger and holds more coins? In the Middle Ages, before modern banking and credit instruments, people saved money at home, a few coins at a time dropped into a jar or dish. Potters(制陶工) made these inexpensive containers from an orange-colored clay(黏土) called “pygg,” and folks saved coins in pygg jars.The Middle English word ‎ for pig was “pigge”. While the Saxons pronounced pygg, referring to the clay, as “pug”, eventually the two words changed into the same pronunciation, sounding the “i” as in pig or piggy. As the word became less associated with the orange clay and more with the animal, a clever potter fashioned a pygg jar in the shape of a pig, delighting children and adults. The piggy bank was born.‎ ‎ Originally you had to break the bank to get to the money, bringing in a sense of seriousness into savings. While piggy banks teach children the wisdom of saving, adults often need to relearn childhood lessons. Think about the things in life that require large amounts of money--- college education, weddings, cars, medical care, starting a business, buying a home, and fun stuff like great trips. So when you have money, take off the top 10%, put it aside, save and invest wisely. ‎ ‎41. What is the piggy bank strategy?‎ ‎ A. Paying 1% income tax at a time. ‎ ‎ B. Setting a goal before making a travel plan.‎ ‎ C. Aiming high even when doing small things. ‎ ‎ D. Putting aside a little money regularly for future use.‎ 42. Why did the writer’s parents give him a piggy bank as a gift?‎ A. To delight him with the latest fashion. B. To encourage him to climb mountains.‎ C. To help him form the habit of saving. D. To teach him English pronunciation.‎ ‎43. What does then underlined word “something”(Paragraph 3) most probably refer to?‎ A. Money B. Gifts C. Financial success D. Good luck ‎44. The piggy ban originally was _________.‎ ‎ A. a potter’s instrument B. a cheap clay container ‎ C. an animal-shaped dish D. a pig-like toy for children ‎45. The last paragraph talks about ________.‎ ‎ A. the seriousness of educating children B. the enjoyment of taking a great trip ‎ C. the importance of managing money D. the difficulty of starting a business ‎178‎ ‎（2019浙江卷）‎ Here is some must-know information from a handbook on how people behave in doing business in some countries.‎ In Brazil Brazilians are warm and friendly. They often stand close when talking and it is common for them to touch the person on the shoulder. People often greet each other (particularly women) with light cheek kisses. Schedules tend to be flexible, with business meetings sometimes starting later than planned. But to be safe, be on time. Meals can stretch for hours—there’s no such thing as rushing a meal in Brazil. Lunches also can start in the mid to late afternoon. Brazilians are social, preferring face-to-face communication over mails or phone calls.‎ In Singapore Singaporeans shake hands when they meet and often also greet each other with a small, polite bow. Business cards should be offered and received with two hands. Arriving late is considered disrespectful. So be on time. Efficiency(效率) is the goal, so meetings and dealings often are fast-paced. Singaporeans are direct in their discussions, even when the subject is about money. Rank is important and authority is respected. This determines both people interact in meetings. For example, people avoid disagreeing outright with someone with a higher rank.‎ In the United Arab Emirates In the UAE, status is important, so the most senior or oldest should be greeted first with their titles. The handshake seems to be longer than elsewhere. So, do not pull away the handshake. Women should cover themselves when it comes to dress. Men also tend to be covered from neck to elbows(肘部) and down to the knees. People do not avoid entertaining in their homes, but they also hold business meals at restaurants. Touching or passing food or eating with your left hand is to be avoided. When meetings are one-to-one, if your host offers you coffee, you should refuse. It might seem odd, but it is a cultural tradition. Coffee should only be accepted if it is always set out or presented.‎ In Switzerland The Swiss tend to be formal and address each other by last name. They also are respectful of private lives. You should be careful not to ask about personal topics. Punctuality (守时) is vital, something that comes from a deep respect for others’ time. Arrive at any meeting or event a few minutes early to be safe. They also have clear structure in their companies. Higher-ups make the final decisions, even if others might disagree. Neat, clean dress is expected. The Swiss follow formal table manners. They also keep their hands visible at the table and their elbows off the table. It is polite to finish the food on your plate.‎ ‎46. The passage is mainly about ________.‎ ‎ A. communication types B. the workplace atmosphere ‎ C. customs and social manners D. living conditions and standards ‎47. Why do Singaporeans avoid arguing with their boss?‎ ‎ A. They put efficiency in the first place.‎ ‎ B. They dislike face-to-face communication.‎ ‎ C. They want to finish meetings as quickly as possible.‎ ‎ D. They are supposed to obey the person of a higher rank.‎ ‎48. In the UAE, when should you refuse the coffee if it is offered?‎ ‎ A. When greeting seniors. B. When meeting the host alone.‎ ‎ C. When attending a presentation. D.When dining with business partners.‎ ‎49. In which country do people care about where to put their hands at the dinner table?‎ ‎ A. In Brazil. B. In Singapore.‎ ‎ C. In the United Arab Emirate. D. In Switzerland.‎ ‎179‎ ‎（2019浙江卷）‎ Last summer, two nineteenth-century cottages were rescued from remote farm fields in Montana, to be ‎ moved to an Art Deco building in San Francisco. The houses were made of wood. These cottages once housed early settlers as they worked the dry Montana soil; now they hold Twitter engineers.‎ ‎ The cottages could be an example of the industry’ s odd love affair with “low technology,” a concept associated with the natural world, and with old-school craftsmanship (手艺) that exists long before the Internet era. Low technology is not virtual (虚拟的) —so, to take advantage of it, Internet companies have had to get creative. The rescued wood cottages, fitted by hand in the late eighteen-hundreds, are an obvious example, but Twitter’s designs lie on the extreme end. Other companies are using a broader interpretation (阐释) of low technology that focuses on nature.‎ ‎ Amazon is building three glass spheres filled with trees, so that employees can “work and socialize in a more natural, park-like setting.” At Google’s office, an entire floor is carpeted in glass. Facebook’s second Menlo Park campus will have a rooftop park with a walking trail.‎ ‎ Olle Lundberg, the founder of Lundberg Design, has worked with many tech companies over the years. “We have lost the connection to the maker in our lives, and our tech engineers are the ones who feel impoverished (贫乏的) , because they’re surrounded by the digital world,” he says. “They’re looking for a way to regain their individual identity, and we’ve found that introducing real crafts is one way to do that.”‎ ‎ This craft based theory is rooted in history, William Morris, the English artist and writer, turned back to pre-industrial arts in the eighteen-sixties, just after the Industrial Revolution. The Arts and Crafts movement defined itself against machines. “Without creative human occupation, people became disconnected from life,” Morris said.‎ ‎ Research has shown that natural environments can restore(恢复) our mental capacities. In Japan, patients are encouraged to “forest-bathe,” taking walks through woods to lower their blood pressure.‎ ‎ These health benefits apply to the workplace as well. Rachel Kaplvin, a professor of environmental psychology, has spent years researching the restorative effects of natural environment. Her research found that workers with access to nature at the office—even simple views of trees and flowers—felt their jobs were less stressful and more satisfying. If low-tech offices can potentially nourish the brains and improve the mental health of employees then, fine, bring on the cottages.‎ ‎50. The writer mentions the two nineteenth-century cottages to show that ________.‎ ‎ A. Twitter is having a hard time ‎ B. old cottages are in need of protection ‎ C. early settlers once suffered from a dry climate in Montana ‎ D. Internet companies have rediscovered the benefits of low technology ‎51. Low technology is regarded as something that _______.‎ ‎ A.is related to nature B. is out of date today ‎ ‎ C. consumes too much energy D. exists in the virtual world ‎52. The main idea of Paragraph 5 is that human beings ________.‎ ‎ A. have destroyed many pre-industrial arts ‎ B. have a tradition of valuing arts and crafts ‎ C. can become intelligent by learning history ‎ D. can regain their individual identity by using machines 53. The writer’s attitude to “low technology” can best be described as ________.‎ ‎ A. positive B. defensive C. cautious D. doubtful ‎54. What might be the best title for the passage?‎ ‎ A. Past Glories, Future Dreams B. The Virtual World, the Real Challenge ‎ C. High-tech Companies, Low-tech Offices D. The More Craftsmanship, the Less Creativity ‎180‎ ‎（2019浙江卷）‎ A city child’s summer is spent in the street in front of his home, and all through the long summer vacations I sat on the edge of the street and watched enviously the other boys on the block play baseball. I was never asked to take part even when one team had a member missing—not out of special cruelty, but because they took it for granted I would be no good at it. They were right, of course.‎ ‎ I would never forget the wonderful evening when something changed. The baseball ended about eight or eight thirty when it grew dark. Then it was the custom of the boys to retire to a little stoop(门廊) that stuck out from the candy store on the corner and that somehow had become theirs. No grownup ever sat ‎ there or attempted to. There the boys would sit, mostly talking about the games played during the day and of the game to be played tomorrow. Then long silences would fall and the boys would wander off one by one. It was just after one of those long silences that my life as an outsider changed. I can no longer remember which boy it was that summer evening who broke the silence with a question: but whoever he was, I nod to him gratefully now. “What’s in those books you’re always reading?” he asked casually. “Stories,” I answered. “What kind?” asked somebody else without much interest.‎ ‎ Nor do I know what drove me to behave as I did,for usually I just sat there in silence, glad enough to be allowed to reain among them; but instead of answering his question, I told them for two hours the story I was reading at the moment. The book was Sister Carrie. They listened bug-eyed and breathless. I must have told it well, but I think there was another and deeper reason that made them to keep an audience. Listening to a tale being told in the dark is one of the most ancient of man’s entertainments, but I was offering them as well, without being aware of doing it, a new and exciting experience.‎ ‎ The books they themselves read were the Rover Boys or Tom Swift or G.A.Henty. I had read them too, but at thirteen I had long since left them behind. Since I was much alone I had become an enthusiastic reader and I had gone through the books-for-boys series. In those days there was no reading material between children’s and grownups’books or I could find none. I had gone right from Tome Swift and His Flying Machine to Theodore Dreiser and Sister Carrie. Dreiser had hit my young mind, and they listened to me tell the story with some of the wonder that I had had in reading it.‎ ‎ The next night and many nights thereafter, a kind of unspoken ritual (仪式) took place. As it grew dark, I would take my place in the center of the stoop and begin the evening’s tale. Some nights, in order to taste my victory more completely, I cheated. I would stop at the most exciting part of a story by Jack London or Bret Harte, and without warning tell them that that was as far as I had gone in the book and it would have to be continued the following evening. It was not true, of course; but I had to make certain of my new-found power and position. I enjoyed the long summer evenings until school began in the fall. Other words of mine have been listened to by larger and more fashionable audiences, but for that tough and athletic one that sat close on the stoop outside the candy store, I have an unreasoning love that will last forever.‎ ‎55. Watching the boys playing baseball, the writer must have felt ________.‎ ‎ A. bitter and lonely B. special and different ‎ C. pleased and excited D. disturbed and annoyed ‎ ‎56. The writer feels grateful even now to the boy who asked the question because the boy ________. ‎ ‎ A. invited him to join in their game ‎ ‎ B. liked the book that he was reading ‎ C. broke the long silence of that summer evening ‎ ‎ D. offered him an opportunity that changed his life ‎57. According to Paragraph 3, story-telling was popular among the boys basically because ________.‎ ‎ A. the story was from a children’s book B. listening to tales was an age-old practice ‎ C. the boys had few entertainments after dark D. the boys didn’t read books by themselves 58. The boys were attracted to Sister Carrie because ________.‎ ‎ A. it was written by Theodore Dreiser B. it was specifically targeted at boys ‎ ‎ C. it gave them a deeper feeling of pleasure D. it talked about the wonders of the world ‎59. Sometimes the writer stopped at the most exciting part of a story to _______.‎ ‎ A. play a mean trick on the boys B. experience more joy of achievement ‎ ‎ C. add his own imagination to the story D. help the boys understand the story better ‎60. What is the message conveyed in the story?‎ ‎ A. One can find his position in life in his own way. ‎ ‎ B. Friendship is built upon respect for each other.‎ ‎ C. Reading is more important than playing games. ‎ ‎ D. Adult habits are developed from childhood.‎